Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 


 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

Commission File Number: 0-25790

 


 

PC MALL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   95-4518700

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

 

2555 West 190th Street, Suite 201, Torrance, CA 90504

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

(310) 354-5600

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

As of June 30, 2004, the aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $162.6 million, based upon the closing sales price of the Registrant’s Common Stock on such date, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market. Shares of Common Stock held by each executive officer and director and each person owning more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the Registrant. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s Common Stock as of March 28, 2005 was 11,598,041 million.

 

Documents Incorporated By Reference Into Part III:

 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2004 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

 



Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

   
   

ITEM 1 - Business

 

2

   

ITEM 2 - Properties

 

25

   

ITEM 3 - Legal Proceedings

 

25

   

ITEM 4 - Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

25

PART II

   
   

ITEM 5 - Market for Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

26

   

ITEM 6 - Selected Financial Data

 

26

   

ITEM 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

28

   

ITEM 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

38

   

ITEM 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

38

   

ITEM 9 - Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

39

   

ITEM 9A - Controls and Procedures

 

39

   

ITEM 9B – Other Information

 

40

PART III

   
   

ITEM 10 - Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

40

   

ITEM 11 - Executive Compensation

 

41

   

ITEM 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

41

   

ITEM 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

41

   

ITEM 14 - Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

41

PART IV

   
   

ITEM 15 – Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

41

SIGNATURES

   

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART I

 

In accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Securities and Exchange Commission allows us to incorporate by reference information into this Report, which means that we can disclose information required in this Report by referring you to another filing separately submitted to the Commission. The information so incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this Report.

 

Specified portions of this Report are incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of eCOST.com, Inc., a majority-owned subsidiary of ours, for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “eCOST.com 10-K”), which was filed with the Commission concurrently with this Report and is included as an exhibit to this Report. We and eCOST.com are each subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and file reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Commission. These reports are available at the public reference facility maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents by writing to the Commission and paying a fee for the copying costs. The Commission can be reached at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the public reference rooms. All reports filed by us or eCOST.com with the Commission are also available free of charge via EDGAR through the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, we make electronic copies available as discussed below in “Available Information.”

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Such statements include statements regarding our expectations, hopes or intentions regarding the future, including but not limited to statements regarding our strategy, competition, markets, vendors, expenses, new services and technologies, growth prospects, financing, revenue, margins, operations and compliance with applicable laws. Forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those discussed in any such statement. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements include the risks described in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” All forward-looking statements in this document are made as of the date hereof, based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and, except as otherwise required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect new information, events or circumstances after the date hereof. The information relating to factors affecting eCOST.com’s future results is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Risk Factors” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

General

 

PC Mall, Inc. (“PC Mall”), formerly IdeaMall, Inc. and Creative Computers, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, founded in 1987, is a rapid response direct marketer of computer hardware, software, peripherals, electronics, and other consumer products and services. We offer products and services to business, government and educational institutions as well as individual consumers through dedicated outbound and inbound telemarketing sales executives, the Internet, direct marketing techniques, direct response catalogs, a direct sales force, and three retail showrooms. We offer a broad selection of products through our distinctive full-color catalogs under the PC Mall, MacMall, ClubMac, PC Mall Gov and eCOST.com brands, our worldwide websites: pcmall.com, macmall.com, clubmac.com, pcmallgov.com, ecost.com, and onsale.com, and other promotional materials.

 

In February 1999, we formed eCOST.com, Inc. (“eCOST.com”) as a wholly-owned subsidiary. eCOST.com is a multi-category Internet retailer of new, refurbished and close-out computer products, consumer electronics, digital imaging products, home and houseware products, watches and jewelry and other consumer products. In September 2004, eCOST.com completed an initial public offering of 3,465,000 shares of its common stock, leaving us with ownership of approximately 80.2% of the outstanding shares of eCOST.com’s common stock. We intend to distribute our remaining ownership interest in eCOST.com to our common stockholders during the second quarter of 2005. We refer to this as the “distribution” or the “spin-off.” Our board of directors has approved the spin-off of

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

eCOST.com and has declared a special stock dividend to our stockholders to distribute all of the outstanding shares of eCOST.com owned by our company. The special stock dividend is expected to be payable on April 11, 2005 to PC Mall stockholders of record on March 28, 2005. Completion of the distribution is contingent upon the satisfaction or waiver of a variety of conditions described elsewhere in this Report. The distribution may not occur by the contemplated time or may not occur at all. For more information about the spin-off of eCOST.com, see “Spin-Off of eCOST.com” below. A summary of eCOST.com’s business is contained in Part I, Item 1 of the eCOST.com 10-K under the caption “Overview” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

During 2002, we completed two acquisitions. In April 2002, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Pacific Business Systems, Inc. (“PBS”), a privately held direct marketer of computer products to businesses and consumer customers under the ClubMac and PBS brands. We operate the acquired business as ClubMac. In July 2002, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Wareforce, Inc. (“Wareforce”) through a United States Bankruptcy proceeding under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. We consider ClubMac and Wareforce to be part of our core business segment. Also during 2002, we formed a new subsidiary, PC Mall Gov, Inc., to focus on the public sector market, and hired an experienced public sector technology sales executive to lead the entity’s operations.

 

In June 2002, we formed Onsale, Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary. We acquired the URL and software that operated the original OnSale.com website for approximately $0.4 million through bankruptcy proceedings of Egghead in December 2002. In October 2003, we formally launched OnSale.com, which today is focused on selling computer components and other consumer products, and also offers an online marketplace, including auctions. As of December 31, 2004, we have invested approximately $1.1 million in capital expenditures and software development costs in connection with our OnSale.com business.

 

We operate in three reportable segments: 1) a rapid response supplier of technology solutions for business, government and educational institutions, as well as individual consumers, collectively referred to as the “core business,” 2) a multi-category online discount retailer of new, refurbished and close-out products under the eCOST.com brand, and 3) an online retailer of computer components and other consumer products, as well as an online marketplace including auctions, under the OnSale.com brand. Beginning in the first quarter of 2003, we integrated our former eLinux segment into the core business segment. The OnSale.com segment, which was previously reported as part of the core business, was established as a new segment beginning in the third quarter of 2003. Prior period segment amounts have been adjusted to reflect the new presentation. We allocate resources to and evaluate the performance of our segments based on operating income. Corporate expenses are included in our measure of segment operating income for management reporting purposes.

 

Strategy

 

Our strategy is to be a leading rapid response direct marketer of a broad range of computers, software and related technology and consumer electronic products and solutions to business, government and educational institutions and individual consumers. Specific elements of our operating strategy include:

 

Continued Development of Outbound Telemarketing. During 2004, we continued to intensify our outbound telemarketing efforts to focus on the under-served small and medium-sized business (“SMB”) market, as well as large enterprise, government and education markets. We believe that inherent cost efficiencies and our purchasing power with key vendors provide us with competitive advantages and growth opportunities to acquire market-share from small value-added resellers (“VARs”). Our strategy is to expand our outbound telemarketing account executive workforce. To this end, during 2004 we continued to hire experienced outbound telemarketing account executives to manage this initiative and expand our outbound telemarketing account executive workforce. In June 2003, we opened a new outbound telemarketing sales office located in Canada to allow us to access an abundant, educated labor pool and to benefit from a government labor subsidy that extends through the end of 2007. As of December 31, 2004, we had 244 outbound telemarketing account executives in our Canadian sales office compared to 128 at December 31, 2003, and currently have capacity for approximately 125 additional account executives as of the end of December 31, 2004. We also focused on the development of our outbound telemarketing account executives through our comprehensive training program. We expect to continue to invest in new tools and training to develop our outbound telemarketing sales operation.

 

Focus on Sales of Enterprise Products. We continue to focus on sales of enterprise products such as networking products, servers, storage and volume licensing, which we believe represent high growth segments of

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the enterprise market. We are authorized or otherwise have the ability to sell Cisco, EMC, HP, IBM, Microsoft, Network Associates and other name brand products. We are also authorized to sell Microsoft contractual licenses to large enterprise customers.

 

Leverage Apple Market Position. Throughout 2004, we continued to be a leading rapid response direct marketer of Apple products. We believe that our Apple leadership position provides opportunities to acquire new commercial customers as well as increase sales to existing customers. Our sales of Apple manufactured products in 2004 were $212.9 million, an increase of $9.3 million, or 5%, compared to $203.6 million in 2003. Our PC Mall Gov subsidiary also received authorization to sell Apple products on the GSA schedule to federal government customers in April 2003. During 2004, we published 13 editions of our MacMall catalog with a circulation of 19.8 million copies, a 14% decrease from the prior year’s 22.9 million circulation and a 20% decrease from the 24.8 million copies circulated in 2002. The decrease in MacMall catalog circulation was due to our focus on outbound telemarketing rather than catalog circulation.

 

Increased Relationship-Based Selling. Our account executives are trained in relationship building with their customers and are coached to offer higher levels of service. We are committed to relationship-based selling. Account executives are trained and empowered to handle a variety of customer needs, including ongoing customer service and returns-related issues. Additionally, account executives bring other expertise to bear as needed from within the company, including Apple, Cisco, Computer Associates, HP, IBM, Microsoft Windows Server specialists (MCSE) certified technicians, and Novell-trained Certified Network Engineers (CNE).

 

Leverage of Internet Expertise. We consider ourselves a leader in Internet e-commerce innovation and intend to continue enhancing our position on the Internet. We were among the first to enter the Internet auction space with our ubid.com website. uBid completed a successful initial public offering in December 1998, and we subsequently distributed to our stockholders all of our remaining shares of uBid in June 1999.

 

In March 1999, we launched the eCOST.com website, which offers a broad selection of new, “close-out” and refurbished name-brand merchandise. In September 2004, eCOST.com completed its initial public offering. We plan to distribute our remaining ownership in eCOST.com to our stockholders on April 11, 2005. See “—Spin-Off of eCOST.com.” In October 2003, we launched OnSale.com, which today is focused on selling computer components and other consumer products, and also offers an online marketplace including auctions, which provides Internet sellers an alternative site to market products. Also in 2004, we expanded our use of “Corporate Access Pages” or CAP sites, which are custom extranet-based dedicated websites that are designed to allow customers to perform routine tasks online and give account executives increased time for acquiring new customers. The number of CAP sites increased to 52,727 in 2004 from 21,661 in 2003.

 

Penetration of the Public Sector Market. In April 2002, we formed PC Mall Gov and hired an experienced public sector technology executive to lead its public sector sales efforts, which includes sales to federal, state and local governmental departments and agencies, as well as educational institutions. We believe that PC Mall Gov’s purchasing power and rapid response technology is well suited to support the procurement models of government and education buyers. PC Mall Gov intends to establish a larger presence in the federal government market. To this end, in 2003 PC Mall Gov expanded its sales office in the Washington D.C. area and obtained authorization to sell Apple and HP products on the GSA schedule to government customers. PC Mall Gov sales in 2004 increased 17% over 2003 and a cumulative 29% over 2002.

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s strategy is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Our Growth Strategy” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Marketing and Sales

 

We design our marketing programs to attract new customers and to stimulate additional purchases by previous customers. We employ outbound telemarketing sales techniques to establish new customer relationships with businesses, selectively mail catalogs to prospective customers and advertise on the Internet and in major computer user magazines such as Computer Shopper, Design Graphics, Federal Computer Week, MacAddict, MacDesign, MacDirectory, Mac Home, and MacWorld. In addition, we obtain the names of prospective customers through selected mailing lists acquired from various sources, including manufacturers, suppliers and computer magazine publishers. We sell products to business, government and educational institutions, as well as individual consumers, primarily within the United States of America.

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We utilize sophisticated analysis tools designed to manage marketing campaigns using different media channels and to optimize campaigns through advanced data mining techniques. The analysis combines optimization techniques with multiple models to more effectively match offers to individuals and businesses in an effort to provide the most profitable results.

 

Inbound and Outbound Telemarketing. We believe that much of our success has come from the quality and training of our account executives. Account executives are responsible for assisting customers in purchasing decisions, answering product pricing and availability questions and processing product orders. Account executives have the authority to vary prices within specified parameters in order to meet prices of competitors. In addition, account executives undergo an initial sales training program focusing on use of our systems, product offerings and networking solutions, sales techniques, phone etiquette and customer service. Account executives attend regular training sessions to stay up-to-date on new products. Account executives staff our toll-free order lines 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Customer service and technical support personnel assist outbound and inbound telemarketing account executives. Our phone and computer systems are used for order entry, customer tracking and inventory management. During 2004, we shipped approximately 692,000 outbound and inbound telemarketing orders with an average order size of $1,162. This compares to approximately 621,000 outbound and inbound telemarketing orders with an average order size of $1,084 in 2003 and 612,000 outbound and inbound telemarketing orders with an average order size of $912 in 2002.

 

Catalogs. We published 13 editions of our PC Mall catalog during 2004 and distributed approximately 6.9 million PC Mall catalogs, a decrease of 34% compared to 10.4 million catalogs distributed in 2003 and a cumulative 37% decrease compared to 11.0 million catalogs distributed in 2002. We published 13 editions of our MacMall catalog in 2004 and distributed approximately 19.8 million catalogs, a decrease of 14% compared to the 22.9 million catalogs distributed in 2003 and a cumulative 20% decrease compared to 24.8 million catalogs distributed in 2002. Active PC Mall and MacMall customers receive a catalog several times a year depending upon purchasing history, and we include a catalog with most orders shipped, as well as special promotional flyers and manufacturers’ product brochures. We also published and distributed ClubMac, eCOST.com, and PC Mall Gov catalogs in 2004, totaling an additional 31 editions, approximately 5.3 million catalogs.

 

We create all of our catalogs in-house with our own design team and production artists using a Macintosh-based desktop publishing system. We believe the in-house preparation of the catalogs streamlines the production process, provides greater flexibility and creativity in catalog production, and results in significant cost savings over outside production.

 

The Internet. We operate several worldwide websites, including pcmall.com, macmall.com, clubmac.com, pcmallgov.com, ecost.com and onsale.com. Our websites offer features such as on-line ordering, access to inventory availability and a large product selection with detailed product information. We also maintain and operate an extranet for our corporate customers, called CAP sites. CAP sites provide custom catalogs and online purchasing channels for corporate customers and their employees. CAP sites are designed to enhance sales productivity by allowing customers to perform routine tasks online, freeing the account executive’s time for acquiring new customers. Sales generated through the Internet have grown rapidly for us as we offer our customers a convenient means of shopping and ordering our products. Our websites also serve as another source of new customers. In 2004, we shipped approximately 832,000 Internet-related orders, an 8.3% increase over the 768,000 Internet orders shipped in 2003 and a cumulative 41.7% increase over the 587,000 Internet orders shipped in 2002.

 

Vendor Supported Marketing. We sell advertising space in our catalogs and on our websites and provide vendor supported outbound telemarketing campaigns. These advertising sales generate revenues that offset a substantial portion of the expense of publishing and distributing the catalogs. We also develop marketing campaigns designed to maximize product sales.

 

Commercial Sales. We fulfill the specific needs of commercial buyers, including business, government and educational institutions, through an outbound telemarketing sales force, as well as a direct sales force through our CCIT and Wareforce subsidiaries. Our sales staff strives to build long-term relationships with commercial customers through regular phone contact and personalized service. Commercial customers may choose from several purchase or lease options for financing product purchases, and we extend credit to certain commercial customers based upon an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition and credit history.

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Customer Return Policy. We offer a limited return policy on a number of our products, subject to vendor terms and conditions. Returns are monitored to identify trends in product acceptance and defects, to enhance customer satisfaction and to reduce overall returns.

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s marketing and sales is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the captions “Sales and Marketing” and “Customer Service” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Products and Merchandising

 

We offer hardware, software, peripherals, components and accessories for users of computer products, as well as electronics equipment and other consumer products. We screen new products and select products for inclusion in our catalogs and websites based on features, quality, sales trends, price, margins, cooperative/market development funds and warranties. We offer our customers other value-added services, such as the ability to purchase systems that have been specifically configured to meet the customer’s requirements. Through frequent mailings of our catalogs and e-mails to our customers, we are able to quickly introduce new products and replace slower selling products with new products.

 

The following table sets forth our net sales by major product category as a percentage of total net sales for the periods presented.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Computer systems

   34.9 %   36.8 %   36.9 %

Peripherals, components and accessories

   42.5     42.2     42.1  

Software

   13.9     12.3     12.1  

Other (1)

   8.7     8.7     8.9  
    

 

 

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
    

 

 


(1)

Other consists primarily of other electronic products, income from configuration charges, sales of extended warranties, and other consumer products.

 

Computer Systems. We offer a large selection of desktop, laptop and server systems from leading manufacturers including Acer, Apple, HP, IBM, Sony and Toshiba.

 

Peripherals, Components and Accessories. We offer a large selection of peripheral and component products from manufacturers such as APC, Apple, Canon, Cisco, Epson, HP, IBM, Kingston, Lacie, NEC/Mitsubishi, Sandisk, Sony, Viewsonic and Xerox. Peripherals and components include printers, monitors, data storage devices, add-on circuit boards, connectivity products and communications products. The accessories offered by us include a broad range of computer-related items and supplies such as toner, ink cartridges, magnetic tape, cables and connectors.

 

Software. We sell a wide variety of software packages in the business and personal productivity, enterprise, utility, language, graphics and video editing categories, including word processing, spreadsheet and database software. We offer a large number of software programs and licenses from established vendors, such as Adobe, Apple, Computer Associates, Filemaker, Intuit, Lotus/IBM, Macromedia, Microsoft, Network Associates, Quark, and Symantec, as well as numerous specialty products from new and emerging vendors.

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s products and merchandise is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the captions “Our Customers,” “Our Website” and “Our Merchandise” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Purchasing and Inventory

 

We believe that effective purchasing is a key element of our business strategy to provide name brand computer products and related software and peripherals at competitive prices. We believe that our high volume of sales results in increased purchasing power with our primary suppliers, resulting in volume discounts, favorable product return policies and vendor promotional allowances. During 2004, we purchased products from over 910 vendors. Products manufactured by HP accounted for 22.1% of net sales in 2004, 20.9% of net sales in 2003 and 17.8% of net sales in 2002. Products manufactured by Apple represented approximately 17.9%, 20.4% and 23.1% of our net sales in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We are also linked electronically with fourteen distributors or manufacturers, which allows account executives to view distributor product availability online and drop-ship product directly to customers. The benefits of this program include reduced inventory carrying costs, higher order fill rates and improved inventory turns.

 

Most key vendors have agreements to provide us with market development funds covering portions of the cost of catalog publication and distribution based upon the amount of coverage given in the catalogs for their products. Termination or interruption of our relationships with our vendors, or modification of the terms of or discontinuance of our agreements with our vendors, could adversely affect our operating results. Our success is dependent in part upon the ability of our vendors to develop and market products that meet the changing requirements of the marketplace. As is customary in our industry, we have no long-term supply contracts with any of our vendors. Substantially all of our contracts with our vendors are terminable upon 30 days’ notice or less.

 

We attempt to manage our inventory position to maximize customer satisfaction while limiting inventory risk. Our average annual inventory turns were 15.7 times in 2004, 15.1 times in 2003 and 18.6 times in 2002. Inventory levels may vary from period to period, due in part to increases or decreases in sales levels, our practice of making large-volume purchases when we deem the terms of such purchases to be attractive and the addition of new manufacturers and products. We have negotiated agreements with many of our vendors that contain price protection provisions intended to reduce our risk of loss due to manufacturer price reductions. We currently have such rights with respect to certain products that we purchase from Apple and HP and certain other vendors; however, rights vary by product line, have conditions and limitations, and can be terminated or changed at any time.

 

The market for computers, computer products, peripherals, software and electronics is characterized by rapid technological change and a growing diversity of products. We believe that our success depends in large part on our ability to identify and obtain the right to market products that meet the changing requirements of the marketplace and to obtain sufficient quantities of product to meet changing demands. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify and offer products necessary to remain competitive or avoid losses related to excess or obsolete inventory.

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s purchasing and inventory operations is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the captions “Vendors” and “Fulfillment Operations” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Backlog

 

Our backlog generally represents open cancelable orders. We do not believe that backlog is useful for predicting future sales.

 

Distribution

 

We operate a full-service 212,000 square foot distribution center in Memphis, Tennessee and a 20,454 square foot warehouse facility in Irvine, California. The Memphis warehouse is our primary distribution center and is strategically located near the Federal Express main hub in Memphis, which allows most orders of in-stock products accepted by 10:00 p.m. Eastern Time to be shipped for delivery by 10:30 a.m. the following day via Federal Express, if requested by the customer. Upon request, orders may also be shipped at a lower cost using other modes of transportation such as United Parcel Service Delivery. The Irvine warehouse primarily functions as a custom configuration and distribution center for Wareforce’s corporate customers. We believe that our existing distribution facilities are adequate for our current needs.

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

When an order is entered into our systems, an automated credit check or credit card verification is performed, and if approved, and the product is in stock, the order is electronically transmitted to the warehouse, where a packing slip is printed for order fulfillment. All inventory items are bar coded and located in computer-designated areas which are easily identified on the packing slip. All orders are checked with bar code scanners prior to final packing to ensure that each order is packed correctly.

 

We also have electronic purchasing and drop shipping systems for products that are not in stock at our distribution centers. Fourteen distributors or manufacturers are linked to us electronically to provide inventory availability and pricing information. We transmit an electronic order for immediate shipment via an electronic interchange to the selected distributor after considering inventory availability, price and location. This capability allows us to ship a high percentage of orders on the same day that they are received.

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s distribution operations is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Fulfillment Operations” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Management Information Systems

 

We have committed significant resources to the development of sophisticated computer systems that are used to manage our business. Our computer systems support telemarketing, marketing, purchasing, accounting, customer service, warehousing and distribution and facilitate the preparation of daily operating control reports which are designed to provide concise and timely information regarding key aspects of our business. The systems allow us to, among other things, monitor sales trends, make informed purchasing decisions, and provide product availability and order status information. In addition to the main computer systems, we have systems of networked personal computers. We also apply our management information systems to the task of managing our inventory. We believe that in order to remain competitive we need to upgrade our management information systems on a continual basis.

 

Our success is dependent on the accuracy and proper utilization of our management information systems and our telephone system. In addition to the costs associated with system upgrades, the transition to and implementation of new or upgraded hardware or software systems can result in system delays or failures. We currently operate our management information systems using a HP3000 Enterprise System. Hewlett-Packard has indicated that it will support this system until December 2006, by which time we expect that we will need to seek third party support for such systems or upgrade our management information systems hardware and software. Any interruption, corruption, degradation or failure of our management information systems or telephone system could impact our ability to receive and process customer orders on a timely basis.

 

The information relating to eCOST.com’s management information systems is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Technology” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Retail Computer Showrooms

 

We currently operate three retail computer showrooms, located in Santa Monica and Torrance, California, and Memphis, Tennessee that are targeted at consumers and small businesses residing in the local area.

 

Competition

 

The business of direct marketing of computer hardware, software, peripherals and electronics is highly competitive. We believe that competition in our market is based predominantly on:

 

 

 

price;

 

 

 

product selection, quality and availability;

 

 

 

shopping convenience;

 

 

 

customer service; and

 

 

 

brand recognition.

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We currently or potentially compete with a variety of companies that can be divided into several broad categories:

 

 

 

other direct marketers, including CDW, Insight Enterprises and PC Connection;

 

 

 

computer retail stores and resellers, including superstores such as Best Buy and CompUSA;

 

 

 

hardware and software vendors such as Apple and Dell Computer that sell or are increasing sales directly to end users;

 

 

 

online resellers, such as Amazon.com and Overstock.com;

 

 

 

government resellers such as GTSI; and

 

 

 

other direct marketers and value added resellers of hardware, software and computer-related and electronic products.

 

Barriers to entry are relatively low in the direct marketing industry and the risk of new competitors entering the market is high. The markets in which our retail showrooms operate are also highly competitive.

 

The manner in which the products and services we sell are distributed and sold is changing, and new methods of sales and distribution have emerged. Technology now allows software vendors the ability to sell and download programs directly to consumers, if so desired. In addition, in recent years the industry has generated a number of new, cost-effective channels of distribution such as computer superstores, consumer electronic and office supply superstores, national direct marketers, online resellers and mass merchants. Computer resellers are consolidating operations and acquiring or merging with other resellers to achieve economies of scale and increased efficiency. Our largest manufacturers have sold, and continue to intensify their efforts to sell, their products directly to customers. To the extent additional manufacturers adopt this selling format or this trend becomes more prevalent, it could adversely affect our sales growth and profitability. In addition, traditional retailers have entered and may increase their penetration into the direct mail channel. The current industry reconfiguration and the trend toward consolidation could cause the industry to become even more competitive, further increase pricing pressures and make it more difficult for us to maintain our operating margins or to increase or maintain the same level of net sales or gross profit.

 

Although many of our competitors have greater financial resources than we do, we believe that our ability to offer businesses, government and educational institutions and individual consumers a wide selection of products, at competitive prices, with prompt delivery and a high level of customer service, together with good relationships with our vendors and suppliers, allow us to compete effectively. We compete not only for customers, but also for favorable product allocations and cooperative advertising support from product manufacturers. Some of our competitors could enter into exclusive distribution arrangements with our vendors and deny us access to their products, devote greater resources to marketing and promotional campaigns and devote substantially more resources to their website and systems development than our company. New technologies and the continued enhancement of existing technologies also may increase competitive pressures on our company. Some of our competitors have reduced their prices in an attempt to stimulate sales. Decreasing prices of computers and related technology products and accessories resulting from competition and technological changes require us to sell a greater number of products to achieve the same level of net sales and gross profit. If prices of computers and related technology products and accessories decrease and we are unable to attract new customers and sell increased quantities of products, our sales growth and profitability could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that we can continue to compete effectively against existing or new competitors that may enter the market. We believe that competition may increase in the future, which could require us to reduce prices, increase advertising expenditures or take other actions that may have an adverse effect on our operating results.

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s competition is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Competition” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of laws and contractual restrictions with our employees, customers, suppliers, affiliates and others to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Despite these precautions, it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property, including our domain names, without

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

authorization. Although we regularly assert our intellectual property rights when we learn that they are being infringed, these claims can be time-consuming and may require litigation and administrative proceedings to be successful. We have numerous trademarks and service marks that we consider to be material to the successful operation of our business. The most important are PC MALL, MACMALL, and WAREFORCE, which we currently use in connection with telephone, mail order, catalog, and/or online retail services. We have registrations for PC MALL and MACMALL in the United States and in numerous foreign jurisdictions for telephone, mail order, catalog, and/or online retail services and applications in the United States and foreign jurisdictions for WAREFORCE for a variety of online services. In addition, we consider the ONSALE and ONSALE and price tag logo marks to be material to the successful operation of our business, and have registrations for the ONSALE and price tag logo mark in the United States and in numerous foreign jurisdictions for auction services and/or online retail store services, and pending applications for ONSALE in the United States and in numerous foreign jurisdictions for auction services and/or online retail store services.

 

Third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert that our business or the technologies we use infringe their intellectual property rights. We may be subject to intellectual property legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business. For example, eCOST.com received letters from a third party alleging that it is infringing certain of that third party’s patents. Based on an investigation of this matter to date, we believe that eCOST.com’s current operations do not infringe any valid claims of the patents identified in these letters. If we are forced to defend against this or any other third-party infringement claims, we could face expensive and time-consuming litigation and be required to pay monetary damages, which could include treble damages and attorneys’ fees for any infringement that is found to be willful, and either be enjoined or required to pay ongoing royalties with respect to any technologies found to infringe. Further, as a result of infringement claims either against us or against those who license technology to us, we may be required, or deem it advisable, to develop non-infringing technology, which could be costly and time-consuming, or enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements.

 

Third parties have in the past, and may in the future, hire employees who have had access to our proprietary technologies, processes and operations. This exposes us to the risk that former employees will misappropriate our intellectual property.

 

Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any litigation, regardless of outcome or merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources, which could materially harm our business.

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s intellectual property is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Intellectual Property” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had 1,498 full-time employees. We emphasize the recruiting and training of high-quality personnel and, to the extent practical, promote people to positions of increased responsibility from within the company. Many employees initially receive training appropriate for their position, followed by varying levels of training in computer technology, communication and leadership. New account executives participate in an intensive sales training program, during which time they are introduced to our business ethics and philosophy, available resources, products and services, as well as basic and advanced sales skills. Training for specific product lines and continuing education programs are conducted on a regular basis, supplemented by vendor-sponsored training programs for account executives and technical support personnel.

 

We consider our employee relations to be good. None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we have experienced no work stoppages.

 

Since our formation, we have experienced rapid growth. As a result of this growth, we have added a significant number of employees and have been required to expend considerable effort in training these new employees.

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s employees is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Employees” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Properties

 

Our principal facilities at December 31, 2004 were as follows:

 

Description


   Sq. Ft.

    

Location


PC Mall, Inc. Corporate Headquarters

   157,325     

Torrance, CA

Distribution Center

   212,000     

Memphis, TN

Irvine Sales Office and Warehouse

   60,888     

Irvine, CA

Wisconsin Sales Office

   35,503     

Menomonee Falls, WI

Canada Sales Office

   45,128     

Montreal, Quebec, Canada

Retail Showroom

   9,750     

Santa Monica, CA

 

We lease each of our principal facilities, except for the Santa Monica retail showroom, which we own. Our distribution center includes shipping, receiving, warehousing and administrative space. In January 2005, our eCOST.com subsidiary signed a 70-month lease covering 163,632 square feet in Memphis, Tennessee in connection with its efforts to transition from reliance on us for inventory and order fulfillment in preparation for the proposed spin-off of eCOST.com.

 

Regulatory and Legal Matters

 

Our direct response business is subject to the Mail or Telephone Order Merchandise Rule and other related regulations promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission and laws or regulations directly applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet. While we believe we are currently in compliance with such laws and regulations and have implemented processes, programs and systems to address our ongoing compliance with such regulations, no assurances can be given that new laws or regulations will not be enacted or adopted, or that our processes, programs and systems will be sufficient to comply with present or future laws or regulations, which might adversely affect our operations. Due to the increasing popularity and use of the Internet, it is likely that new laws and regulations will be adopted with respect to the Internet, including laws and regulations that may impose additional restrictions or burdens on our business. Moreover, the growth and development of the market for Internet commerce may prompt calls for more stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional restrictions or burdens on companies conducting business over the Internet. In addition to imposing restrictions or burdens on our business, the adoption of any additional laws or regulations with respect to the Internet may decrease the growth of the Internet, which, in turn, could decrease the demand for and growth of our Internet-based sales.

 

Based upon current law, certain of our subsidiaries currently collect and remit sales and use tax only on sales of products or services to residents of the states in which the respective subsidiaries have a physical presence or have voluntarily registered. Various state taxing authorities have sought to impose on direct marketers with no physical presence in the taxing state the burden of collecting state sales and use taxes on the sale of products or services shipped or sold to those states’ residents, and it is possible that such a requirement could be imposed in the future. In addition, a number of bills may be introduced or are pending before federal and state legislatures that would potentially expand our tax collection responsibility. Until these legislative efforts have run their course and the courts have considered and resolved some cases involving these tax collection issues, there can be no assurance that future laws imposing taxes or other regulations on direct marketing or Internet commerce would not substantially impair our growth and as a result have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Information pertaining to government regulations affecting eCOST.com’s business is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Government Regulation” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Spin-Off of eCOST.com

 

Our board of directors has approved the spin-off of eCOST.com and has declared a special stock dividend to our stockholders to distribute all of the outstanding shares of eCOST.com owned by our company. The special stock dividend is expected to be payable on April 11, 2005 to PC Mall stockholders of record on March 28, 2005. Completion of the distribution is contingent upon the satisfaction or waiver of a variety of conditions described below.

 

In September 2004, we and eCOST.com entered into a Master Separation and Distribution Agreement and certain other agreements providing for the separation and the distribution, the provision by us of certain interim services to eCOST.com, and addressing employee benefit arrangements, tax and other matters. In March 2005, we amended the Administrative Services Agreement that our subsidiary AF Services, LLC (formerly AF Services, Inc.) entered into with eCOST.com in September 2004, pursuant to which the scope of the services covered by the agreement was reduced and monthly service charges were correspondingly reduced from $101,600 to $19,000, effective as of the date of our spin-off of eCOST.com. For a more detailed discussion of the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Administrative Services Agreement, and the certain other agreements providing for the separation and distribution, you can refer to the information under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in Part III, Item 13 of this Report. We believe that the separation and distribution will enhance eCOST.com’s ability to implement its growth and operating strategies. Upon completion of the distribution, holders of common stock of PC Mall as of the record date of the distribution will be entitled to receive a dividend of eCOST.com common stock without the payment of further consideration, although we expect the market value of shares of our common stock to diminish upon effecting the distribution to reflect the value (per share of our common stock) of the shares of eCOST.com common stock we distribute.

 

The Master Separation and Distribution Agreement contains various conditions to the distribution that must be satisfied or waived by us, including:

 

 

 

our receipt of an opinion from our tax counsel that our contribution of assets to eCOST.com and the distribution, taken together, will qualify as a reorganization pursuant to which no gain or loss will be recognized by us or our stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

 

 

the receipt of any material government approvals and consents necessary to consummate the distribution;

 

 

 

the absence of any event or development that, in the sole judgment of our board of directors, would result in the distribution having a material adverse effect on us or our stockholders; and

 

 

 

the absence of any order, injunction, decree or regulation issued by any court or agency of competition jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibitions preventing the consummation of the distribution.

 

In addition, we have the right not to complete the distribution if, at any time, our board of directors determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interest of us or our stockholders, or if the distribution has not occurred by December 31, 2005.

 

Available Information

 

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to these reports available free of charge on our corporate website as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. In addition, eCOST.com makes its similar reports available free of charge on its corporate website, www.ecost.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports and filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We have also adopted a code of conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees which is available on our website. Our corporate website is located at www.pcmall.com. The information contained on our website is not part of this report or incorporated by reference herein.

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Executive Officers

 

Our executive officers as of March 31, 2005 and their respective ages and positions are as follows:

 

Name


   Age

    

Position


Frank Khulusi

   38     

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

Theodore R. Sanders

   50     

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Daniel J. DeVries

   43     

Executive Vice President - Marketing

Kristin M. Rogers

   46     

Executive Vice President - Commercial Sales

Robert I. Newton

   39     

General Counsel and Secretary

 

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of the executive officers:

 

Frank F. Khulusi is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since our inception in 1987, served as President until July 1999, and resumed the office of President in March 2001. Mr. Khulusi attended the University of Southern California.

 

Theodore R. Sanders has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 1998 and was our Vice President - Controller from May 1997 to September 1998. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Sanders spent ten years with the Pittston Company in various senior finance roles including Controller of its Burlington Air Express Global division and Director of Internal Audit. Mr. Sanders started his career with Deloitte & Touche and rose to the position of Manager. Mr. Sanders is a C.P.A. and received a B.S.B.A. degree from Nichols College.

 

Daniel J. DeVries has served as our Executive Vice President - Marketing since February 1996 and was our Senior Vice President from October 1994 to that time. Mr. DeVries is responsible for marketing and consumer sales strategy. From April 1993 to October 1994, he held various sales and marketing positions with our company. From July 1988 to April 1993, Mr. DeVries was a Regional Manager for Sun Computers, a computer retailer. Mr. DeVries attended the University of Michigan.

 

Kristin M. Rogers joined us in February 2000 and was appointed as our Executive Vice President - Commercial Sales in June 2001. Ms. Rogers is responsible for commercial sales strategy. Prior to joining us, Ms. Rogers held a variety of positions with Merisel, a computer wholesale distributor from 1980 through 1999, the most recent position being Senior Vice President and General Manager of the U.S. region. In addition, Ms. Rogers spent one year (1997) as Executive Vice President and General Manager of the U.S. region for Micro Warehouse, a direct marketer based in Norwalk, Connecticut. Ms. Rogers received a B.A. degree in Political Science from Bates College (Lewiston, Maine).

 

Robert I. Newton joined us in June 2004 as our General Counsel. Mr. Newton was Of Counsel in the corporate practice group of Morrison & Foerster LLP from February 2000 until joining our company. Prior to his employment at Morrison & Foerster LLP, Mr. Newton was a partner in the corporate practice group of McDermott, Will & Emery LLP. Mr. Newton received a B.B.A., with highest honors, and a J.D., with honors, from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

 

This annual report, including the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We face a number of risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. The information relating to factors affecting eCOST.com’s future results is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Risk Factors” and is incorporated herein by reference. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Our revenue is dependent on sales of products from a small number of key manufacturers, and a decline in sales of products from these manufacturers could materially harm our business.

 

Our revenue is dependent on sales of products from a small number of key manufacturers, including Apple, HP, IBM, Microsoft and Sony. For example, products manufactured by HP represented 22.1%, 20.9% and 17.8% of our net sales and products manufactured by Apple represented 17.9%, 20.4% and 23.1% of our net sales in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. A decline in sales of any of our key manufacturers’ products, whether due to decreases in supply of or demand for their products, termination of any of our agreements with them, or otherwise, could have a material adverse impact on our sales and operating results.

 

Certain of our key vendors provide us with incentives and other assistance that reduce our operating costs, and any future decline in these incentives and other assistance could materially harm our operating results.

 

Certain of our key vendors, including Apple, HP, IBM, Ingram Micro, Microsoft, Sony and Tech Data, provide us with trade credit or substantial incentives in the form of discounts, credits and cooperative advertising. We have agreements with most of our key vendors under which they provide us, or they have otherwise consistently provided us, with market development funds to finance portions of our catalog publication and distribution costs based upon the amount of coverage we give to their respective products in our catalogs or other advertising mediums. Any termination or interruption of our relationships with one or more of these vendors, particularly Apple or HP, or modification of the terms or discontinuance of our agreements and market development fund programs and arrangements with these vendors, could adversely affect our operating income and cash flow.

 

We do not have long-term supply agreements or guaranteed price or delivery arrangements with our vendors.

 

In most cases we have no guaranteed price or delivery arrangements with our vendors. As a result, we have experienced and may in the future experience inventory shortages on certain products. Furthermore, the personal computer industry occasionally experiences significant product supply shortages and customer order backlogs due to the inability of certain manufacturers to supply certain products as needed. We cannot assure you that suppliers will maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill our orders on a timely basis, or at all, or that we will be able to obtain particular products on favorable terms or at all. Additionally, we cannot assure you that product lines currently offered by suppliers will continue to be available to us. A decline in the supply or continued availability of the products of our vendors, or a significant increase in the price of those products, could reduce our sales and affect our operating results.

 

Substantially all of our agreements with vendors are terminable within 30 days.

 

Substantially all of our agreements with vendors are terminable upon 30 days’ notice or less. For example, we are an authorized dealer for the full retail line of Apple products, sales of which represented 17.9% of our net sales in 2004, but Apple can terminate our dealer agreement upon 30 days’ notice. Vendors that currently sell their products through us could decide to sell, or increase their sales of, their products directly or through other resellers or channels. Any termination, interruption or adverse modification of our relationship with a key vendor or a significant number of other vendors would likely adversely affect our operating income, cash flow and future prospects.

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our success is dependent in part upon the ability of our vendors to develop and market products that meet changes in marketplace demand, as well as our ability to sell popular products from new vendors.

 

The products we sell are generally subject to rapid technological change and related changes in marketplace demand. Our success is dependent in part upon the ability of our vendors to develop and market products that meet these changes in marketplace demand. Our success is also dependent on our ability to develop relationships with and sell products from new vendors that address these changes in marketplace demand. To the extent products that address changes in marketplace demand are not available to us, or are not available to us in sufficient quantities or on acceptable terms, we could encounter increased price and other competition, which would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may not be able to maintain existing or build new vendor relationships, which may affect our ability to offer a broad selection of products at competitive prices and negatively impact our results of operations.

 

We purchase products for resale both directly from manufacturers and indirectly through distributors and other sources, all of whom we consider our vendors. We do not have long-term agreements with any of these vendors. Any agreements with vendors governing our purchase of products are generally terminable by either party upon 30 days’ notice or less. In general, we agree to offer products through our catalogs and on our websites and the vendors agree to provide us with information about their products and honor our customer service policies. If we do not maintain our existing relationships or build new relationships with vendors on acceptable terms, including favorable product pricing and vendor consideration, we may not be able to offer a broad selection of products or continue to offer products at competitive prices. In addition, some vendors may decide not to offer particular products for sale on the Internet, and others may avoid offering their new products to retailers offering a mix of close-out and refurbished products in addition to new products. From time to time, vendors may terminate our right to sell some or all of their products, change the applicable terms and conditions of sale or reduce or discontinue the incentives or vendor consideration that they offer us. Any such termination or the implementation of such changes, or our failure to build new vendor relationships, could have a negative impact on our operating results. Additionally, some products are subject to manufacturer or distributor allocation, which limits the number of units of those products that are available to us and may adversely affect our operating results.

 

Our narrow gross margins magnify the impact of variations in our operating costs and of adverse or unforeseen events on our operating results.

 

We are subject to intense price competition with respect to the products we sell. As a result, our gross margins have historically been narrow, and we expect them to continue to be narrow. Our narrow gross margins magnify the impact of variations in our operating costs and of adverse or unforeseen events on our operating results. If we are unable to maintain our gross margins in the future, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because price is an important competitive factor in our industry, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to increased price competition in the future. If we become subject to increased price competition in the future, we cannot assure you that we will not lose market share, that we will not be forced to reduce our prices and further reduce our gross margins, or that we will be able to compete effectively.

 

We experience variability in our net sales and net income on a quarterly basis as a result of many factors.

 

We experience variability in our net sales and net income on a quarterly basis as a result of many factors. These factors include the frequency of our catalog mailings, introduction or discontinuation of new catalogs, the introduction of new products or services by us and our competitors, changes in prices from our suppliers, the loss or consolidation of significant suppliers or customers, general competitive conditions such as pricing, our ability to control costs, the timing of our capital expenditures, the condition of the personal computer and electronics industry in general, seasonal shifts in demand for computer and electronics products, industry announcements and market acceptance of new products or upgrades, deferral of customer orders in anticipation of new product applications, product enhancements or operating systems, the relative mix of products sold during the period, any inability on our part to obtain adequate quantities of products carried in our catalogs, delays in the release by suppliers of new products and inventory adjustments, our expenditures on new business ventures and general economic conditions and geopolitical events. Our planned operating expenditures each quarter are based on sales forecasts for the quarter. If our sales do not meet expectations in any given quarter, our operating results for the quarter may be materially adversely affected. Our narrow gross margins may magnify the impact of these factors on our operating results. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. In addition, our results in any quarterly period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts or investors and as a result the market price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The transition of our business strategy to increasingly focus on business and public sector sales presents numerous risks and challenges, and may not improve our profitability or result in expanded market share.

 

We are in the process of transitioning our business strategy to increasingly focus on business and public sector sales. In shifting our focus, we face numerous risks and challenges, including competition from a wider range of sources and an increased need to develop strategic relationships. We cannot assure you that our increased focus on business and public sector sales will result in expanded market share or increased profitability. Furthermore, revenue from our public sector business is derived from sales to federal, state and local governmental departments and agencies, as well as to educational institutions, through various contracts and open market sales. Government contracting is a highly regulated area, and noncompliance with government procurement regulations or contract provisions could result in civil, criminal, and administrative liability, including substantial monetary fines or damages, termination of government contracts, and suspension, debarment or ineligibility from doing business with the government. The effect of any of these possible actions by any governmental department or agency with which we contract could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our increased investments in our outbound telemarketing sales force model may not improve our profitability or result in expanded market share.

 

We have made and are currently making efforts to increase our market share by investing in the growth, training and retention of our outbound telemarketing sales force. We have also incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significant expenses related to infrastructure investments related to this growth in our outbound telemarketing sales force. We cannot assure you that any of our investments in our outbound telemarketing sales force will result in expanded market share or increased profitability in the near or long term.

 

The success of our Canadian call center is dependent, in part, on our receipt of government labor credits.

 

In September 2003, we established a Canadian call center serving the U.S. market. One of the benefits we receive from having our Canadian call center is that we can claim Canadian government labor credits on eligible compensation paid to qualifying employees at the call center. The term of the government program that provides for these labor credits is currently scheduled to extend through approximately the end of 2007. During the period through 2007, we expect to annually claim labor credits of up to 35% of eligible compensation paid to our qualifying employees under the program. The success of our Canadian call center is dependent, in part, on our receipt of the government labor credits we expect to receive. While management believes the amounts claimed are collectible, if we do not receive these expected labor credits, or a sufficient portion of them, then the costs of operating our Canadian call center may exceed the benefits it provides us and our operating results would likely suffer.

 

Existing or future government and tax regulations could expose us to liabilities or costly changes in our business operations, and could reduce demand for our products.

 

Based upon current interpretations of existing law, certain of our subsidiaries currently collect and remit sales or use tax only on sales of products or services to residents of the states in which the respective subsidiaries have a physical presence or have voluntarily registered for sales tax collection. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled that states, absent Congressional legislation, may not impose tax collection obligations on an out-of-state direct marketer whose only contacts with the taxing state are distribution of catalogs and other advertisement materials through the mail, and whose subsequent delivery of purchased goods is by mail or interstate common carriers. However, we cannot predict the level of contact with any state which would give rise to future or past tax collection obligations. Additionally, it is possible that federal legislation could be enacted that would permit states to impose sales or use tax collection obligations on out-of-state direct marketers. Furthermore, court cases have upheld tax collection obligations on companies, including mail order companies, whose contacts with the taxing state was quite limited (e.g., visiting the state several times a year to aid customers or to inspect showrooms stocking their goods). We believe our operations are different from the operations of the companies in those cases and are thus not subject to the tax collection obligations imposed by those decisions. Various state taxing authorities have sought to impose on direct marketers with no physical presence in the taxing state the burden of collecting state sales and use taxes on the sale of products shipped or services sold to those states’ residents, and it is possible that such a requirement could be imposed in the future.

 

Furthermore, we are subject to general business regulations and laws, as well as regulations and laws specifically governing companies that do business over the Internet. Such existing and future laws and regulations may impede the growth of the Internet or other online services. These regulations and laws may cover taxation of e-

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

commerce, user privacy, marketing and promotional practices (including electronic communications with our customers and potential customers), database protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, product safety, the provision of online payment services, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights, unauthorized access (including the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act), and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel, trespass, data mining and collection, and personal privacy, among other laws, apply to the Internet and e-commerce. Unfavorable resolution of these issues may expose us to liabilities and costly changes in our business operations, and could reduce customer demand for our products. The growth and demand for online commerce has and may continue to result in more stringent consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens on online companies. For example, legislation in California requires us to notify our California customers if certain personal information about them is obtained by an unauthorized person, such as a computer hacker. These consumer protection laws could result in substantial compliance costs and could decrease our profitability.

 

Part of our business strategy includes the acquisition of other companies, and we may have difficulties integrating acquired companies into our operations in a cost-effective manner, if at all.

 

We have pursued in the past, and may pursue in the future, acquisitions of companies that either complement or expand our existing business. No assurance can be given that the benefits we may expect from the acquisition of complementary or supplementary companies will be realized. In addition, acquisitions may involve a number of risks and difficulties, including expansion into new geographic markets and business areas, the diversion of management’s attention to the operations and personnel of the acquired company, the integration of the acquired company’s personnel, operations and management information systems, potential short-term adverse effects on our operating results and the amortization of acquired intangible assets. Any delays or unexpected costs incurred in connection with the integration of acquired companies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we will be able to implement or sustain our acquisition strategy or that our strategy will ultimately prove profitable.

 

We may not be able to maintain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

 

Our ability to maintain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis given our planned business strategy depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to achieve and maintain vendor relationships, procure merchandise and fulfill orders in an efficient manner, leverage our fixed cost structure, maintain adequate levels of vendor funding, and maintain customer acquisition costs at acceptable levels. Our ability to maintain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis will also depend on our ability to manage and control operating expenses and to generate and sustain adequate levels of revenue. Many of our expenses are fixed in the short term, and we may not be able to quickly reduce spending if our revenue is lower than we project. In addition, we may find that our business plan costs more to execute than we currently anticipate. Some of the factors that affect our ability to maintain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis are beyond our control.

 

Our operating results are difficult to predict and may adversely affect our stock price.

 

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to vary significantly in the future based upon a number of factors, many of which we cannot control. We operate in a highly dynamic industry and future results could be subject to significant fluctuations. These fluctuations could cause us to fail to meet or exceed financial expectations of investors or analysts, which could cause our stock price to decline rapidly and significantly. Revenue and expenses in future periods may be greater or less than revenue and expenses in the immediately preceding period or in the comparable period of the prior year. Therefore, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily a good indication of our future performance. Some of the factors that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

 

 

 

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures relating to any expansion of our business operations and infrastructure;

 

 

 

price competition that results in lower sales volumes, lower profit margins, or net losses;

 

 

 

fluctuations in coupon redemption rates;

 

 

 

the amount and timing of advertising and marketing costs;

 

 

 

our ability to successfully integrate operations and technologies from any future acquisitions or other business combinations;

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

 

changes in the number of visitors to our websites or our inability to convert those visitors into customers;

 

 

 

technical difficulties, including system or Internet failures;

 

 

 

fluctuations in the demand for our products or overstocking or understocking of our products;

 

 

 

introduction of new or enhanced services or products by us or our competitors;

 

 

 

fluctuations in shipping costs, particularly during the holiday season;

 

 

 

economic conditions generally or economic conditions specific to the Internet, e-commerce, the retail industry or the mail order industry;

 

 

 

changes in the mix of products that we sell; and

 

 

 

fluctuations in levels of inventory theft, damage or obsolescence that we incur.

 

If we fail to accurately predict our inventory risk, our gross margins may decline as a result of required inventory write downs due to lower prices obtained from older or obsolete products.

 

In 2004, we derived 80.2% of our gross sales from products sold out of inventory at our distribution facility. We assume the inventory damage, theft and obsolescence risks, as well as price erosion risks for products that are sold out of inventory stocked at our distribution facility. These risks are especially significant because many of the products we sell are characterized by rapid technological change, obsolescence and price erosion (e.g., computer hardware, software and consumer electronics), and because our distribution facility sometimes stocks large quantities of particular types of inventory. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify and offer products necessary to remain competitive, maintain our gross margins or avoid losses related to excess and obsolete inventory. We currently have limited return rights with respect to products we purchase from Apple, HP, IBM, and certain other vendors, but these rights vary by product line, are subject to specified conditions and limitations, and can be terminated or changed at any time.

 

We may need additional financing and may not be able to raise additional financing on favorable terms or at all, which could increase our costs, limit our ability to grow and dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders.

 

We require substantial working capital to fund our business. We believe that our current working capital, together with cash flows from operations and available lines of credit, will be adequate to support our current operating plans for at least the next twelve months. However, if we need additional financing, such as for acquisitions or expansion or to fund a significant downturn in sales or an increase in operating expenses, there are no assurances that adequate financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. We may in the future seek additional financing from public or private debt or equity financings to fund additional expansion, or take advantage of opportunities or favorable market conditions. There can be no assurance such financings will be available on terms favorable to us or at all. To the extent any such financings involve the issuance of equity securities, existing stockholders could suffer dilution. If we raise additional financing through the issuance of equity, equity-related or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the rights of our common stock and our stockholders will experience dilution of their ownership interests. If additional financing is required but not available, we would have to implement further measures to conserve cash and reduce costs. However, there is no assurance that such measures would be successful. Our failure to raise required additional financing could adversely affect our ability to maintain, develop or enhance our product offerings, take advantage of future opportunities, respond to competitive pressures or continue operations.

 

We may be subject to claims regarding our intellectual property, including our business processes, or the products we sell, any of which could result in expensive litigation, distract our management or force us to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements.

 

Third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, that our business or the technologies we use infringe their intellectual property rights. As a result, we may be subject to intellectual property legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business. We cannot predict whether third parties will assert additional claims of infringement against us in the future or whether any future claims will prevent us from offering popular products or operating our business as planned. If we are forced to defend against any third-party infringement claims, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor, we could face expensive and time-consuming litigation, which could result in the imposition of a preliminary injunction preventing us from continuing to operate our business as currently conducted throughout the duration of the litigation or distract our technical and management personnel. If we are found to infringe, we may be required to pay monetary damages, which could

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

include treble damages and attorneys’ fees for any infringement that is found to be willful, and either be enjoined or required to pay ongoing royalties with respect to any technologies found to infringe. Further, as a result of infringement claims either against us or against those who license technology to us, we may be required, or deem it advisable, to develop non-infringing technology, which could be costly and time consuming, or enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If a third party successfully asserts an infringement claim against us and we are enjoined or required to pay monetary damages or royalties or we are unable to develop suitable non-infringing alternatives or license the infringed or similar technology on reasonable terms on a timely basis, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. Similarly, we may be required incur substantial monetary and diverted resource costs in order to protect our intellectual property rights against infringement by others.

 

Furthermore, we sell products manufactured and distributed by third parties, some of which may be defective. If any product that we sell were to cause physical injury or damage to property, the injured party or parties could bring claims against us as the retailer of the product. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover every claim that could be asserted. If a successful claim were brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage, it could expose us to significant liability. Even unsuccessful claims could result in the expenditure of funds and management time and could decrease our profitability.

 

We may fail to expand our merchandise categories, product offerings, websites and processing systems in a cost-effective and timely manner as may be required to efficiently operate our business.

 

We may be required to expand or change our merchandise categories, product offerings, websites and processing systems in order to compete in our highly competitive and rapidly changing industry or to efficiently operate our business. Any failure on our part to expand or change the way we do business in a cost-effective and timely manner in response to any such requirements would likely adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and future prospects. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be able to or successful in implementing any such changes when and if they are required.

 

We have generated substantially all of our revenue in the past from the sale of computer hardware, software and accessories and consumer electronics products. We expect to expand the number of merchandise categories we offer in connection with our growth plans. In addition, expansion of our business strategy into new product categories may require us to incur significant marketing expenses, develop relationships with new vendors and comply with new regulations. We may lack the necessary expertise in a new product category to realize the expected benefits of that new category. These requirements could strain our managerial, financial and operational resources. Additional challenges that may affect our ability to expand into new product categories include our ability to:

 

 

 

establish or increase awareness of our new brands and product categories;

 

 

 

acquire, attract and retain customers at a reasonable cost;

 

 

 

achieve and maintain a critical mass of customers and orders across all of our product categories;

 

 

 

attract a sufficient number of new customers to whom our new product categories are targeted;

 

 

 

successfully market our new product offerings to existing customers;

 

 

 

maintain or improve our gross margins and fulfillment costs;

 

 

 

attract and retain vendors to provide our expanded line of products to our customers on terms that are acceptable to us; and

 

 

 

manage our inventory in new product categories.

 

We cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully address any or all of these challenges in a manner that will enable us to expand our business into new product categories in a cost-effective or timely manner. If our new categories of products or services are not received favorably, or if our suppliers fail to meet our customers’ expectations, our results of operations would suffer and our reputation and the value of the applicable new brand and our other brands could be damaged. The lack of market acceptance of our new product categories or our inability to generate satisfactory revenue from any expanded product categories to offset their cost could harm our business.

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may not be able to attract and retain key personnel such as senior management and information technology specialists.

 

Our future performance will depend to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of certain key management and other personnel, including Frank Khulusi, our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of service of one or more of our key management members could have an adverse effect on our business. Our success and plans for future growth will also depend in part on our management’s continuing ability to hire, train and retain skilled personnel in all areas of our business. For example, our management information systems and processes require the services of employees with extensive knowledge of these systems and processes and the business environment in which we operate, and in order to successfully implement and operate our systems and processes we must be able to attract and retain a significant number of information technology specialists. We may not be able to attract, train and retain the skilled personnel required to, among other things, implement, maintain, and operate our information systems and processes, and any failure to do so would likely have a significant adverse effect on our operations.

 

If we fail to achieve and maintain adequate internal controls we may not be able to produce reliable financial reports in a timely manner or prevent financial fraud.

 

We will continue to document and test our internal control procedures on an ongoing basis in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. During the course of our testing we may from time to time identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Effective internal controls, particularly those related to revenue recognition, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important in helping prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports on a timely basis or prevent financial fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our stock could drop significantly.

 

Any inability to effectively manage our growth may prevent us from successfully expanding our business.

 

The growth of our business has required us to make significant additions in personnel and has significantly increased our working capital requirements. Although we have experienced significant sales growth in the past, such growth should not be considered indicative of future sales growth. Such growth has resulted in new and increased responsibilities for our management personnel and has placed and continues to place significant strain upon our management, operating and financial systems, and other resources. Any future growth, whether organic or through acquisition, may result in increased strain. There can be no assurance that current or future strain will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, nor can there be any assurance that we will be able to attract or retain sufficient personnel to continue the expansion of our operations. Also crucial to our success in managing our growth will be our ability to achieve additional economies of scale. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve such economies of scale, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our advertising and marketing efforts may be costly and may not achieve desired results.

 

We incur substantial expense in connection with our advertising and marketing efforts. Postage represents a significant expense for us because we generally mail our catalogs to current and potential customers through the U.S. Postal Service. Any future increases in postal rates will increase our mailing expenses and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also incur significant expenses related to purchasing the paper we use in printing our catalogs. The cost of paper has fluctuated over the last several years, and may increase in the future. We believe that we may be able to recoup a portion of any increased postage and paper costs through increases in vendor advertising rates, but no assurance can be given that any efforts we may undertake to offset all or a portion of future increases in postage, paper and other advertising and marketing costs through increases in vendor advertising rates will be successful or sustained, or that they will offset all of the increased costs. Furthermore, although we target our advertising and marketing efforts on current and potential customers who we believe are likely to be in the market for the products we sell, we cannot assure you that our advertising and marketing efforts will achieve our desired results.

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Changes and uncertainties in the economic climate could negatively affect the rate of information technology spending by our customers, which would likely have an impact on our business.

 

We are in the process of transitioning our business strategy to increasingly focus on business and public sector sales. During the most recent economic downturn in the United States and elsewhere, businesses and public sector entities generally reduced, often substantially, their rate of information technology spending. Continued and future changes and uncertainties in the economic climate in the United States and elsewhere could have a similar negative impact on the rate of information technology spending of our current and potential customers, which would likely have a negative impact on our business and results of operations, and could hinder our growth.

 

Increased product returns or a failure to accurately predict product returns could decrease our revenue and impact profitability.

 

We make allowances for product returns in our consolidated financial statements based on historical return rates. We are responsible for returns of certain products ordered through our catalogs and websites from our distribution center, as well as products that are shipped to our customers directly from our vendors. If our actual product returns significantly exceed our allowances for returns, our revenue and profitability could decrease. In addition, because our allowances are based on historical return rates, the introduction of new merchandise categories, new products, changes in our product mix, or other factors may cause actual returns to exceed return allowances, perhaps significantly. In addition, any policies that we adopt that are intended to reduce the number of product returns may result in customer dissatisfaction and fewer repeat customers.

 

Our business may be harmed by fraudulent activities on our websites, including fraudulent credit card transactions.

 

We have received in the past, and anticipate that we will receive in the future, communications from customers due to purported fraudulent activities on our websites, including fraudulent credit card transactions. Negative publicity generated as a result of fraudulent conduct by third parties could damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand name. Fraudulent activities on our websites could also subject us to losses and could lead to scrutiny from lawmakers and regulators regarding the operation of our websites. We expect to continue to receive requests from customers for reimbursement due to purportedly fraudulent activities or threats of legal action against us if no reimbursement is made.

 

We may be liable for misappropriation of our customers’ personal information.

 

If third parties or our employees are able to penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our customers’ personal information or credit card information, or if we give third parties or our employees improper access to our customers’ personal information or credit card information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized purchases with credit card information, identify theft or other similar fraud-related claims. This liability could also include claims for other misuses of personal information, including for unauthorized marketing purposes. Other liability could include claims alleging misrepresentation or our privacy and data security practices. Any such liability for misappropriation of this information could decrease our profitability. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and state agencies have been investigating various Internet companies regarding whether they misused or inadequately secured personal information regarding consumers. We could incur additional expenses if new laws or regulations regarding the use of personal information are introduced or if government agencies investigate our privacy practices.

 

We seek to rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure online transmission of confidential information such as customer credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms that we use to protect sensitive customer transaction data. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. Our security measures are designed to protect against security breaches, but our failure to prevent such security breaches could subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand-name.

 

Laws or regulations relating to privacy and data protection may adversely affect the growth of our Internet business or our marketing efforts.

 

We mail catalogs and send electronic messages to names in our proprietary customer database and to potential customers whose names we obtain from rented or exchanged mailing lists. Worldwide public concern regarding

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

personal privacy has subjected the rental and use of customer mailing lists and other customer information to increased scrutiny and regulation. As a result, we are subject to increasing regulation relating to privacy and the use of personal information. For example, we are subject to various telemarketing and anti-spam laws that regulate the manner in which we may solicit future suppliers and customers. Such regulations, along with increased governmental or private enforcement, may increase the cost of operating and growing our business. In addition, several states have proposed legislation that would limit the uses of personal information gathered online or require online services to establish privacy policies. The Federal Trade Commission has adopted regulations regarding the collection and use of personal identifying information obtained from children under 13 years of age. Bills proposed in Congress would expand online privacy protections already provided to adults. Moreover, proposed legislation in the United States and existing laws in other countries require companies to establish procedures to notify users of privacy and security policies, obtain consent from users for collection and use of personal information, and provide users with the ability to access, correct and delete personal information stored by companies. These data protection regulations and enforcement efforts may restrict our ability to collect or transfer demographic and personal information from users, which could be costly or harm our marketing efforts. Further, any violation of domestic or foreign or domestic privacy or data protection laws and regulations, including the national do-not-call list, may subject us to fines, penalties and damages, which could decrease our revenue and profitability.

 

The security risks of e-commerce may discourage customers from purchasing goods from us.

 

In order for the e-commerce market to develop successfully, we and other market participants must be able to transmit confidential information securely over public networks. Third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of customer transaction data. Any breach could cause customers to lose confidence in the security of our websites and choose not to purchase from our websites. If someone is able to circumvent our security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Concerns about the security and privacy of transactions over the Internet could inhibit the growth of Internet usage and e-commerce. Our security measures may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to our information. Any security breach could expose us to risks of loss, litigation and liability and could seriously damage our reputation and disrupt our operations.

 

Credit card fraud could decrease our revenue and profitability.

 

We do not carry insurance against the risk of credit card fraud, so the failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions could reduce our revenues or increase our operating costs. We may in the future suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even though the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, or if credit card companies require more burdensome terms or refuse to accept credit card charges from us, our revenue and profitability could decrease.

 

Our facilities and systems are vulnerable to natural disasters or other catastrophic events.

 

Our headquarters, customer service center and the majority of our infrastructure, including computer servers, are located near Los Angeles, California in an area that is susceptible to earthquakes and other natural disasters. Our distribution facility, which is located in Memphis, Tennessee and houses the product inventory from which a substantial majority of our orders are shipped, is also in an area that is susceptible to natural disasters and extreme weather conditions such as tornadoes, floods, major storms and heavy snowfall. A natural disaster or other catastrophic event, such as an earthquake, fire, flood, severe storm, break-in, terrorist attack or other comparable events in the areas in which we operate could cause interruptions or delays in our business and loss of data or render us unable to accept and fulfill customer orders in a timely manner, or at all. Our systems, including our management information systems, websites and telephone system, are not fully redundant, and we do not have redundant geographic locations or earthquake insurance. Further, California periodically experiences power outages as a result of insufficient electricity supplies. These outages may recur in the future and could disrupt our operations. We currently have no formal disaster recovery plan and our business interruption insurance may not adequately compensate us for losses that may occur.

 

We rely on independent shipping companies to deliver the products we sell.

 

We rely upon third party carriers, especially Federal Express and UPS, for timely delivery of our product shipments. As a result, we are subject to carrier disruptions and increased costs due to factors that are beyond our control, including employee strikes, inclement weather and increased fuel costs. Any failure to deliver products to our customers in a timely and accurate manner may damage our reputation and brand and could cause us to lose

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

customers. We do not have a written long-term agreement with any of these third party carriers, and we cannot be sure that these relationships will continue on terms favorable to us, if at all. If our relationship with any of these third party carriers is terminated or impaired, or if any of these third parties are unable to deliver products for us, we would be required to use alternative carriers for the shipment of products to our customers. We may be unable to engage alternative carriers on a timely basis or on terms favorable to us, if at all. Potential adverse consequences include:

 

 

 

reduced visibility of order status and package tracking;

 

 

 

delays in order processing and product delivery;

 

 

 

increased cost of delivery, resulting in reduced margins; and

 

 

 

reduced shipment quality, which may result in damaged products and customer dissatisfaction.

 

Furthermore, shipping costs represent a significant operational expense for us. Any future increases in shipping rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may not be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors, which include some of our largest vendors.

 

The business of direct marketing of computer hardware, software, peripherals and electronics is highly competitive, based primarily on price, product availability, speed and accuracy of delivery, effectiveness of sales and marketing programs, credit availability, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and breadth of product lines and services, and availability of technical or product information. We compete with other direct marketers, including CDW, Insight Enterprises, and PC Connection. In addition, we compete with computer retail stores and resellers, including superstores such as Best Buy and CompUSA, certain hardware and software vendors such as Apple and Dell Computer that sell or are increasing sales directly to end users, online resellers such as Amazon.com and Overstock.com, government resellers such as GTSI, and other direct marketers and value added resellers of hardware, software and computer-related and electronic products. In the direct marketing and Internet retail industries, barriers to entry are relatively low and the risk of new competitors entering the market is high. Certain of our existing competitors have substantially greater financial resources than we have. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to compete effectively against existing competitors, consolidations of competitors or new competitors that may enter the market.

 

Furthermore, the manner in which our products and services are distributed and sold is changing, and new methods of sale and distribution have emerged and serve an increasingly large portion of the market. Computer hardware and software vendors have sold, and may intensify their efforts to sell, their products directly to end users. From time to time, certain vendors, including Apple and HP, have instituted programs for the direct sale of large quantities of hardware and software to certain large business accounts. These types of programs may continue to be developed and used by various vendors. Vendors also may attempt to increase the volume of software products distributed electronically to end users’ personal computers. Any of these competitive programs, if successful, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success is tied to the continued use of the Internet and the adequacy of the Internet infrastructure.

 

The level of sales generated from our websites, both in absolute terms and as a percentage of our net sales, has increased in recent years in part because of the growing use and acceptance of the Internet by end-users. The growth in Internet usage is a relatively recent development, and no assurance can be made that the Internet will continue to develop or that a sufficiently broad base of consumers will adopt and continue to use the Internet and other online services as a medium of commerce. Continued growth of our Internet sales is dependent on potential customers using the Internet in addition to traditional means of commerce to purchase products. Widespread use of the Internet could decline as a result of disruptions, computer viruses or other damage to Internet servers or users’ computers. If consumer use of the Internet to purchase products does not continue, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our earnings and growth rate could be adversely affected by changes in economic and geopolitical conditions.

 

Weak general economic conditions, along with uncertainties in political conditions could adversely impact our revenue, expenses and growth rate. In addition, our revenue, gross margins and earnings could deteriorate in the future as a result of unfavorable economic or political conditions.

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We are exposed to the risks of business conditions in the Asia Pacific region.

 

All or portions of certain of the products we sell are produced, or have major components produced, in the Asia Pacific region. We engage in U.S. dollar denominated transactions with U.S. divisions and subsidiaries of companies located in that region as well. As a result, we may be indirectly affected by risks associated with international events, including economic and labor conditions, political instability, tariffs and taxes, availability of products, natural disasters and currency fluctuations in the U.S. dollar versus the regional currencies. In the past, countries in the Asia Pacific region have experienced volatility in their currency, banking and equity markets. Future volatility could adversely affect the supply and price of the products we sell and their components and ultimately, our results of operations.

 

We are subject to risks associated with the evolution of, and consolidation within, our industry.

 

The personal computer industry has undergone significant change in the past several years. In addition, many new, cost-effective channels of distribution have developed in the industry, such as the Internet, computer superstores, consumer electronic and office supply superstores, national direct marketers and mass merchants. Many computer resellers are consolidating operations and acquiring or merging with other resellers and/or direct marketers to achieve economies of scale and increased efficiency. The current industry reconfiguration and the trend towards consolidation could cause the industry to become even more competitive, further increase pricing pressures and make it more difficult for us to maintain our operating margins or to increase or maintain the same level of net sales or gross profit. Declining prices, resulting in part from technological changes, may require us to sell a greater number of products to achieve the same level of net sales and gross profit. Such a trend could make it more difficult for us to continue to increase our net sales and earnings growth. In addition, growth in the personal computer market has slowed. If the growth rate of the personal computer market were to further decrease, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

 

We face risks relating to the pending distribution of eCOST.com.

 

We have announced that, subject to certain conditions, we intend to distribute to our stockholders in the second quarter of 2005 all of the eCOST.com common stock we own. The distribution is subject to a number of conditions. There can be no assurance that any of the conditions will be satisfied or that the distribution will occur in the time frame contemplated or at all. The failure of the distribution to occur could materially adversely affect us and the market price of our common stock.

 

Our success is in part dependent on the accuracy and proper utilization of our management information systems.

 

Our ability to analyze data derived from our management information systems, including our telephone system, to increase product promotions, manage inventory and accounts receivable collections, to purchase, sell and ship products efficiently and on a timely basis and to maintain cost-efficient operations, is dependent upon the quality and utilization of the information generated by our management information systems. We regularly upgrade our management information system hardware and software to better meet the information requirements of our users, and believe that to remain competitive, it will be necessary for us to upgrade our management information systems on a regular basis in the future. We currently operate our management information systems using a HP3000 Enterprise System. HP has indicated that it will support this system until December 2006, by which time we expect that we will need to seek third party support for our HP3000 Enterprise System or upgrade to other management information systems hardware and software. In addition to the costs associated with such upgrades, the transition to and implementation of new or upgraded hardware or software systems can result in system delays or failures which could impair our ability to receive, process, ship and bill for orders in a timely manner. We do not currently have a redundant or back-up telephone system, nor do we have complete redundancy for our management information systems. Any interruption in our management information systems, including those caused by natural disasters, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we are unable to provide satisfactory customer service, we could lose customers.

 

Our ability to provide satisfactory levels of customer service depends, to a large degree, on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our customer service operations. Any material disruption or slowdown in our order processing systems resulting from labor disputes, telephone or Internet failures, power or service outages, natural disasters or other events could make it difficult or impossible to provide adequate customer service and support. Furthermore, we may be unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of competent customer service

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

representatives and relationship managers for our business customers, each of which is essential in creating a favorable interactive customer experience. If we are unable to continually provide adequate staffing and training for our customer service operations, our reputation could be seriously harmed and we could lose customers. In addition, if our e-mail and telephone call volumes exceed our present system capacities, we could experience delays in placing orders, responding to customer inquiries and addressing customer concerns. Because our success depends in large part on keeping our customers satisfied, any failure to provide high levels of customer service would likely impair our reputation and decrease our revenue.

 

Our stock price may be volatile.

 

We believe that certain factors, such as sales of our common stock into the market by existing stockholders, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results, changes in market conditions affecting stocks of computer hardware and software manufacturers and resellers generally and companies in the Internet and e-commerce industries in particular, could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. Other factors that could affect our stock price include the following:

 

 

 

failures to meet investors’ expectations regarding our operating performance;

 

 

 

failure to complete the spin-off of eCOST.com in the expected time or manner;

 

 

 

changes in securities analysts’ recommendations or estimates of our financial performance;

 

 

 

publication of research reports by analysts;

 

 

 

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

 

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

 

 

litigation developments; and

 

 

 

general market conditions or other economic factors unrelated to our performance.

 

The stock market in general, and the stocks of computer and software resellers, and companies in the Internet and electronic commerce industries in particular, and other technology or related stocks, have in the past experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations which have been unrelated to corporate operating performance. Such market volatility may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a public company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Such litigation could result in substantial costs to us and a likely diversion of our management’s attention.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

See “Properties” in Item 1 above.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we receive claims of and become subject to consumer protection, employment, intellectual property and other commercial litigation related to the conduct of our business. Such litigation could be costly and time consuming and could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations. The uncertainty of litigation increases the risks. In connection with such litigation, we may be subject to significant damages or equitable remedies relating to the operation of our business and the sale of products on our website. Any such litigation may materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National Market since our initial public offering on April 4, 1995. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for our common stock for the periods indicated, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.

 

     Price Range of Common Stock

     High

   Low

Year Ended December 31, 2003

             

First Quarter

   $ 4.10    $ 2.88

Second Quarter

     4.32      3.02

Third Quarter

     11.38      4.00

Fourth Quarter

     16.98      8.25

Year Ended December 31, 2004

             

First Quarter

   $ 18.71    $ 13.65

Second Quarter

     22.75      15.05

Third Quarter

     19.24      11.28

Fourth Quarter

     26.20      11.61

 

On March 28, 2005, the closing price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market was $12.96 per share. As of March 28, 2005, there were approximately 45 holders of record of our common stock.

 

We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock and do not currently anticipate paying dividends in the future. We intend to retain our earnings to finance the growth and development of our business.

 

We did not sell any equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2004 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We did not repurchase any securities during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

Item 12 of Part III of this report discusses information concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.

 

The information pertaining to the market for eCOST.com’s common stock, use of proceeds from offerings of securities, sales of unregistered securities and related stockholder matters is set forth in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part II, Item 5 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial data are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere herein. The selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere herein. The selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 along with the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included herein. The selected operating data are derived from our operating records and have not been audited.

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Year Ended December 31,

 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  
     2004

   2003 (1)

   2002 (2)

    2001

   2000 (3)

 

Net sales

   $ 1,157,253    $ 975,586    $ 862,830     $ 718,083    $ 818,627  

Cost of goods sold

     1,011,787      848,791      769,740       639,111      730,794  
    

  

  


 

  


Gross profit

     145,466      126,795      93,090       78,972      87,833  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     114,941      97,173      85,343       73,219      82,181  

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

     1,921      294      —         —        —    

Advertising, net in 2002 and prior

     25,279      23,305      3,059       556      13,355  

Loss on building held for sale

     —        —        350       —        —    
    

  

  


 

  


Income (loss) from operations

     3,325      6,023      4,338       5,197      (7,703 )

Interest expense, net

     1,977      1,325      983       709      917  
    

  

  


 

  


Income (loss) before income taxes

     1,348      4,698      3,355       4,488      (8,620 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

     567      1,655      (3,594 )     —        —    

Minority interest

     232      —        —         —        —    
    

  

  


 

  


Income (loss) from continuing operations

     1,013      3,043      6,949       4,488      (8,620 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        —        (6,801 )     —        (536 )
    

  

  


 

  


Net income (loss)

   $ 1,013    $ 3,043    $ 148     $ 4,488    $ (9,156 )
    

  

  


 

  


Basic earnings (loss) per share

                                     

Continuing operations

   $ 0.09    $ 0.29    $ 0.65     $ 0.43    $ (0.83 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        —        (0.64 )     —        (0.05 )
    

  

  


 

  


     $ 0.09    $ 0.29    $ 0.01     $ 0.43    $ (0.88 )
    

  

  


 

  


Diluted earnings (loss) per share

                                     

Continuing operations

   $ 0.08    $ 0.26    $ 0.62     $ 0.43    $ (0.83 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        —        (0.61 )     —        (0.05 )
    

  

  


 

  


     $ 0.08    $ 0.26    $ 0.01     $ 0.43    $ (0.88 )
    

  

  


 

  



(1)

In 2003, we adopted EITF 02-16, whereby we reclassified certain vendor consideration in the amount of $23.2 million from advertising expense and $0.3 million from selling, general and administrative expense to cost of sales. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)

The selected income statement data for 2002 include the operating results of ClubMac and Wareforce, which we acquired in April 2002 and July 2002, respectively, as well as the adoption of SFAS 142, as discussed in Notes 1 and 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)

Operating results in 2000 reflect the implementation of SAB 101. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Year Ended December 31,

     (in thousands, except average order size)
     2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

Selected Operating Data

                                  

Telemarketing net sales

   $ 804,668    $ 672,423    $ 558,242    $ 472,927    $ 574,956

Internet sales

     316,998      268,181      274,277      215,760      207,826

Retail net sales

     35,587      34,982      30,311      29,396      35,845
    

  

  

  

  

Total net sales

   $ 1,157,253    $ 975,586    $ 862,830    $ 718,083    $ 818,627
    

  

  

  

  

Number of catalogs distributed

     31,937      41,019      40,567      43,367      49,263

Orders filled (Telemarketing)

     692      621      612      521      687

Orders filled (Internet)

     832      768      587      474      390

Average order size (Telemarketing)

   $ 1,162    $ 1,084    $ 912    $ 908    $ 837

Average order size (Internet)

   $ 381    $ 349    $ 467    $ 455    $ 533

Mailing list size

     10,521      9,941      9,346      7,685      6,022
     December 31,

     (in thousands)
     2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

Balance Sheet Data

                                  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 15,090    $ 7,819    $ 11,422    $ 9,972    $ 12,195

Working capital

   $ 53,788    $ 28,222    $ 22,848    $ 17,270    $ 10,184

Total assets

   $ 231,919    $ 191,470    $ 149,360    $ 125,805    $ 137,566

Short-term debt

   $ 500    $ 1,000    $ 291    $ 1,437    $ 579

Line of credit

   $ 49,027    $ 26,202    $ 17,497    $ 1,561    $ 17,315

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

   $ 2,750    $ 250    $ —      $ 375    $ 703

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 70,911    $ 49,893    $ 45,109    $ 44,011    $ 39,508

 

The information pertaining to eCOST.com’s selected financial data is incorporated by reference to eCOST.com’s 10-K in Part II, Item 6.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading rapid response direct marketer of computer hardware, software, peripheral, electronics, and other consumer products and services. Our headquarters is in Torrance, California. We offer products and services to business, government and educational institutions as well as individual consumers through dedicated outbound and inbound telemarketing sales executives, the Internet, direct marketing techniques, direct response catalogs, a direct sales force and three retail showrooms. We offer a broad selection of products through our distinctive full-color catalogs under the PC Mall, MacMall, ClubMac, PC Mall Gov and eCOST.com brands, our worldwide websites: pcmall.com, macmall.com, clubmac.com, pcmallgov.com, ecost.com and onsale.com; and other promotional materials.

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For background on our business model see “Business” in Item 1, which includes general corporate information as well as information on strategy, marketing and sales, products and merchandising, purchasing and inventory, distribution, employees and several other areas of importance.

 

We operate in three reportable segments: 1) a rapid response supplier of technology solutions for business, government and educational institutions, as well as individual consumers, collectively referred to as the “core business” 2) a multi-category online direct retailer of new, refurbished and close-out products under the eCOST.com brand and 3) an online retailer of computer components and other consumer products, as well as an online marketplace including auctions under the OnSale.com brand. Beginning in the first quarter of 2003, we integrated our former eLinux segment into the core business segment. The OnSale.com segment, which was previously reported as part of the core business, was established as a new segment beginning in the third quarter of 2003. Prior period amounts have been adjusted to reflect the new presentation. We allocate resources to and evaluate the performance of our segments based on operating income. Corporate expenses are included in our measure of segment operating income for management reporting purposes.

 

Management regularly reviews its performance using a variety of financial and non-financial metrics including sales, shipments, average order size, gross margin, co-op advertising revenues, advertising expense, personnel costs, account executive productivity, accounts receivables aging, inventory turnover, liquidity and cash resources. Our management monitors the various metrics against goals and budgets, and makes necessary adjustments intended to enhance our performance.

 

We plan to continue to focus efforts on increasing our market share by investing in the growth, training and retention of our outbound sales force. This strategy is expected to result in increased expenses associated with the infrastructure and training necessary to achieve those goals, which could have an impact on profitability in the near term. However, the rate of growth in the corporate and public sector account manager headcount is expected to decrease in the future as we strive to balance sales growth objectives and profitability.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, we established a Canadian call center in Montreal, serving the U.S. market. The Canadian call center operations resulted in a net cost of $1.4 million in 2004. We believe that the Canadian call center allows us to access an abundant, educated labor pool and benefit from the government labor subsidy that extends through approximately the end of 2007. During the period through 2007, we expect to annually claim labor credits of up to 35% of eligible compensation for qualifying employees under the program. We have submitted a claim for the year ended December 31, 2003 in the amount of $0.4 million and have accrued an additional $2.3 million of these credits for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

In June 2002, we formed OnSale, Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary. We acquired the URL and software that operated the original OnSale.com website for approximately $0.4 million through bankruptcy proceedings of Egghead in December 2002. In October 2003, we formally launched OnSale.com, which today is focused on selling computer components and other consumer products, and also offers an online marketplace, including auctions. As of December 31, 2004, we have invested approximately $1.1 million in capital expenditures and software development costs in connection with our OnSale.com business.

 

Our sales are derived primarily from the sale of computer hardware, software, peripherals, electronics, and other consumer products to business, government and educational institutions, as well as individual consumers. We offer our products and services through dedicated outbound and inbound telemarketing sales executives, the Internet, relationship-based telemarketing techniques, direct response catalogs, a direct sales force and three retail showrooms located in Southern California and Tennessee.

 

Gross profit consists of net sales, less product costs, and outbound and inbound shipping costs, and offset by certain marketing development funds. Marketing development funds are received from manufacturers of products included in our catalogs and websites, as well as co-operative advertising funds (“co-op”) on products purchased from manufacturers and vendors.

 

Net sales from direct marketing operations, as a percentage of net sales, were 69.5%, 68.9% and 64.7%, in 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively, with an average order size of $1,162, $1,084 and $912 for those respective years. Net sales from the Internet, as a percentage of net sales, were 27.4%, 27.5% and 31.8% in 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively, with an average order size of $381, $349 and $467 for those respective years.

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A substantial portion of our business is dependent on sales of Apple and Apple-related products, HP products, and products of other vendors including Adobe, IBM, Ingram Micro, Microsoft, Sony, and Tech Data. Products manufactured by HP represented 22.1%, 20.9% and 17.8% of our net sales in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Products manufactured by Apple represented 17.9%, 20.4% and 23.1% of our net sales in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

On September 1, 2004, our eCOST.com subsidiary completed an initial public offering of its common stock. Following the initial public offering to date, we own 80.2% of the outstanding common stock of eCOST.com. Our board of directors has approved the spin-off of eCOST.com and has declared a special stock dividend to our stockholders to distribute all of the outstanding shares of eCOST.com owned by our company. The special stock dividend is expected to be payable on April 11, 2005 to PC Mall stockholders of record on March 28, 2005. Completion of the distribution is contingent upon the satisfaction or waiver of a variety of conditions, including, among other things, the receipt of a favorable opinion of the Company’s tax counsel as to the tax-free nature of the distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the distribution may not occur at the contemplated time or may not occur at all. Should the distribution occur, the revenues and results of operations of eCOST.com will no longer be consolidated in our financial data.

 

On September 1, 2004, eCOST.com completed the sale of 3,465,000 shares of its common stock for aggregate consideration of $20.1 million, less underwriting discounts and commissions of $1.4 million. eCOST.com incurred approximately $2.0 million of offering expenses in connection with the offering. No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of its directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning ten percent (10%) or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates. eCOST.com’s net proceeds of the offering after deducting its offering expenses was $16.7 million. In connection with the initial public offering, eCOST.com paid a dividend of $2.5 million to us through a non-cash settlement of the capital contribution due from us outstanding at the completion of the initial public offering.

 

At the date of the initial public offering, we recorded a minority interest liability of $4.5 million, representing the 19.8% interest in eCOST.com’s initial public offering. The liability was offset by a corresponding reduction of additional paid-in-capital. Further, this liability was reduced by the 19.8% portion of eCOST.com’s net loss between the completion of the initial public offering date and the end of the fourth quarter of 2004, totaling $0.2 million.

 

In 1999, eCOST.com adopted its 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2004, options to purchase an aggregate of 918,400 shares of eCOST.com common stock were outstanding under the 1999 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $4.05 (after giving effect to a 1.4-for-1 stock split in connection with eCOST.com’s initial public offering). The options have terms that (i) restrict exerciseability based on the earlier of a corporate transaction involving eCOST.com (e.g. a merger or consolidation or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of eCOST.com) as defined, an initial public offering by eCOST.com or the lapse of a five or seven year period from date of grant, and (ii) for certain awards, provide repurchase rights to eCOST.com at the original exercise price in the event of employee termination, which rights terminate in the event of a corporate transaction or initial public offering. No options were exercisable prior to the initial public offering of eCOST.com, which was completed on September 1, 2004, and the time-based vesting terms were not deemed substantive as the awards were effectively contingent upon a corporate transaction or initial public offering of eCOST.com. Due to such contingency, we had deemed the awards to be variable awards under APB 25 as the probability of these contingent events could not be reasonably determined. As a result of the closing of the initial public offering on September 1, 2004, at an offering price of $5.80 per share, eCOST.com recognized a compensation charge of $0.8 million based on the intrinsic value of these awards.

 

In March 2004, eCOST.com granted an option to purchase 560,000 shares of its common stock (after giving effect to a 1.4-for-1 stock split in connection with eCOST.com’s initial public offering) to its Chief Executive Officer at a post-split exercise price of $6.43 per share. This grant resulted in the recognition of deferred stock-based compensation based on the estimated deemed fair value of the common stock on the date of grant of $10.00. An aggregate of 25% of the shares of common stock subject to this option vested upon the completion of eCOST.com’s initial public offering on September 1, 2004. The remainder of the shares of common stock subject to this option will vest in equal quarterly installments over a three-year period following the initial public offering. eCOST.com

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

recorded a non-cash compensation charge of $0.4 million to reflect compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of shares under this option as a result of the initial public offering. In addition, eCOST.com recognized compensation expense of $0.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004 for a total of $0.5 million, in connection with this option for the year ended December 31, 2004. eCOST.com will also recognize additional compensation expense of $1.5 million relating to this option, which will be amortized over the remaining three-year vesting period. At December 31, 2004, eCOST.com has $1.3 million remaining in deferred compensation expense related to this option.

 

On July 12, 2004, eCOST.com received correspondence from MercExchange LLC alleging infringement of MercExchange’s U.S. patents relating to e-commerce and offering to license its patent portfolio to eCOST.com. On July 15, 2004, eCOST.com received a follow-up letter from MercExchange specifying which of eCOST.com’s technologies MercExchange believes infringe certain of its patents, alone or in combination with technologies provided by third parties. Some of those patents are currently being litigated by third parties, and eCOST.com is not involved in those proceedings. In addition, three of the four patents identified by MercExchange are under reexamination at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which makes the scope of the claims of those patents uncertain. In the July 15 letter, MercExchange also advised eCOST.com that it has a number of applications pending for additional patents. Each of the patents identified by MercExchange contains numerous claims eCOST.com has not yet had the opportunity to fully assess the merits of the identified patents or complete its evaluation of the possible impact on its business. MercExchange has filed lawsuits alleging infringement of some or all of its patents against third parties, resulting in settlements or verdicts in favor of MercExchange. At least one such verdict has been appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Based on eCOST.com’s investigation of this matter to date, eCOST.com believes that its current operations do not infringe any valid claims of the patents identified by MercExchange in these letters. There can be no assurance, however, that such claims will not be material or adversely affect the company’s or eCOST.com’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and revisions to estimates are included in our results for the period in which the actual amounts become known.

 

Management considers an accounting estimate to be critical if:

 

 

 

it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and

 

 

 

changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been selected could have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with the audit committee of our board of directors. We believe the critical accounting policies described below affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:

 

Revenue Recognition. We adhere to the revised guidelines and principles of sales recognition described in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”), issued by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as a revision to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 101”). While the wording of SAB 104 has revised the original SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition”, the revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. Under SAB 104, sales are recognized when the title and risk of loss are passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Under these guidelines, the majority of our sales, including revenue from product sales and gross outbound shipping and handling charges, are recognized upon receipt of the product by the customer. For all product sales shipped directly from suppliers to customers, we take title to the products sold upon shipment, bear credit risk, and bear inventory risk for returned products that are not successfully returned to suppliers; therefore, these revenues are recognized at gross sales amounts.

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain software products and extended warranties that we sell (for which we are not the primary obligor) are recognized on a net basis in accordance with SAB 101 and EITF 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” Accordingly, such revenues are recognized in net sales either at the time of sale or over the contract period, based on the nature of the contract, at the net amount retained by us, with no cost of goods sold.

 

Sales are reported net of estimated returns and allowances, coupon redemptions and credit card chargebacks. If actual sales returns, allowances, discounts, coupon redemptions and credit card chargebacks are greater than estimated by management, additional expense may be incurred.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon estimates of future collection. We extend credit to our customers based upon an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition and credit history, and generally do not require collateral. We regularly evaluate our customers’ financial condition and credit history in determining the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts. We also maintain an allowance for uncollectible vendor receivables which arise from vendor rebate programs, price protections and other promotions. We determine the sufficiency of the vendor receivable allowance based upon various factors, including payment history. Amounts received from vendors may vary from amounts recorded because of potential non-compliance with certain elements of vendor programs. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts or vendor receivables subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowance may be required.

 

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence. We maintain allowances for the valuation of our inventory by estimating the obsolete or unmarketable inventory based on the difference between inventory cost and market value determined by general market conditions, nature, age and type of each product. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our inventory reserve. If the inventory reserve subsequently proves insufficient, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

 

Coupon Redemption Rate Estimates. We accrue monthly expense related to promotional coupon rebates based upon the quantity of eligible orders transacted during the period and the estimated redemption rate. The estimated expense is accrued and presented as a reduction of net sales. The estimated redemption rates used to calculate the accrued coupon expense and related coupon liability are based upon historical redemption experience rates for similar products or coupon amounts. Estimated redemption rates and the related coupon expense and liability are regularly adjusted as actual coupon redemptions for the program are processed. If estimated redemption rates are greater than anticipated, additional expense may be incurred.

 

Deferred Advertising Revenue and Costs. We produce and circulate catalogs at various dates throughout the year and receive market development funds and co-op advertising funds from vendors included in each catalog. These funds are recognized based on sales generated over the life of the catalog, which is approximately eight weeks, as an offset to cost of sales in accordance with EITF No. 02-16, “Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor” (“EITF 02-16”). The costs of developing, producing and circulating each catalog are deferred and charged to advertising expense at the same rate as the co-op revenue based on the life of the catalog. Deferred advertising revenue is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, offset by deferred advertising costs, which are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, information derived from our consolidated statement of operations expressed as a percentage of sales. There can be no assurance that trends in sales, gross profit or operating results will continue in the future.

 

    

Percentage of Net Sales

Year Ended December 31,


 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Net sales

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of goods sold

   87.4     87.0     89.2  
    

 

 

Gross profit

   12.6     13.0     10.8  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

   9.9     10.0     9.9  

Non-cash compensation expense relating to selling, general and administrative expenses

   0.2     —       —    

Advertising, net in 2002

   2.2     2.4     0.4  
    

 

 

Income from operations

   0.3     0.6     0.5  

Interest expense, net

   0.2     0.1     0.1  
    

 

 

Income before income taxes

   0.1     0.5     0.4  

Income tax (provision)/benefit

   —       (0.2 )   0.4  

Minority interest

   —       —       —    
    

 

 

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   0.1     0.3     0.8  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   —       —       (0.8 )
    

 

 

Net income

   0.1 %   0.3 %   0.0 %
    

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Net Sales. Consolidated net sales in 2004 were $1.157 billion, an increase of $181.7 million or 19% from consolidated net sales of $975.6 million in 2003. Our core business net sales increased 13% to $977.6 million in 2004, from $865.5 million in 2003. The core business sales increase in 2004 resulted from an increase of 30% in our outbound telemarketing business sales, 17% in PC Mall Gov sales, and 2% in retail sales, offset by a decline of 13% in catalog sales. The increases in outbound and PC Mall Gov sales resulted primarily from expansion in their respective sales forces. Catalog circulation decreased 22% compared to the prior year, from 41.0 million catalogs in 2003 to 31.9 million catalogs in 2004. The cost savings from the decline in catalog circulation was used to partially offset the cost of the outbound and PC Mall Gov sales force expansion. Net sales for our eCOST.com segment increased by $68.9 million to $178.9 million, or 63% over the prior year, primarily due to an increase of 77% in active customers from the prior year. In addition, new customers increased by 81% compared to the prior year based on increased awareness of the eCOST.com web site, derived from additional advertising spending during the year. Net sales for our Onsale.com segment in 2004 were $0.7 million compared to less than $0.1 million in 2003. Sales of HP and Apple products represented 22.1% and 17.9% of consolidated net sales in 2004, compared to 20.9% and 20.4% in the prior years, respectively.

 

Gross Profit. Consolidated gross profit in 2004 was $145.5 million, an increase of $18.7 million, or 15%, over 2003. For the core business, gross profit was $126.2 million and increased $11.5 million, or 10%, over 2003. For the eCOST.com segment, gross profit in 2004 was $19.2 million, an increase of $7.2 million, or 59%, over 2003. Gross profit for our Onsale.com segment in 2004 was insignificant, and has no meaningful comparison to the prior year. On a consolidated basis, the gross profit increase in 2004 included the impact of the adoption of EITF 02-16 in the prior year which resulted in approximately $3.0 million of vendor consideration being classified as an offset to

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

advertising expense in 2003 but classified as cost of goods sold in 2004. For the core business and eCOST.com segments, the effect of EITF 02-16 on the prior year accounted for $2.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of the segment gross profit increases. For the year ended December 31, 2004, nearly all vendor consideration is recorded as an offset to cost of goods sold for all segments. As a percentage of net sales, consolidated gross profit in 2004 decreased to 12.6% compared with 13.0% in 2003. For the core business, gross profit as a percentage of net sales decreased to 12.9% compared to 13.3% of sales in 2003. For the eCOST.com segment, gross profit as a percentage of net sales in 2004 decreased to 10.7% compared to 11.0% in 2003. Gross profit margin may vary depending on various factors, including outbound telemarketing sales initiatives, fluctuations in key vendor support programs and price protections, product mix, market conditions and other factors. See “Change in Accounting Principle and Recent Accounting Pronouncements” below for a discussion of our adoption of EITF 02-16.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Consolidated selling, general, and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses were $116.9 million in 2004, an increase of $19.4 million, or 20% from 2003. As a percent of net sales, SG&A expenses were unchanged from 10.0% in 2003. For the core business, SG&A expense in 2004 was $100.3 million, an increase of $11.9 million, or 14%, compared to 2003 primarily due to the increased expenses of operating our Canadian call center as well as expenses related to the implementation and testing of internal controls as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a percent of net sales, SG&A expenses for the core business were 10.3%, a slight increase from 10.2% in 2003. For the eCOST.com segment, SG&A expenses in 2004 were $15.3 million, an increase of $7.1 million, or 86% compared with 2003. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses for the eCOST.com segment increased to 8.6% in 2004 compared with 7.5% in 2003 primarily due to non-cash stock-based compensation expenses of $1.5 million. For OnSale.com, SG&A expenses in 2004 were $1.3 million, an increase of $0.4 million compared to 2003. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses for OnSale.com were not meaningful, since OnSale.com is in its first year of operations.

 

Advertising Expense. Consolidated net advertising expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $25.3 million, an increase of $2.0 million over 2003. For the core business, advertising expense in 2004 was $18.8 million compared to $20.0 million in 2003, reflecting a $4.0 million reduction in advertising expense to partially compensate for the cost of our outbound sales force expansion, offset by a $2.8 million impact caused by the adoption of EITF 02-16 in the prior year. For eCOST.com, advertising expense in 2004 increased to $6.3 million compared to $3.2 million in 2003 as a result of efforts to increase its customer base. OnSale.com advertising expenses in 2004 were $0.1 million, flat compared to 2003.

 

Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense was $2.0 million for 2004 compared to $1.3 million for 2003. The increase was primarily due to borrowings for aggressive paydowns of accounts payable to take advantage of early-pay discounts, offset by reduced borrowing rates.

 

Income Taxes. Income tax provision was $0.6 million for 2004 compared to an income tax provision of $1.7 million for the prior year. Our effective tax rate was 42.1% in 2004 versus 35.2% in 2003, primarily due to an increase of non-deductible expenses as a percentage of pre-tax income.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Net Sales. Consolidated net sales in 2003 were $975.6 million, an increase of $112.8 million or 13% from consolidated net sales of $862.8 million in 2002. Our core business net sales increased 12% to $865.5 million in 2003, from $774.6 million in 2002, of which 7% is attributable to the acquisition of Pacific Business Systems and Wareforce. The core business sales increase in 2003 also resulted from an increase of 29% in our outbound telemarketing business sales, 11% in PC Mall Gov sales, and 15% in retail sales, offset by a decline of 21% in catalog sales. Sales increased as a result of the intensified focus on the public sector market, increases in headcount over the prior year, and increased average order size. Catalog circulation increased slightly compared to prior year, from 40.6 million catalogs in 2002 to 41.0 million catalogs in 2003, mainly due to the introduction of the PC Mall Gov catalog in late 2002, compared to a full year of circulation in 2003. Net sales for our eCOST.com segment increased by $21.8 million to $110.0 million, or 25% over the prior year, primarily due to opportunistic buys, continued enhancements to our marketing and product offerings and increased outbound telemarketing sales to business customers. Net sales for the Onsale.com segment in 2003 were insignificant, as 2003 was its first year of operations. Sales of Apple and HP products represented 20.4% and 20.9% of net sales in 2003, compared to 23.1% and 17.8% in the prior year, respectively.

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Gross Profit. Consolidated gross profit in 2003 was $126.8 million, an increase of $33.7 million, or 36%, over 2002. For the core business, gross profit was $114.7 million and increased $29.5 million, or 35%, over 2002. For eCOST.com, gross profit in 2003 was $12.1 million, an increase of $4.2 million, or 53%, over 2002. Gross profit for our Onsale.com segment in 2003 was insignificant, and has no meaningful comparison to the prior year. The adoption of EITF 02-16, which resulted in the recording of certain types of consideration received from vendors against cost of sales, was responsible for $23.5 million of the increase in consolidated gross profit. The remaining $10.2 million of the increase in gross profit was due primarily to the increase in net sales. For the core business and eCOST.com segments, the adoption of EITF 02-16 was responsible for $20.0 million and $3.5 million of the increase in gross profit, respectively. As a percentage of net sales, consolidated gross profit in 2003 increased to 13.0% compared with 10.8% in 2002. For the core business, gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 13.3% compared to 11.0% of sales in 2002. For eCOST.com, gross profit as a percentage of net sales in 2003 increased to 11.0% compared to 8.9% in 2002. The adoption of EITF 02-16 was responsible for 241 basis points of the increase of consolidated gross profit as a percentage of sales. For the core business and eCOST.com segments, the adoption of EITF 02-16 was responsible for increasing gross profit as a percentage of sales by 231 and 316 basis points, respectively. Gross profit margin may vary depending on various factors, including outbound telemarketing sales initiatives, fluctuations in key vendor support programs and price protections, product mix, market conditions and other factors. See Change in Accounting Principle and Recent Accounting Pronouncements below for a discussion of our adoption of EITF 02-16.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Consolidated SG&A expenses were $97.5 million in 2003, an increase of $11.8 million, or 14% from 2002. As a percent of net sales, SG&A expenses increased slightly to 10.0% in 2003 from 9.9% in 2002. For the core business, SG&A expense in 2003 was $88.3 million, an increase of $9.9 million, or 13%, compared to 2002. As a percent of net sales, SG&A expenses for the core business increased slightly to 10.2% in 2003 compared with 10.1% in 2002. The consolidated and core business increases were primarily due to expenses of $2.0 million in connection with the Canadian call center initiative. For eCOST.com, SG&A in 2003 was $8.2 million, an increase of $1.2 million, or 18% compared with 2002. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses for eCOST.com decreased to 7.5% in 2003 compared with 7.9% in 2002 due to decreases in personnel costs as a percentage of net sales. For OnSale.com, SG&A expenses in 2003 was $1.0 million, an increase of $0.7 million compared to 2002. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses for OnSale.com were not meaningful, since OnSale.com is in its first year of operations. We recorded an expense of approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 in connection with the issuance of a warrant to a consultant for investor and public relations services. The warrant was valued at the date of grant and was remeasured at fair value at each subsequent reporting period.

 

Net Advertising Expense. Consolidated net advertising expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $23.3 million, an increase of $20.2 million over 2002. This increase was due to the adoption of EITF 02-16, which resulted in the recording of $23.5 million of vendor consideration against cost of sales, of which $23.2 million was previously recorded as a reduction of advertising expenses, and $0.3 million which was previously recorded as a reduction in SG&A. For the core business, net advertising expense in 2003 was $20.0 million compared to $3.0 million in 2002. For eCOST.com, net advertising expense in 2003 was $3.2 million compared to $0.1 million in 2002. The increases in advertising expense for the core business and eCOST.com segments were primarily due to the adoption of EITF 02-16, which resulted in the recording of $19.7 million and $3.5 million, respectively, of vendor consideration against cost of sales, which was previously recorded as a reduction of advertising expenses. For the core business, $0.3 million of the vendor funding was previously recorded as a reduction of SG&A expenses. OnSale.com advertising expenses in 2003 were $0.1 million.

 

Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense was $1.3 million for 2003 compared to $1.0 million for 2002. The increase was primarily due to borrowings initiated to take advantage of special buying opportunities and to increase inventory due to our sales/volume growth and aggressive paydowns of accounts payable to take advantage of early-pay discounts, offset by reduced borrowing rates.

 

Income Taxes. Income tax provision was $1.7 million for 2003 compared to an income tax benefit of $3.6 million for the prior year. The increase in the provision was caused by the reversal of a valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets in the prior year, due to our history of improved profitability. Our effective tax rate was 35.2% in 2003.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Working Capital. Our primary capital need has been funding the working capital requirements created by our growth in sales and strategic acquisitions. Historically, our primary sources of financing has come from borrowings from financial institutions, public and private issuances of our common stock and cash flow from operations. We believe that our current working capital, together with cash flows from operations and available lines of credit, will be adequate to support our current operating plans for at least the next twelve months. If we need extra funds, such as for additional acquisitions or expansion or to fund a significant downturn in sales or an increase in operating expenses, there are no assurances that adequate financing will be available at acceptable terms, if at all.

 

We may in the future seek additional financing from public or private debt or equity financings to fund additional expansion, or to take advantage of opportunities or favorable market conditions. There can be no assurance such financings will be available on terms favorable to us or at all. To the extent any such financings involve the issuance of equity securities, existing stockholders could suffer dilution.

 

Our capital expenditures were $3.4 million in 2004 compared to $4.8 million in 2003 and $3.8 million in 2002. Our primary capital needs will continue to be the funding of our working capital requirements for possible sales growth, possible acquisitions and new business ventures.

 

As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had cash and cash equivalents of $15.1 million and $7.8 million, respectively, and working capital of $53.8 million and $28.2 million, respectively. Inventory increased $0.1 million to $80.7 million from December 31, 2003. Accounts receivable increased $20.7 million to $94.4 million from December 31, 2003, primarily due to increases in government and business sales.

 

We maintain a $75 million, asset-based revolving credit facility from a lending unit of a large commercial bank (the “line of credit”) that commenced in March 2001. In March 2003, the line of credit was amended to extend the term by an additional three years to expire in March 2007, and obtain improved terms. The line of credit functions as a working capital line of credit with a borrowing base of inventory and accounts receivable and bears interest at the prime rate with a LIBOR option. At December 31, 2004, the prime rate was 5.25%. The line of credit is secured by substantially all of our assets. The line of credit has as its single financial covenant a minimum tangible net worth requirement and also includes a commitment fee of 0.25% annually on the unused portion of the line up to $60 million. In May 2004, the line of credit was amended to provide for a conditional release of eCOST.com’s assets in connection with its initial public offering. In September 2004, this release became effective. In February 2005, we terminated a flooring credit facility, which functioned in lieu of a vendor trade payable for inventory purchases and did not bear interest if paid within terms specific to each vendor. We did not draw any substantial amounts on the flooring facility during 2004 and 2003. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had $49.0 million and $26.2 million of net working capital advances outstanding under the line of credit, respectively, and had no borrowings under the flooring facility at the end of either period. The increase in borrowings under the line of credit reflects an aggressive program to obtain early pay discounts. We had $12.4 million available to borrow for working capital advances under the line of credit at December 31, 2004. Loan availability under the line of credit fluctuates daily and is affected by many factors, including eligible assets on-hand, opportunistic purchases of inventory and early pay discounts. We were in compliance with our financial covenants under the line of credit at December 31, 2004.

 

In connection with and as a part of the line of credit, we entered into a term note. In May 2004, we amended the term note to increase the borrowing base from $2.0 million to $3.5 million and extend the maturity date from March 2005 to September 2011. As of December 31, 2004 we had borrowed $3.5 million under the term note, payable in equal monthly principal payments plus interest at prime and have $3.3 million outstanding under the note. As of December 31, 2004, we have reflected $0.5 million of the principal amount of the term note in current liabilities included as notes payable-current, and $2.8 million of the principal amount is included in non-current liabilities as notes payable, based on the timing of scheduled payments.

 

In connection with its initial public offering, eCOST.com secured an asset-based line of credit of up to $15 million with a financial institution, which is secured by substantially all of the assets of eCOST.com. The credit facility functions as a working capital line of credit with borrowings under the facility limited to a percentage of inventory and accounts receivable. Outstanding amounts under the facility bear interest initially at the prime rate

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

plus 0.25%. Beginning in 2006, outstanding amounts under the facility will bear interest at rates ranging from the prime rate to the prime rate plus 0.5%, depending on eCOST.com’s financial results. The prime rate was 5.25% as of December 31, 2004. In connection with the line of credit, eCOST.com entered into a cash management arrangement whereby its operating accounts are swept and used to repay outstanding amounts under the line of credit. The credit facility contains standard terms and conditions customarily found in similar facilities offered to similarly situated borrowers. The credit facility limits eCOST.com’s ability to make acquisitions above pre-defined dollar thresholds, requires it to use the proceeds from any future stock issuances to repay outstanding amounts under the facility, and has as its sole financial covenant a minimum tangible net worth requirement. eCOST.com was in compliance with this covenant at December 31, 2004. Borrowing availability is subject to satisfaction of certain standard conditions. Fees under the credit facility include an upfront cash fee, an annual unused line fee of 0.375% of the unused portion of the line and a termination fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.75% depending on the timing of any termination of the facility. The eCOST.com credit facility matures in March 2007. There were no outstanding amounts under the line of credit as of December 31, 2004.

 

In addition to the security interest required by the credit facility, certain of our vendors have security interest in certain assets related to their products. As part of our growth strategy, we may, in the future, acquire other companies in the same or complementary lines of business, and pursue other business ventures. Any launch of a new business venture or any acquisition and the ensuing integration of the operations of the acquired company would place additional demands on our management, operating and financial resources.

 

Cash Flows. Net cash used in operating activities were $7.8 million, $23.6 million and $6.0 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The primary factors that affected our cash flow from operations were the proceeds from the initial public offering of our eCOST.com subsidiary, the change in accounts receivable from the prior year, and the change in our book overdraft from prior year.

 

Inventory increased $0.1 million in 2004 over the prior year, and inventory turns increased to 15.7 compared to 15.1 in 2003. Accounts receivable increased $20.7 million to $94.4 million during 2004 primarily from growth in sales on account from our outbound telemarketing sales divisions. Accounts payable and book overdraft increased by a total of $14.3 million or 17.1%.

 

In 2002, we invested approximately $10.2 million related to our acquisitions of Pacific Business Systems and Wareforce.

 

The increase in net borrowings under the line of credit of $22.8 million in 2004 was primarily due to an aggressive program to obtain early-pay discounts, while the increase of $8.7 million in 2003 was primarily a result of net increases in inventory to finance the growth of the business and for the acquisition of Wareforce.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following tables set forth our future contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2004 (in thousands). Interest expense is excluded from these figures.

 

     Payment Due by Period

     Total

  

Less than

1 year


   1-3 years

   4-5 years

   After 5 years

Contractual obligations

                                  

Long-term debt

   $ 3,250    $ 500    $ 1,500    $ 1,000    $ 250

Operating leases

     9,924      3,867      5,874      183      —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 13,174    $ 4,367    $ 7,374    $ 1,183    $ 250
    

  

  

  

  

     Total

  

Less than

1 year


   1-3 years

   4-5 years

   After 5 years

Other commercial commitments

                                  

Lines of credit

   $ 49,027    $ 49,027    $ —      $ —      $ —  

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Inflation

 

Inflation has not had a material impact upon operating results, and we do not expect it to have such an impact in the near future. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will not be so affected by inflation.

 

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”), that addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. The statement eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and generally requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method and recognized as expenses in our consolidated statement of operations. The statement requires companies to assess the most appropriate model to calculate the value of the options. We currently use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value options and we are currently assessing which model we may use in the future under the new statement and may deem an alternative model to be the most appropriate. The use of a different model to value options may result in a different fair value than the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In addition, there are a number of other requirements under the new standard that will result in differing accounting treatment than currently required. These differences include, but are not limited to, the accounting for the tax benefit on employee stock options. In addition to the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, we will also be required to determine the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The allowed transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption options. Under the retroactive options, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of FAS 123R, while the retroactive methods would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock beginning with the first period restated. The effective date of the new standard for our consolidated financial statements is the third fiscal quarter in 2005.

 

The discussion relating to eCOST.com is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part II, Item 7 as incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Our financial instruments include cash and long-term debt. At March 30, 2005, the carrying values of our financial instruments approximated their fair values based on current market prices and rates.

 

We have exposure to the risks of fluctuating interest rates on our line of credit. The variable interest rate on the line of credit is tied to the prime rate or the London interbank offered rate, at our discretion. If the variable rate on the line of credit changes, we may be required to pay more interest. We believe that the effect of any change in interest rates will not be material to our financial position.

 

It is our policy not to enter into derivative financial instruments, and we do not have any significant foreign currency exposure. Therefore, we did not have significant overall currency exposure as of December 31, 2004.

 

The discussion relating to eCOST.com’s market risk is contained in the eCOST.com 10-K in Part II, Item 7A and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The information required by this item is contained in the financial statements listed in Item 15 (a) under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements” and commencing on page F-1 of this Report.

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of our most recent fiscal year. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2004, due to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting discussed below under the heading “Design and Evaluation of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” In light of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting discussed below, we performed additional analysis and other post-closing procedures to ensure our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, we believe that the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

 

(b) Design and Evaluation of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

 

 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

 

 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

 

 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Our management with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

A “material weakness” is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. As of December 31, 2004, we did not maintain effective controls over the valuation and completeness of revenue related to software service advisor agreements. Specifically, we did not have adequate management review in place to ensure all terms within a software service advisor agreement were recorded in the correct accounting period. A software advisor agreement is a contract between us and one of our vendors under which we receive a fee when a customer enters into a contract with the vendor to license software and designates us as an advisor to the customer for pre-sale and post-sale services. We recognized the fees as revenue at the time the customer entered into the agreement with the vendor rather than deferring the revenue over a period that we were required to provide post-sale services. This control deficiency resulted in an audit adjustment to our 2004 consolidated financial statements and could result in a misstatement to revenues that would result in a material misstatement to the annual and interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined that this deficiency constitutes a material weakness. Because of this material weakness, management has concluded that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by COSO.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, who audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report, appearing on page F-2 of this Annual Report, on our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fourth quarter of 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. However, subsequent to December 31, 2004, in response to the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting described above under the heading “Design and Evaluation of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting,” we have revised certain of our policies, procedures and processes in order to improve our internal controls related to software service advisor agreement transactions and the timing of revenue recognition for those transactions. Total revenue recognized in 2004 for software service advisor agreement transactions was $131,000. Deferred revenue related to these transactions at December 31, 2004 was $282,000. We believe that the actions we have taken to improve our internal controls related to software service advisor transactions have remediated the material weakness related to those transactions. However, there can be no assurance that our remediation efforts will be effective.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Information regarding our board of directors, audit committee, audit committee financial expert and code of ethics is set forth under the caption “Election of Directors,” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership compliance is set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation—Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

A list of our executive officers is included in Part I, Item 1 of this annual report under the caption “Executive Officers.”

 

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our code of business conduct and ethics is posted in the “investor relations” section of our website at www.pcmall.com. Any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of our code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal financial officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions will be posted in the “investor relations” section of our website.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Information” and “Election of Directors - Compensation of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The information required by this item is set forth under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Ratification and Approval of the Appointment of Independent Accountants” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are filed as part of this report:

 

(a) (1) Consolidated Financial Statements . See Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.

 

(2)

   Financial Statement Schedules . See Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts which follow the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(3) Exhibits.

 

The exhibits listed on the exhibit index attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

  F-27

Financial Statement Schedule

   

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

  F-28

 

All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of PC Mall, Inc.

 

We have completed an integrated audit of PC Mall, Inc.’s 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements And Financial Statement Schedule

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PC Mall, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for cash consideration received from vendors as of January 1, 2003. Also, as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets as of January 1, 2002.

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Also, we have audited management’s assessment, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” appearing under Item 9A, that PC Mall, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, because the Company did not maintain effective controls over the valuation and completeness of revenue, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.   Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances.   We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.   A company’s internal control over financial reporting

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain effective internal control over the valuation and completeness of revenue related to software service advisor agreements. Specifically, the Company did not have adequate management review in place to ensure all terms within a software service advisor agreement were recorded in the correct accounting period. A software advisor agreement is a contract between the Company and one of the Company’s vendors under which the Company receives a fee when a customer enters into a contract with the vendor to license software and designates the Company as an advisor to the customer for pre-sale and post-sale services. The Company recognized the fees as revenue at the time the customer entered into the agreement with the vendor rather than deferring the revenue over a period that the Company was required to provide post-sale services. This control deficiency resulted in an audit adjustment to the 2004 consolidated financial statements and could result in a misstatement to revenues that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined that this condition constitutes a material weakness. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2004 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that PC Mall, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. Also, in our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, PC Mall, Inc. has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

March 28, 2005

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    

December 31,

2004


   

December 31,

2003


 
Assets                 

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,090     $ 7,819  

Short-term investments

     7,000       —    

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,045 and $2,064 respectively

     94,432       73,701  

Inventories, net

     80,651       80,542  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     6,489       3,909  

Deferred income taxes

     4,087       3,578  
    


 


Total current assets

     207,749       169,549  

Property and equipment, net

     9,393       10,438  

Goodwill

     1,405       861  

Deferred income taxes

     12,162       9,269  

Other assets

     1,210       1,353  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 231,919     $ 191,470  
    


 


Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                 

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ 69,526     $ 83,856  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     22,632       18,921  

Deferred revenue

     12,276       11,348  

Line of credit

     49,027       26,202  

Notes payable - current portion

     500       1,000  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     153,961       141,327  

Notes payable

     2,750       250  
    


 


Total liabilities

     156,711       141,577  
    


 


Commitments and contingencies (See Note 5)

                

Minority interest

     4,297       —    

Stockholders’ equity:

                

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 11,851,115 and 11,165,399 shares issued and 11,556,915 and 10,871,199 shares outstanding, respectively

     12       11  

Additional paid-in capital

     99,172       78,032  

Deferred stock-based compensation

     (1,333 )     —    

Treasury stock at cost; 294,200 shares

     (1,015 )     (1,015 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     198       1  

Accumulated deficit

     (26,123 )     (27,136 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     70,911       49,893  
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 231,919     $ 191,470  
    


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2004

   2003

   2002

 

Net sales

   $ 1,157,253    $ 975,586    $ 862,830  

Cost of goods sold

     1,011,787      848,791      769,740  
    

  

  


Gross profit

     145,466      126,795      93,090  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                      

Selling, general and administrative expense

     114,941      97,173      85,343  

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

     1,921      294      —    
    

  

  


Total selling, general and administrative expenses

     116,862      97,467      85,343  

Advertising, net in 2002

     25,279      23,305      3,059  

Loss on sale of building

     —        —        350  
    

  

  


Income from operations

     3,325      6,023      4,338  

Interest expense, net

     1,977      1,325      983  
    

  

  


Income before income taxes

     1,348      4,698      3,355  

Income tax provision (benefit)

     567      1,655      (3,594 )

Minority interest

     232      —        —    
    

  

  


Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     1,013      3,043      6,949  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for goodwill, net of tax

     —        —        (6,801 )
    

  

  


Net income

   $ 1,013    $ 3,043    $ 148  
    

  

  


Basic earnings per share:

                      

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 0.09    $ 0.29    $ 0.65  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        —        (0.64 )
    

  

  


     $ 0.09    $ 0.29    $ 0.01  
    

  

  


Diluted earnings per share:

                      

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 0.08    $ 0.26    $ 0.62  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        —        (0.61 )
    

  

  


     $ 0.08    $ 0.26    $ 0.01  
    

  

  


Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding

     11,119      10,651      10,654  
    

  

  


Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     12,145      11,636      11,127  
    

  

  


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

 

     Common Stock

  

Additional

Paid-in

Capital


   

Deferred Stock-

Based

Compensation


   

Treasury

Stock


   

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income


  

Accumulated

Deficit


    Total

 
     Issued

   Outstanding

    Amount($)

             

Balance at December 31, 2001

   10,444    10,429     $ 11    $ 74,418     $ —       $ (91 )   $ —      $ (30,327 )   $ 44,011  

Stock option exercises

   46    46       —        86       —         —         —        —         86  

Stock issuance related to acquisition

   300    300       —        1,329       —         —         —        —         1,329  

Stock repurchases

   —      (143 )     —        —         —         (465 )     —        —         (465 )

Net income

   —      —         —        —         —         —         —        148       148  
    
  

 

  


 


 


 

  


 


Balance at December 31, 2002

   10,790    10,632       11      75,833       —         (556 )     —        (30,179 )     45,109  

Stock option exercises, including related income tax benefit

   367    367       —        2,117       —         —         —        —         2,117  

Stock issuances

   8    8       —        32       —         —         —        —         32  

Deferred stock compensation

   —      —         —        50       —         —         —        —         50  

Stock repurchases

   —      (136 )     —        —         —         (459 )     —        —         (459 )
                                                             


Subtotal

                                                              46,849  

Net income

   —      —         —        —         —         —         —        3,043       3043  

Translation adjustment

                                               1      —         1  
                                                             


Comprehensive income

   —      —         —        —         —         —         —        —         3,044  
    
  

 

  


 


 


 

  


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

   11,165    10,871       11      78,032       —         (1,015 )     1      (27,136 )     49,893  

Stock option exercises, including related income tax benefit

   686    686       1      6,091       —         —         —        —         6,092  

Compensatory stock option grant

   —      —         —        2,000       (2,000 )     —         —        —         —    

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

   —      —         —        —         667       —         —        —         667  

Non-cash stock-based compensation

   —      —         —        839       —         —         —        —         839  

Capital contributed by minority stockholders of subsidiary, net

   —      —         —        16,739       —         —         —        —         16,739  

Minority interest in IPO proceeds

   —      —         —        (4,529 )     —         —         —        —         (4,529 )
                                                             


Subtotal

                                                              69,701  

Net income

   —      —         —        —         —         —         —        1,013       1,013  

Translation adjustment

                                               197      —         197  
                                                             


Comprehensive income

                                                              1,210  
    
  

 

  


 


 


 

  


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

   11,851    11,557     $ 12    $ 99,172     $ (1,333 )   $ (1,015 )   $ 198    $ (26,123 )   $ 70,911  
    
  

 

  


 


 


 

  


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     For the twelve months ended December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 1,013     $ 3,043     $ 148  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities:

                        

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

     —         —         6,801  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,277       4,133       4,375  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

     (3,341 )     405       (3,478 )

Tax benefit related to stock option exercises

     3,835       837       —    

Non-cash stock compensation expense

     1,921       294       —    

Minority interest

     (232 )     —         —    

Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets

     —         (64 )     330  

Loss on impairment of software

     560       —         —    

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

                        

Accounts receivable

     (20,731 )     (18,954 )     (4,863 )

Inventories

     (109 )     (25,307 )     (6,181 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,580 )     (870 )     (526 )

Other assets

     (188 )     5       (332 )

Accounts payable

     3,541       7,471       (6,438 )

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,292       3,802       2,409  

Deferred revenue

     929       1,568       1,789  
    


 


 


Total adjustments

     (8,826 )     (26,680 )     (6,114 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,813 )     (23,637 )     (5,966 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,439 )     (4,750 )     (3,783 )

Payments for costs incurred by acquisitions of businesses

     —         —         (10,205 )

Additional purchase price consideration for acquisition of PBS

     (601 )     —         —    

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

     (14,000 )     —         —    

Sale of available-for-sale securities

     7,000       —         —    

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     3       64       1,813  
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (11,037 )     (4,686 )     (12,175 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Payments for deferred financing costs

     (25 )     (440 )     (263 )

Borrowings under notes payable

     3,500       2,000       —    

Payments under notes payable

     (1,500 )     (917 )     (1,084 )

Net borrowings under line of credit

     22,825       8,705       15,936  

Net proceeds of eCOST.com initial public offering

     16,739       —         —    

Change in book overdraft

     (17,871 )     14,643       5,817  

Net payments of obligations under capital leases

     —         (124 )     (437 )

Repurchase of common stock

     —         (459 )     (465 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     —         32       —    

Proceeds from stock issued under stock option plans

     2,256       1,280       87  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     25,924       24,720       19,591  
    


 


 


Effect of foreign currency on cash flow

     197       —         —    
    


 


 


Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,271       (3,603 )     1,450  

Cash and cash equivalents:

                        

Beginning of year

     7,819       11,422       9,972  
    


 


 


End of year

   $ 15,090     $ 7,819     $ 11,422  
    


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

1. Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Company

 

PC Mall, Inc. (“PC Mall”), formerly IdeaMall, Inc. and Creative Computers, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (the “Company”), founded in 1987, is a rapid response direct marketer of computer hardware, software, peripheral, electronics, and other consumer products and services. The Company offers products and services to business, government and educational institutions as well as individual consumers through dedicated outbound and inbound telemarketing sales executives, the Internet, direct marketing techniques, direct response catalogs, a direct sales force, and three retail showrooms. The Company offers a broad selection of products through its distinctive full-color catalogs under the PC Mall, MacMall, ClubMac, PC Mall Gov, and eCOST.com brands, its worldwide websites: pcmall.com, macmall.com, clubmac.com, pcmallgov.com, ecost.com and onsale.com, and other promotional materials.

 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the respective reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2003 and 2002 financial statement amounts to conform to the 2004 presentation.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company adheres to the revised guidelines and principles of sales recognition described in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”), issued by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as a revision to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 101”). While the wording of SAB 104 has revised the original SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition”, the revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. Under SAB 104, sales are recognized when the title and risk of loss are passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Under these guidelines, the majority of the Company’s sales, including revenue from product sales and gross outbound shipping and handling charges, are recognized upon receipt of the product by the customer. For all product sales shipped directly from suppliers to customers, the Company takes title to the products sold upon shipment, bears credit risk, and bears inventory risk for returned products that are not successfully returned to suppliers; therefore, these revenues are recognized at gross sales amounts.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain software products and extended warranties that the Company sells (for which the Company is not the primary obligor) are recognized on a net basis in accordance with SAB 101 and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” Accordingly, such revenues are recognized in net sales either at the time of sale or over the contract period, based on the nature of the contract, at the net amount retained by the Company, with no cost of goods sold.

 

Sales are reported net of estimated returns and allowances, coupon redemptions and credit card chargebacks. If actual sales returns, allowances, discounts, coupon redemptions and credit card chargebacks are greater than estimated by management, additional expense may be incurred.

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Cost of goods sold includes product costs, outbound and inbound shipping costs, and offset by certain marketing development and cooperative advertising funds, as described in “Deferred Advertising Revenue and Costs” below.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

All highly liquid investments with initial maturities of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. The Company’s cash management programs result in utilizing available cash to pay down its line of credit. Checks issued but not presented for payment to the bank in the amount of $10,468 and $28,339 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, are included in accounts payable in the balance sheet.

 

Short-Term Investments

 

The Company has a balance of $7,000 in available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2004, with original maturities exceeding ninety days. Consistent with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the Company has classified these securities as short term because they all have readily determinable fair values, are highly liquid and the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement management’s strategies. The Company has available-for-sale securities in municipal bonds of $5,000 maturing in 2024, and government securities of $2,000 maturing in 2028, both with credit ratings of AAA at December 31, 2004. Unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, if any, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit). All of the Company’s available-for-sale securities are auction rate securities and reported at cost, which approximates fair market value due to the interest rate reset feature of the securities. As such, there were no unrealized gains or losses on these securities during the year ended December 31, 2004. Realized gains or losses and permanent declines in value, if any, on these securities are reported in other income and expense. The Company has no material realized gains or losses during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company generates the majority of its accounts receivable through the sale of products certain customers on account. In addition, the Company records vendor receivables at such time as all conditions have been met that would entitle the Company to receive such vendor funding, and is thereby considered fully earned. The following table presents the gross amounts of Trade Receivables, for sales to customers on account, and Other Receivables which includes all other types of receivables, mainly vendor receivables.

 

     2004

   2003

Trade Receivables

   $ 82,296    $ 63,489

Other

     15,181      12,276
    

  

Total Gross Receivables

   $ 97,477    $ 75,765
    

  

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable.

 

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon estimates of future collection. The Company extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition and credit history, and generally does not require collateral. The Company regularly evaluates its customers’ financial condition and credit history in determining the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company also maintains an allowance for uncollectible vendor receivables which arise from vendor rebate programs, price protections and other promotions. The Company determines the sufficiency of the vendor receivable allowance based upon various factors, including payment history. Amounts received from vendors may vary from amounts recorded because of potential non-compliance with certain elements of vendor programs. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts or vendor receivables subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowance may be required.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Accounts receivable potentially subject the Company to credit risk. The Company extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition and credit history and generally does not require collateral. The Company has historically incurred credit losses within management’s expectations. No customers accounted for more than 10% of trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consist primarily of finished goods, and are stated at cost (determined under the first-in, first-out method) or market, whichever is lower. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had reserves of $2,022 and $1,506, respectively, lower of cost or market pricing and potential excess and obsolete inventory for demonstration inventory. As discussed under “Revenue Recognition” above, the Company does not record revenue and related cost of goods sold until delivery. As such, inventories include goods-in-transit to customers at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

Deferred Advertising Revenue and Costs

 

The Company accounts for advertising costs in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-7, “Reporting on Advertising Costs.” The Company produces and circulates catalogs at various dates throughout the year and receives market development funds and cooperative (co-op) advertising funds from vendors included in each catalog. These funds are recognized based on sales generated over the life of the catalog, approximately eight weeks. The costs of developing and circulating each catalog are deferred and charged to advertising expense in the same time period as the co-op funds based on sales over the life of the catalog. Deferred advertising revenue is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Other non-catalog advertising expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted EITF 02-16, “Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor” which requires, under certain circumstances, that co-operative advertising funds be recorded as a reduction of cost of sales rather than an offset to selling, general and administrative expenses. This resulted in a significant change in the reported net advertising expense and cost of goods sold in 2003, compared to prior years. Advertising expense in 2004 was $25,279, which increased from 2003 advertising expense of $23,305 and $3,059 in 2002, primarily due to increased spending by eCOST.com, particularly in Internet marketing channels. Gross advertising expenses in 2002 were $25.8 million. The adoption of EITF 02-16 in 2003 resulted in $23.5 million of vendor consideration being recorded against cost of sales, which was previously recorded as an offset to advertising expense and SG&A expenses in prior years. The amount of Deferred advertising costs were $1,678, and $2,145 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment (including equipment acquired under capital leases) are stated at cost and are depreciated using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets as noted below. The Company also capitalizes computer software costs that meet both the definition of internal-use software and defined criteria for capitalization in accordance with Statement of Position No. 98-1, “Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.”

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 - 7 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of lease term or useful life of improvement

Computers, software, machinery and equipment

 

3 - 7 years

Building

 

31.5 years

 

The Company had $2,379 and $2,804 of unamortized internally developed software at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In December 2004, the Company recorded a charge of $560 related to an impairment of previously capitalized internally developed software, which charge is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on its Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amount of cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The carrying amount of the Company’s line of credit borrowings and notes payable approximates fair value based upon the current rates offered to the Company for obligations of similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

Goodwill

 

Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill resulting from acquisitions was amortized using the straight-line method over periods not exceeding twenty-five years and was subject to periodic review for impairment. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, effective January 1, 2002 the Company adopted SFAS 142 and ceased amortization of goodwill. Under SFAS 142, goodwill impairment is deemed to exist if the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, including consideration of the Company’s market capitalization. This methodology differs from the Company’s previous policy, as permitted under accounting standards existing at that time, of using undiscounted cash flows to determine if goodwill is recoverable. Upon the adoption of SFAS 142, the Company recorded a one-time, non-cash charge of $6,801, net of tax of $3,995, to reduce the carrying value of its goodwill. Such change is reflected as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and statement of cash flows.

 

The changes in the carrying amounts of the core business (defined in Note 9) goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

    

Core

Business


Balance at December 31, 2002

   $ 804

Additional consideration pursuant to earnout provision (Note 10)

     57
    

Balance at December 31, 2003

   $ 861

Additional consideration pursuant to earnout provision (Note 10)

     544
    

Balance at December 31, 2004

   $ 1,405
    

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In the event the undiscounted future cash flow attributable to the asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized as the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the assets.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the tax bases and financial reporting amounts of existing assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. See Note 4 for more detailed information.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Earnings per Share

 

Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reported periods. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options and other commitments to issue common stock were exercised using the treasury stock method.

 

The computation of Basic and Diluted EPS is as follows:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

 

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 1,013    $ 3,043    $ 6,949  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        —        (6,801 )
    

  

  


Net income

   $ 1,013    $ 3,043    $ 148  
    

  

  


Weighted average shares - Basic

     11,118,744      10,651,465      10,653,531  

Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants (a)

     1,025,960      984,658      473,549  
    

  

  


Weighted average shares - Diluted

     12,144,704      11,636,123      11,127,080  
    

  

  


Basic earnings per share:

                      

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 0.09    $ 0.29    $ 0.65  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        —        (0.64 )
    

  

  


Net income

   $ 0.09    $ 0.29    $ 0.01  
    

  

  


Diluted earnings per share:

                      

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 0.08    $ 0.26    $ 0.62  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        —        (0.61 )
    

  

  


Net income

   $ 0.08    $ 0.26    $ 0.01  
    

  

  



(a)

Potential common shares of 38,773, 323,170, and 831,244 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, have been excluded from the earnings per share computations because the effect of their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company has adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS 148”), which amends FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” As permitted by SFAS 148, the Company continues to measure compensation cost in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations, but provides pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair-value method had been applied.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SFAS 123 Pro Forma Information

 

The Company accounts for its stock option plans under APB Opinion No. 25. Had compensation expense for these plans been determined consistent with SFAS 123, the Company’s net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts in the following table.

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Net income (as reported)

   $ 1,013     $ 3,043     $ 148  

Less compensation expense as determined under SFAS 123, net of related taxes

                        

PC Mall

     (1,735 )     (1,082 )     (931 )

eCOST.com

     (882 )     —         —    

Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related taxes

                        

PC Mall

     —         191       —    

eCOST.com

     913       —         —    
    


 


 


Net income (loss) (pro forma)

   $ (691 )   $ 2,152     $ (783 )
    


 


 


Basic net income per share (as reported)

   $ 0.09     $ 0.29     $ 0.01  

Basic net income (loss) per share (pro forma)

   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.20     $ (0.07 )

Diluted net income per share (as reported)

   $ 0.08     $ 0.26     $ 0.01  

Diluted net income (loss) per share (pro forma)

   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.18     $ (0.07 )

 

The fair value of each stock option grant has been estimated pursuant to SFAS 123 on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For PC Mall, the following weighted average assumptions were used:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Risk free interest rates

   3.62 %   3.68 %   3.90 %

Expected dividend yield

   none     none     none  

Expected lives

   6 yrs.     7 yrs.     7 yrs.  

Expected volatility

   110 %   119 %   129 %

 

The weighted average grant date fair values of options granted under the Plans during 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $13.52, $9.24 and $2.85, respectively.

 

For eCOST.com, the following weighted average assumptions were used:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Risk free interest rates

   3.64 %   3.68 %   3.90 %

Expected dividend yield

   none     none     none  

Expected lives

   6 yrs.     7 yrs.     7 yrs.  

Expected volatility

   100 %   119 %   129 %

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”), that addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. The statement eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and generally requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method and recognized as expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. The statement requires companies to assess the most appropriate model to calculate the value of the options. The Company currently uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value options and the Company is currently assessing which model will be used in the future under the new statement and may deem an alternative model to be the most appropriate. The use of a different model to value options may result in a different fair value than the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In addition, there are a number of other requirements under the new standard that will result in differing accounting treatment than currently required. These differences include, but are not limited to, the accounting for the tax benefit on employee stock options. In addition to the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the Company will also be required to determine the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The allowed transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption options. Under the retroactive options, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of FAS 123R, while the retroactive methods would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock beginning with the first period restated. The effective date of the new standard for the Company’s financial statements is the third fiscal quarter in 2005.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiary is translated into United States dollars in accordance with SFAS No. 52, “ Foreign Currency Translation .” Assets and liabilities of the Canadian subsidiary is translated into United States dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet dates. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate for each month within the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded directly in other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. All transaction gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. These gains or losses were not material in any of the years presented in the consolidated financial statements.

 

2. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31:

 

     2004

    2003

 

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 3,528     $ 3,281  

Leasehold improvements

     4,163       3,901  

Computers, software, machinery and equipment

     26,028       26,278  

Buildings

     1,725       1,756  

Land

     912       912  
    


 


       36,356       36,128  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (26,963 )     (25,690 )
    


 


     $ 9,393     $ 10,438  
    


 


 

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment in 2004, 2003 and 2002 totaled $3,921, $3,526 and $3,822, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

3. Line of Credit and Notes Payable

 

The Company maintains a $75 million, asset-based revolving credit facility from a lending unit of a large commercial bank (the “line of credit”) that commenced in March 2001. In March 2003, the line of credit was amended to extend the term by an additional three years to expire in March 2007, and obtain improved terms. The line of credit functions as a working capital line of credit with a borrowing base of inventory and accounts receivable and bears interest at the prime rate with a LIBOR option. At December 31, 2004, the prime rate was 5.25%. The line of credit is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The line of credit has as its single financial covenant a minimum tangible net worth requirement and also includes a commitment fee of 0.25% annually on the unused portion of the line up to $60 million. In May 2004, the line of credit was amended to provide for a conditional release of eCOST.com’s assets in connection with its initial public offering. In September 2004, this release became effective. In February 2005, the Company terminated a flooring credit facility, which functioned in lieu of a vendor trade payable for inventory purchases and did not bear interest if paid within terms specific to each vendor. The Company did not draw any substantial amounts on the flooring facility during 2004 and 2003. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had $49.0 million and $26.2 million of net working capital advances outstanding under the line of credit, respectively, and had no borrowings under the flooring facility at the end of either period. The increase in borrowings under the line of credit reflects an aggressive program to obtain early pay discounts. The Company had $12.4 million available to borrow for working capital advances under the line of credit at December 31, 2004. Loan availability under the line of credit fluctuates daily and is affected by many factors including eligible assets on-hand, opportunistic purchases of inventory and early pay discounts. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants under the line of credit at December 31, 2004.

 

In connection with and as a part of the Line of Credit, the Company entered into a term note (the “Term Note”). In May 2004, the Company amended the Term Note to increase the borrowing base from $2.0 million to $3.5 million and extend the maturity date from March 2005 to September 2011. As of December 31, 2004 $3.25 million was outstanding under the Term Note, payable in equal monthly principal payments plus interest at prime. Principal payments due in each of the next five years are as follows: 2005 - $500; 2006 – $500; 2007 - $500; 2008 - $500; 2009 - $500 and 2010 and thereafter - $750.

 

In connection with its initial public offering, eCOST.com secured an asset-based line of credit of up to $15 million with a financial institution, which is secured by substantially all of the assets of eCOST.com. The credit facility functions as a working capital line of credit with borrowings under the facility limited to a percentage of inventory and accounts receivable. Outstanding amounts under the facility bear interest initially at the prime rate plus 0.25%. Beginning in 2006, outstanding amounts under the facility will bear interest at rates ranging from the prime rate to the prime rate plus 0.5%, depending on eCOST.com’s financial results. The prime rate was 5.25% as of December 31, 2004. In connection with the line of credit, eCOST.com entered into a cash management arrangement whereby its operating accounts are swept and used to repay outstanding amounts under the line of credit. The credit facility contains standard terms and conditions customarily found in similar facilities offered to similarly situated borrowers. The credit facility limits eCOST.com’s ability to make acquisitions above pre-defined dollar thresholds, requires it to use the proceeds from any future stock issuances to repay outstanding amounts under the facility, and has as its sole financial covenant a minimum tangible net worth requirement. eCOST.com was in compliance with this covenant at December 31, 2004. Borrowing availability is subject to satisfaction of certain standard conditions. Fees under the credit facility include an upfront cash fee, an annual unused line fee of 0.375% of the unused portion of the line and a termination fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.75% depending on the timing of any termination of the facility. The eCOST.com credit facility matures in March 2007. There were no outstanding amounts under the line of credit as of December 31, 2004.

 

In addition to the security interest required by the credit facility, certain of the Company’s vendors have security interest in certain assets related to their products.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

4. Income Taxes

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Current

                        

Federal

   $ —       $ 117     $ (104 )

State

     72       296       63  
    


 


 


       72       413       (41 )

Deferred

                        

Federal

     512       1,350       (3,427 )

State

     (41 )     (108 )     (126 )

Foreign

     24       —         —    
    


 


 


       495       1,242       (3,553 )
    


 


 


     $ 567     $ 1,655     $ (3,594 )
    


 


 


 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to income (loss) before income taxes due to the effects of the following:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Expected taxes at federal statutory tax rate

   34.0 %   34.0 %   34.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

   1.4     3.1     3.0  

Change in valuation allowance

   —       —       (144.8 )

Non-deductible business expenses

   5.9     —       —    

Other

   0.8     (1.9 )   0.7  
    

 

 

     42.1 %   35.2 %   (107.1 )%
    

 

 

 

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31:

 

     2004

    2003

Accounts Receivable

   $ 1,163     $ 780

Inventories

     863       935

Property and Equipment

     527       888

Amortization

     2,719       2,913

Accrued expenses and reserves

     1,955       822

Tax credits and loss carryforwards

     8,982       6,460

Other

     (21 )     49
    


 

     $ 16,188     $ 12,847
    


 

 

The exercise of stock options represents a tax benefit and has been reflected as a reduction of taxes payable, an increase to the deferred tax asset and an increase to the additional paid-in capital account. The benefits recorded to additional paid-in capital were $3,835, $837 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2004, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of $13,729 which begin to expire at the end of 2006, and federal net operating loss carryforwards of $24,138, which begin to expire at the end of 2019. At December 31, 2004, the Company had federal minimum tax credit carryforwards of $52, which do not expire.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the tax bases and financial reporting amounts of existing assets and liabilities. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon sufficient taxable income within the carryback years and the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers taxable income in carryback years, if carryback is permitted in the tax law, the projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and the projections for future taxable income over the periods when the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize all of these deductible differences. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced. The income tax benefit of $3,594 for the year ended December 31, 2002 resulted primarily from the reversal of the valuation allowance related to the Company’s deferred tax assets.

 

5. Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company leases office and warehouse space and equipment under various operating leases which provide for minimum annual rentals and escalations based on increases in real estate taxes and other operating expenses.

 

Minimum annual rentals under non-cancelable at December 31, 2004 were as follows:

 

    

Operating

Leases


2005

   $ 3,867

2006

     3,502

2007

     1,986

2008

     386

2009

     169

Thereafter

     14
    

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 9,924
    

 

In 2004, 2003 and 2002 rent expense totaled $3,826, $3,537 and $3,190, respectively. Some of the leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses and require the Company to pay taxes, insurance and maintenance costs.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

On July 12, 2004, the Company’s eCOST.com subsidiary received correspondence from MercExchange LLC alleging infringement of MercExchange’s U.S. patents relating to e-commerce and offering to license its patent portfolio to the subsidiary. On July 15, 2004, eCOST.com received a follow-up letter from MercExchange specifying which of eCOST.com’s technologies MercExchange believes infringe certain of its patents, alone or in combination with technologies provided by third parties. Some of those patents are currently being litigated by third parties, and eCOST.com is not involved in those proceedings. In addition, three of the four patents identified by MercExchange are under reexamination at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which makes the scope of the claims of those patents uncertain. In the July 15 letter, MercExchange also advised eCOST.com that it has a number of applications pending for additional patents. MercExchange has filed lawsuits alleging infringement of some or all of its patents against third parties, resulting in settlements or verdicts in favor of MercExchange. At least one such verdict has been appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Based on eCOST.com’s investigation of this matter to date, eCOST.com believes that its current operations do not infringe any valid claims of the patents identified by MercExchange in these letters. It is not possible for the Company to estimate a range of possible loss that could result from this issue. There can be no assurance, however, that such claims will not be material or adversely affect the Company’s or eCOST.com’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In addition, various claims and actions, considered normal to the Company’s business, have been asserted and are pending against the Company. The Company does not believe that any such claims and actions will have a material adverse effect on its financial position. Litigation, however, involves uncertainties, and it is possible that the eventual outcome of litigation could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations for a particular period.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

6. Stockholders’ Equity

 

In July 1996, the Company announced its plan to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of its Common Stock. The shares may be repurchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or negotiated transactions, depending upon market conditions. No limit was placed on the duration of the repurchase program. There is no guarantee as to the exact number of shares that the Company will repurchase. Subject to applicable securities laws, repurchases may be made at such times and in such amounts as the Company’s management deems appropriate. The program can also be discontinued at any time management determines additional purchases are not warranted. The Company will finance the repurchase plan with existing working capital. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has repurchased a total of 294,200 shares, which include 254,200 shares repurchased under the program.

 

7. Employee Benefits

 

401(k) Savings Plan

 

The Company maintains a 401(k) Savings Plan which covers substantially all full-time employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may make tax-deferred contributions of up to $12 of annual compensation (subject to other limitations specified by the Internal Revenue Code). The Company made a 25% matching contribution for amounts that do not exceed 4% of the participants’ annual compensation until March 31, 2004, at which time it terminated the matching provision. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company incurred $43, $192 and $149, respectively, of expenses related to the 401(k) matching component of this plan.

 

1994 Employee Stock Option Plan

 

In November 1994, the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company approved the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the “1994 Plan”), which provides for the grant of stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. Under the 1994 Plan, the Company may grant options (“Incentive Stock Options”) within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code, or options not intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options (“Nonstatutory Stock Options”).

 

In May 2000, the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company approved amendments to the 1994 Plan which (i) increased the number of shares authorized to be issued under the Plan from 1,950,000 shares to 2,950,000 shares, (ii) added an “evergreen provision” the effect of which automatically increases the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan as of January 1 of each year by three percent (3%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding fiscal year, (iii) added non-employee directors as persons eligible to receive options and other stock-based awards under the Plan, and (iv) added certain provisions to the Plan to ensure that options may qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. In July 2002, the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to the 1994 Plan which increased the stated number of shares authorized to be issued under the Plan by 750,000 shares.

 

As of December 31, 2004, a total of 1,318,532 shares of authorized but unissued shares are available for future grants. All options granted through December 31, 2004 have been Nonstatutory Stock Options.

 

The 1994 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the 1994 Plan, the Committee has the authority to select the employees and consultants to whom options are granted and determine the terms of each option, including (i) the number of shares of common stock covered by the option, (ii) when the option becomes exercisable, (iii) the option exercise price, which must be at least 100%, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and at least 85%, with respect to Nonstatutory Stock Options, of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of grant, and (iv) the duration of the option (which may not exceed ten years). All options generally vest over three to

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

five years, and are nontransferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee has delegated to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer the authority to approve option grants to eligible employees under the plan (other than executive officers), subject to certain numerical limits.

 

1995 Director Stock Option Plan

 

The Company adopted the Directors’ Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the “Director Plan”) in 1995 under which each non-employee director of the Company (“Non-Employee Director”) receives a non-qualified option to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock upon his or her first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, as well as subsequent grants each year after the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders. In 1999, the Company increased the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Director Plan to 100,000 from 50,000. However, in May 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders voted to terminate the Director Plan such that no further grants would be made thereunder, and further provided that Non-Employee Directors are persons eligible to receive future options and other stock-based awards under the 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan. As of December 31, 2004, there are 5,000 outstanding options under the Director Plan.

 

Stock Warrants and Options Issued to Non-employees

 

In June 2003, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 30,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to a consulting firm for investor and public relations services. The warrant was issued at an exercise price of $3.99 with a five-year term, which vested monthly over a one year period from the date of grant. The Company valued the warrant at fair value based on a Black-Scholes fair value calculation. The warrant was valued at the date of grant and was re-measured at fair value at each subsequent reporting period, with changes in value recorded over the twelve month performance period of the warrant. The Company recorded an expense of approximately $0.1 million in connection with the issuance of this warrant for the year ended December 31, 2004. The warrant is still outstanding at December 31, 2004.

 

In October 2004, the Company issued options to purchase 45,000 shares of the Company’s common stock under its 1994 Plan to a public relations consultant. The options were issued at an exercise price of $15.43 with a five-year term. The option vested as to 7,500 shares on the date of the grant, and the remaining shares vest quarterly over a one-year period from the date of grant. The accounting treatment for this option is substantially the same as that for the warrant described above. The Company recorded an expense of $0.3 million in connection with the issuance of this option for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes stock option and warrant activity for the above plans:

 

     Number

   

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price


Outstanding at December 31, 2001

   2,042,938     $ 3.10

Granted

   681,488       3.09

Canceled

   (139,913 )     3.64

Exercised

   (46,331 )     1.88
    

     

Outstanding at December 31, 2002

   2,538,182       3.09

Granted

   377,750       10.29

Canceled

   (88,855 )     3.45

Exercised

   (367,404 )     3.50
    

     

Outstanding at December 31, 2003

   2,459,673       4.03

Granted

   538,100       16.17

Canceled

   (76,887 )     9.03

Exercised

   (684,092 )     3.27
    

     

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   2,236,794     $ 7.00
    

     

 

Of the options outstanding at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, options to purchase 1,368,572, 1,452,077 and 1,247,816 shares were exercisable at weighted average prices of $4.19, $3.08 and $3.13 per share, respectively. The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable stock options:

 

     Options Outstanding at December 31, 2004

  

Options Exercisable at

December 31, 2004


Range of

Exercise Prices


  

Number

Outstanding


  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life


  

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price


  

Number

Exercisable


  

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price


$0.88 - $1.89

   570,752    5.4    $ 1.61    542,634    $ 1.60

$1.91 - $3.81

   522,815    7.0    $ 2.53    345,550    $ 2.44

$3.83 - $12.99

   620,627    6.9    $ 7.99    396,685    $ 6.82

$14.74 - $22.81

   522,600    9.7    $ 16.20    83,703    $ 15.76
    
              
      
     2,236,794                1,368,572       
    
              
      

 

eCOST.com Stock Option Plans

 

1999 Plan

 

In 1999, eCOST.com adopted the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”), which provides for the grant of various equity awards, including stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights to employees, directors and consultants of eCOST.com. To date, only stock option awards have been issued under the 1999 Plan. The 1999 Plan is administered by the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors of eCOST.com. Subject to the provisions of the 1999 Plan, the Committee has the authority to select the employees, directors and consultants to whom options are granted and determine the terms of each option, including (i) the number of shares of common stock covered by the award, (ii) when

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the award becomes exercisable, (iii) the award’s exercise price, which must be at least 100%, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and at least 85%, with respect to Nonstatutory Stock Options, of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of grant, and (iv) the term of the award (which may not exceed ten years). At December 31, 2004 and 2003, 918,400 and 506,800 and options were outstanding, respectively. eCOST.com’s Board of Directors suspended the plan effective September 1, 2004, and accordingly no further shares are available for future grant under the 1999 Plan.

 

Options to purchase an aggregate of 358,400 shares of eCOST.com’s common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2004 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.34, which have terms that (i) restrict exerciseability based on the earlier of a corporate transaction involving eCOST.com (e.g. a merger or consolidation or disposition of all or substantially all of eCOST.com’s assets) as defined, eCOST.com’s initial public offering or the lapse of a five or seven year period from date of grant, and (ii) for certain awards, provide repurchase rights to eCOST.com at the original exercise price in the event of employee termination, which rights terminate in the event of a corporate transaction or IPO. No options were exercisable prior to eCOST.com’s IPO which was completed on September 1, 2004, and the time-based vesting terms were not deemed substantive as the awards were effectively contingent upon a corporate transaction or eCOST.com’s IPO. Due to such contingency, eCOST.com had deemed the awards to be variable awards under APB 25 as the probability of these contingent events could not be reasonably determined. As a result of the closing of eCOST.com’s IPO on September 1, 2004, at an offering price of $5.80 per share, eCOST.com recognized a compensation charge of $839 based on the intrinsic value of these awards.

 

In March 2004, eCOST.com granted an option under its 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”) to purchase 560,000 shares of common stock to its Chief Executive Officer at an exercise price of $6.43 per share. This grant resulted in the recognition of deferred non-cash stock-based compensation based on the estimated deemed fair value of the common stock on the date of grant of $10.00. An aggregate of 25% of the shares of common stock subject to this option vested upon the completion of eCOST.com’s IPO. The remainder of the shares of common stock subject to this option will vest in equal quarterly installments over a three-year period, following eCOST.com’s IPO. eCOST.com has recorded a non-cash stock-based compensation charge of $667 for the year ended December 31, 2004 to reflect compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of shares under this option as a result of its IPO. Accordingly, eCOST.com recognized total compensation expense of $1,506 in connection with all its outstanding options in the year ended December 31, 2004. eCOST.com will also recognize additional non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $1,333 relating to the March 2004 option, which will be amortized over the remainder of the three-year vesting period.

 

2004 Plan

 

In 2004, eCOST.com adopted its 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. A total of 6,300,000 shares of eCOST.com’s common stock are reserved for issuance under eCOST.com’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment for a stock split, or any future stock dividend or other similar change in eCOST.com’s common stock or its capital structure. Commencing on the first business day of each calendar year beginning in 2005, the number of shares of stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan will be increased annually by a number equal to 3% of the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or such lesser number of shares as may be determined by the plan administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, of the number of shares specified above, the maximum aggregate number of shares available for grant of incentive stock options shall be 6,300,000 shares, subject to adjustment for a stock split, or any future stock dividend or other similar change in our common stock or our capital structure. As of December 31, 2004, 5,868,500 shares of common stock remain available for grant, subject to increase in the future as described above.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes stock option activity under eCOST.com’s Stock Incentive Plans:

 

     1999 PLAN

   2004 PLAN

   TOTAL

    

Number

Outstanding


   

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price


  

Number

Outstanding


   

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price


  

Number

Outstanding


   

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price


Outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003

   506,800     $ 0.29    —       $ —      506,800     $ 0.29

Granted

   560,000       6.43    433,750       8.99    993,750       7.55

Canceled

   (148,400 )     0.14    (2,250 )     8.93    (150,650 )     0.27
    

        

        

     
     918,400     $ 4.05    431,500     $ 8.99    1,349,900     $ 5.63
    

        

        

     

 

     Options Outstanding at December 31, 2004

  

Options Exercisable at

December 31, 2004


Range of
Exercise Prices


  

Number

Outstanding


  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life


  

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price


  

Number

Exercisable


  

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price


$0.14 - $0.14

   232,400    4.2    $ 0.14    232,400    $ 0.14

$0.71 - $0.71

   126,000    5.4    $ 0.71    126,000    $ 0.71

$6.40 - $6.43

   650,000    9.3    $ 6.42    182,500    $ 6.43

$8.93 - $17.36

   341,500    9.8    $ 9.67    —        —  
    
              
      
     1,349,900                540,900       
    
              
      

 

8. Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

Cash paid during the year ending December 31:

                    

Interest

   $ 1,960    $ 1,241    $ 994

Income taxes

     290      266      25

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

                    

Issuance of common stock for acquisition

   $ —      $ —      $ 1,329

 

9. Segment Information

 

The Company operates in three reportable segments: 1) a rapid response supplier of technology solutions for business, government and educational institutions as well as consumers, collectively referred to as the “core business”, 2) a multi-category online discount retailer of new, refurbished and close-out products under the eCOST.com brand, and 3) the OnSale brand, an online marketplace including auctions. Beginning in the first quarter of 2003, the Company integrated its eLinux segment into the core business segment. The OnSale.com segment, which was previously reported as part of the core business, was established as a new segment beginning in the third quarter of 2003, and prior period amounts have been adjusted to reflect the new presentation. The Company allocates resources to and evaluates the performance of its segments based on operating income. Corporate expenses are included in the Company’s measure of segment operating income for management reporting purposes.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Summarized segment information for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 is as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004


   Core Business

   eCOST.com

    OnSale.com

    Consolidated

Net sales

   $ 977,626    $ 178,933     $ 694     $ 1,157,253

Gross profit

     126,201      19,219       46       145,466

Operating income (loss)

     7,098      (2,365 )     (1,408 )     3,325

Total assets

     207,205      23,797       917       231,919

Year Ended December 31, 2003


   Core Business

   eCOST.com

    OnSale.com

    Consolidated

Net sales

   $ 865,530    $ 110,042     $ 14     $ 975,586

Gross profit

     114,714      12,067       14       126,795

Operating income (loss)

     6,363      683       (1,023 )     6,023

Total assets

     183,585      7,011       874       191,470

Year Ended December 31, 2002


   Core Business

   eCOST.com

    OnSale.com

    Consolidated

Net sales

   $ 774,621    $ 88,209     $ —       $ 862,830

Gross profit

     85,223      7,867       —         93,090

Operating income (loss)

     3,801      804       (267 )     4,338

Total assets

     146,349      2,303       708       149,360

 

10. Acquisitions

 

In July 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Wareforce, Inc. (“Wareforce”) through a United States Bankruptcy proceeding under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The Company paid initial consideration in the amount of approximately $9,000 to Wareforce’s creditors and $436 directly to Wareforce on the closing date in exchange for trade accounts receivable and inventory with an initial valuation of $10,900, as well as all fixed and intangible assets. In connection with these payments, the Company drew on its line of credit. The Company paid to Wareforce $768 as additional contractual consideration in September 2002. In connection with the acquisition, the Company hired substantially all of the sales and sales support employees of Wareforce, and recorded approximately $608 of definite-lived intangible assets with amortizable lives of five years. The Company considers Wareforce to be a part of the core business segment.

 

In April 2002, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Pacific Business Systems, Inc. (“PBS”), a privately held direct marketer of computer products to business and consumer customers under the ClubMac and PBS brands. Under the terms of the asset purchase agreement, the Company acquired PBS’ customer database, accounts receivable, inventory, certain fixed assets and certain intellectual property and has assumed certain liabilities equal to the negotiated values of acquired accounts receivable and inventory. In addition to certain liabilities assumed, the Company issued 300,000 shares of its common stock valued at approximately $1.3 million to PBS and agreed to a capped three year earn-out, whereby additional consideration may be paid to PBS based on the future results of the acquired business. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $804 of goodwill, and $200 of definite-lived intangible assets with amortizable lives between three and six years. For the year ended December 31, 2003 the Company recorded estimated additional purchase price consideration of $57 resulting from the earn-out. During 2004, the Company recorded an additional $544 of additional purchase price consideration resulting from the earn-out provision. The Company operates the acquired business as ClubMac, and considers this business to be a part of the core business segment. The acquisitions of Club Mac and Wareforce were intended to positively affect and enhance the Company’s current Corporate and consumer sales and earnings.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the acquired businesses had been combined with the Company at the beginning of 2002. The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of future combined operating results. The actual results of the acquired businesses since the respective dates of the acquisitions are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2002


 

Net sales

   $ 913,754  

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     6,499  

Net income (loss)

     (302 )

Weighted average shares – Basic

     10,654  
    


Weighted average shares – Diluted

     11,127  
    


Net earnings (loss) per share – Basic

        

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 0.61  

Net earning (loss) per share – Basic

   $ (0.03 )
    


Net earnings (loss) per share – Diluted

        

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 0.58  

Net earning (loss) per share – Diluted

   $ (0.03 )
    


 

11. eCOST.com, Inc. Initial Public Offering

 

On September 1, 2004, the Company’s eCOST.com subsidiary completed an initial public offering of its common stock. Following the initial public offering, the Company owned 80.2% of the outstanding common stock of eCOST.com. The Company has announced that it intends to distribute the remaining shares of eCOST.com to the Company’s stockholders approximately six months following completion of the eCOST.com IPO. Completion of the distribution is contingent upon the satisfaction or waiver of a variety of conditions, including, among other things, the receipt of a favorable opinion of the Company’s tax counsel as to the tax-free nature of the distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the distribution may not occur at the contemplated time or may not occur at all.

 

On September 1, 2004, the Company’s eCOST.com subsidiary completed the sale of 3,465,000 shares of its common stock for aggregate consideration of $20.1 million, less underwriting discounts and commissions of $1.4 million. The company incurred approximately $2.0 million of additional offering expenses in connection with the offering. No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of its directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates. The net proceeds of the offering after deducting its offering expenses was $16.7 million.

 

At the date of the initial public offering, the Company recorded a minority interest liability of $4.5 million representing the 19.8% interest in eCOST.com’s stockholders’ equity immediately following the IPO. The liability was offset by a corresponding reduction of additional paid-in-capital. Further, this liability was reduced by the 19.8% portion of eCOST.com’s net loss between the completion of the IPO date and the end of the fourth quarter of 2004, totaling $0.2 million.

 

12. Subsequent Events

 

On January 14, 2005, eCOST.com entered into a lease for approximately 163,632 of rentable square feet in a warehouse facility located in Memphis, Tennessee, in order to provide eCOST.com’s own inventory management and warehouse order fulfillment operations which are currently provided by the Company. The initial term of the lease is 70 months. Under the terms of the agreement, eCOST.com’s initial monthly base rent is approximately $22 per month, which will increase periodically over the term of the lease to approximately $39 with an option to renew the lease for a period of five years.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

On March 17, 2005, the Company’s board of directors approved the spin-off of eCOST.com and declared a special stock dividend to the Company’s stockholders to distribute all of the 14,000,000 outstanding shares of eCOST.com owned by the Company. The special stock dividend is expected to be payable on April 11, 2005 to the Company’s stockholders of record on March 28, 2005. Completion of the distribution is contingent upon the satisfaction or waiver of a variety of conditions, including: (i) the Company’s receipt of an opinion from its tax counsel that its contribution of assets to eCOST.com and the distribution, taken together, will qualify as a reorganization pursuant to which no gain or loss will be recognized by the Company or its stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code; (ii) the receipt of any material government approvals and consents necessary to consummate the distribution; (iii) the absence of any event or development that, in the sole judgment of the Company’s board of directors, would result in the distribution having a material adverse effect on the Company or its stockholders; and (iv) the absence of any order, injunction, decree or regulation issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibitions preventing the consummation of the distribution.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(unaudited, in thousands, except per share data)

 

     2004

 
     1 st Quarter

   2 nd Quarter

   3 rd Quarter

   4 th  Quarter(1)

 

Net sales

   $ 278,123    $ 270,496    $ 283,288    $ 325,346  

Gross profit

     35,257      34,723      34,946      40,540  

Net income

     136      707      210      (40 )

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.01    $ 0.06    $ 0.02    $ (0.00 )

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.01    $ 0.06    $ 0.02    $ (0.00 )
     2003

 
     1st Quarter

   2nd Quarter

   3rd Quarter

   4th Quarter

 

Net sales

   $ 234,796    $ 218,862    $ 231,996    $ 289,932  

Gross profit

     28,865      30,702      32,226      35,002  

Net income

     291      945      702      1,105  

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.03    $ 0.09    $ 0.07    $ 0.10  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.03    $ 0.08    $ 0.06    $ 0.09  

(1)

Includes adjustments to record amortization of $77, net of tax, related to customer relationship intangible assets and a reduction in revenues of $54, net of tax, related to software service advisor fees.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SCHEDULE II

 

PC MALL, INC.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(in thousands)

 

    

Balance

at

Beginning

of Year


  

Additions

Charged to

Operations


  

Deduction

from

Reserves


   

Balance

at End

of Year


Allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended:

                            

December 31, 2004

   $ 2,064    $ 2,600    $ (1,619 )   $ 3,045

December 31, 2003

     1,746      2,310      (1,992 )     2,064

December 31, 2002

     2,340      2,000      (2,594 )     1,746

Reserve for inventory for the year ended:

                            

December 31, 2004

   $ 1,506    $ 1,354    $ (838 )   $ 2,022

December 31, 2003

     773      1,650      (917 )     1,506

December 31, 2002

     972      2,846      (3,045 )     773

Sales returns reserve for the year ended:

                            

December 31, 2004

   $ 2,789    $ 39,225    $ (38,087 )   $ 3,927

December 31, 2003

     4,109      30,787      (32,107 )     2,789

December 31, 2002

     2,563      27,705      (26,159 )     4,109

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Torrance, State of California, on March 31, 2005.

 

PC MALL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ FRANK F. KHULUSI


   

Frank F. Khulusi

   

Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Frank F. Khulusi and Theodore R. Sanders, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/ FRANK F. KHULUSI


  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  March 31, 2005

Frank F. Khulusi

    

/s/ THEODORE R. SANDERS


  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 31, 2005

Theodore R. Sanders

    

/s/ MARK C. LAYTON


  

Director

  March 31, 2005

Mark C. Layton

    

/s/ THOMAS MALOOF


  

Director

  March 31, 2005

Thomas A. Maloof

    

/s/ RONALD B. RECK


  

Director

  March 31, 2005

Ronald B. Reck

    


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PC MALL, INC.

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number


 

Description


3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (1)

3.1(A)

 

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, dated June 1, 2000 (13)

3.1(B)

 

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, dated June 19, 2001 (14)

3.1(C)

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 13, 2002 (16)

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (13)

10.1*

 

Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Incentive Plan (amended as of June 19, 2002) (17)

10.2*

 

Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1995, between Creative Computers, Inc. and Frank F. Khulusi (1)

10.4*

 

Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1994, between Creative Computers, Inc. and Dan DeVries (1)

10.18*

 

Directors’ Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, amended and restated as of May 18, 1999 (7)

10.28

 

Authorized Apple Dealer U.S. Sales Agreement dated August 29, 1996; Authorized Apple Catalog Reseller Sales Agreement dated August 29, 1996; Dealer Apple Authorized Service Provider Agreement dated August 29, 1996; Apple Corporate Alliance Program Addendum to the Authorized Apple Dealer Sales Agreement dated August 29, 1996 (4)

10.43

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 7, 2001, between Congress Financial Corporation and IdeaMall, Inc. and Subsidiaries (13)

10.44

 

Agreement for Wholesale Financing dated March 15, 2001, between Deutsche Financial Services and IdeaMall, Inc. and Subsidiaries (13)

10.45*

 

Employment Agreement dated January 20, 2000 between the Company and Kristin M. Rogers (18)

10.47

 

First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Other Financing Agreements, dated as of August 23, 2003, among Congress Financial Corporation (Western), the Registrant and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant. (16)

10.48

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.(19)

10.49

 

Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 31, 2003, among Congress Financial Corporation (Western), the Registrant and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant (20)

10.50

 

Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 3, 2004, among Congress Financial Corporation (Western), the Registrant and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant. (21)

10.51

 

Wholesale Financing Agreement between PC Mall, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation dated March 17, 2003 (21)

10.52

 

First Amendment to Wholesale Financing Agreement between PC Mall, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation dated March 12, 2004 (21)


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

10.53

 

Second Amendment to Agreement between PC Mall, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation dated April 12, 2004 (21)

10.54

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Rob Newton, dated June 8, 2004 (22)

10.55

 

Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 31, 2003, among Congress Financial Corporation (Western), the Registrant and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant. (22)

10.56

 

Master Separation and Distribution Agreement between PC Mall, Inc. and eCOST.com, Inc. dated September 1, 2004 (23)

10.57

 

Tax Allocation and Indemnification Agreement between PC Mall, Inc. and eCOST.com, Inc. dated September 1, 2004 (23)

10.58

 

Employee Benefit Matters Agreement between PC Mall, Inc. and eCOST.com, Inc. dated September 1, 2004 (23)

10.59

 

Registration Rights Agreement between PC Mall, Inc. and eCOST.com, Inc. dated September 1, 2004 (23)

10.61

 

Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Full Acceleration upon change in control) (24)

10.62

 

Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Partial Acceleration upon change in control) (24)

10.63

 

Form of Lease Agreement between the Company and Anderson Tully Company, dated September 1, 2003 for the premises located at 4715 E. Shelby Drive, Memphis, TN

10.64

 

Form of Lease Agreement between the Company and Canaprev, Inc. dated June 11, 2003 for the premises located at 1100, University, 2nd Floor Montreal (Quebec) Canada.

10.65*

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Ted Sanders, effective March 22, 2005 (25)

10.66*

 

Summary of Executive Salary and Bonus Arrangements

10.67*

 

Summary of Director Compensation Arrangements

10.68*

 

Summary of Executive Bonus Plan

10.69*

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Rob Newton, dated March 22, 2005 (25)

10.70

 

Addendum to Lease Agreement between the Company and Canaprev, Inc. for premises located at 1100 University, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, dated January 26, 2004

21.1

 

Subsidiaries

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

31.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)

31.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

99.1

 

eCOST.com, Inc. Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(1)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (33-89572) declared effective on April 4, 1995.

(2)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(3)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(4)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1996 Form 10-K, filed with the Commission on March 31, 1997.

(5)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(6)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(7)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999, filed with the Commission on August 16, 1999.

(8)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(9)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(10)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(11)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(12)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(13)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, File Number 0-25790, for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed with the Commission on March 30, 2001.

(14)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2001, filed with the Commission on August 14, 2001.

(15)

 

Intentionally omitted.

(16)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002, filed with the Commission on November 14, 2002.

(17)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2002 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed with the Commission on June 24, 2002

(18)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, File Number 0-25790, for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed with the Commission on April 1, 2002.

(19)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, File Number 0-25790, for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed with the Commission on March 31, 2003.

(20)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, filed with the Commission on May 15, 2003.

(21)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, filed with the Commission on May 12, 2004.

(22)

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, filed with the Commission on August 4, 2004.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(23 )  

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on September 8, 2004.

(24 )  

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed with the Commission on November 15, 2004.

(25 )  

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 25, 2005.

EXHIBIT 10.63

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

(Multi-Tenant Facility)

 

ARTICLE ONE: BASIC TERMS.

 

This Article One contains the Basic Terms of this Lease between the Landlord and Tenant named below. Other Articles, Sections and Paragraphs of the Lease referred to in this Article One explain and define the Basic Terms and are to be read in conjunction with the Basic Terms.

 

Section 1.01. Date of Lease: October 2, 2003

 

Section 1.02. Landlord (include legal entity): Anderson-Tully Company, a Mississippi corporation,

 

Address of Landlord: 1242 North Second Street, Memphis, Tennessee 38107

 

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Section 1.03. Tenant: A-F SERVICES, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

Address of Tenant: 2555 West 190th Street, Torrance, California 90504, Attention Simon Abuyones

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Section 1.04. Property : The Property is part of Landlord’s multi-tenant real property development known as Shelby I, 4715 East Shelby Drive, Memphis, Tennessee 38118 and described or depicted in Exhibit “A” (the “Project”). The Project includes the land, the buildings and all other improvements located on the land, and the common areas described in Paragraph 4.05(a). The Property is (include street address, approximate square footage and description): approximately 212,000 square feet at Shelby I, 4715 East Shelby Drive, Memphis, Tennessee, as shown on Exhibit B.

 

Section 1.05. Lease Term: 40 months beginning on September 1, 2003, or such other date as is specified in this Lease, and ending on December 31, 2006.

 

Section 1.06. Permitted Uses (See Article Five): Office, warehouse and distribution of computers, electronic components or related equipment and other uses related to Tenant’s business.

 

Section 1.07. Tenant’s Guarantor (if none, so state): PC Mall, Inc.

 

Section 1.08. Broker(s) (See Article fourteen) (if none, so state):

 

Landlord’s Broker: CB Richard Ellis Memphis, LLC

 

Tenant’s Broker: None

 

1


Section 1.09. Commission payable to Landlord’s Broker (See Article Fourteen): per separate agreement

 

Section 1.10. Initial Security Deposit (See Section 3.03): None

 

Section 1.11. Vehicle Parking Spaces Allocated to Tenant: (See Section 4.05) _325_

 

Section 1.12. Rent and Other Charges Payable by Tenant:

 

(a) BASE RENT: for the period September 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003: THIRTY-FOUR THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED SIXTEEN AND 66/100 DOLLARS ($34,616.66) per month; for the period January 1, 2004 through December 31, 2006, FORTY-SEVEN THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FORTY SIX AND 67/100 DOLLARS ($47,346.67)

 

(b) OTHER PERIODIC PAYMENTS: (i) Real Property Taxes (See Section 4.02); (ii) Utilities (See Section 4.03); (iii) Insurance Premiums (See Section 4.04); (iv) Tenant’s Pro-Rata Share of Common Area Expenses: 65.23 percent (65.23%) (See Section 4.05); (v) Impounds for Insurance Premiums and Property Taxes ( if required pursuant to Section 4.08); (vi) Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations (See Article Six).

 

Section 1.13. Landlord’s Share of Profit on Assignment or Sublease: (See Section 9.05) Fifty percent (50%) of the profit (the “Landlord’s Share”).

 

Section 1.14. Riders: The following Riders are attached to and made a part of this Lease: (If none, so state) Addendum to Lease Agreement

 

ARTICLE TWO. LEASE TERM.

 

Section 2.01. Lease of Property for Lease Term. Landlord leases the Property from Landlord to Tenant and Tenant leases the Property from Landlord for the Lease Term. The Lease Term is for the period stated in Section 1.05 above and shall begin and end on the dates specified in Section 1.05 above, unless terminated or extended pursuant to the terms hereof. The “Commencement Date” shall be the date specified in Section 1.05 above for the beginning of the Lease Term. Section 2.02 Delay in Commencement. N/A

 

Section 2.03 Early Occupancy . N/A

 

Section 2.04 Holding Over. Tenant shall vacate the Property upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for and indemnify Landlord against all reasonable damages which Landlord incurs from Tenant’s delay in vacating the Property. If Tenant does not vacate the Property upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and Landlord thereafter accepts rent from Tenant, Tenant’s occupancy of the Property shall be a “month to month” tenancy, subject to all of the terms of this Lease applicable to a month-to-month tenancy, except that the Base Rent then in effect shall be increased by fifty percent (50%).

 

ARTICLE THREE: BASE RENT.

 

Section 3.01. Time and Manner of Payment. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord the Base Rent in the amount stated in Paragraph 1.12(a) above for the first

 

2


month of the Lease Term. On the first day of the second month of the Lease Term and each month thereafter, Tenant shall pay Landlord the Base Rent, in advance, without offset, deduction or prior demand. The Base Rent shall be payable at Landlord’s address or at such other place as Landlord may designate in writing.

 

Section 3.02 Cost of Living Increases . N/A

 

Section 3.03. Security Deposit; Increases.

 

(a) Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a cash Security Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 1.10 above, if any. Landlord may apply all or part of the Security Deposit to any unpaid rent or other charges due from Tenant or to cure any other defaults of Tenant. If Landlord uses any part of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit to its full amount within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request. Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material default under this Lease. No interest shall be paid on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts and no trust relationship is created with respect to the Security Deposit.

 

(b) Each time the Base Rent is increased, Tenant shall deposit additional funds with Landlord sufficient to increase the Security Deposit to an amount which bears the same relationship to the adjusted Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent.

 

Section 3.03. Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease under Article Seven (Damage or Destruction), Article Eight (Condemnation) or any other termination not resulting from Tenant’s default, and after Tenant has vacated the Property in the manner required by this Lease, Landlord shall refund or credit to Tenant (or Tenant’s successor) the unused portion of the Security Deposit, any advance rent or other advance payments made by Tenant to Landlord, and any amounts paid for real property taxes and other reserves which apply to any time periods after termination of the Lease.

 

ARTICLE FOUR: OTHER CHARGES PAYABLE BY TENANT.

 

Section 4.01. Additional Rent. All charges payable by Tenant, pursuant to this Article Four other than Base Rent are called “Additional Rent.” Unless this Lease provides otherwise, Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent then due with the next monthly installment of Base Rent. The term “rent” shall mean Base Rent and Additional Rent.

 

Section 4.02. Property Taxes.

 

(a) Real Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay all real property taxes on the Property (including any fees, taxes or assessments against, or as a result of, any tenant improvements installed on the Property by or for the benefit of Tenant) during the Lease Term. Subject to Paragraph 4.02(c) and Section 4.08 below, such payment shall be made to the applicable taxing authority at least ten (10) days prior to the delinquency date of the taxes. Within such ten (10)-

 

3


day period, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence that the real property taxes have been paid. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any real property taxes paid by Tenant covering any period of time prior to or after the Lease Term (except taxes paid under Tenant’s prior Lease of the Project). If Tenant fails to pay the real property taxes when due, Landlord may pay the taxes and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of such tax payment as Additional Rent.

 

(b) Definition of “Real Property Tax.” “Real Property Tax” means: (i) any fee, license fee, license tax, business license fee, commercial rental tax, levy charge, assessment, penalty or tax imposed by any taxing authority against the Property; (ii) any tax or charge for fire protection, streets, sidewalks, road maintenance, refuse or other services provided to the Property by any governmental agency; (iii) any tax imposed upon this transaction or based upon a re-assessment of the Property due to a change of ownership, as defined by applicable law, or other transfer of all or part of Landlord’s interest in the Property; and (iv) any charge or fee replacing any tax previously included within the definition of real property tax. “Real property tax” does not, however, include Landlord’s federal or state income, franchise, inheritance, estate taxes or any tax on the Landlord’s right to receive, or the receipt of, rent or income from the Property or against Landlord’s business of leasing the Property.

 

(c) Joint Assessment. If the Property is not separately assessed from the remainder of the Project, or any portion thereof, Landlord shall reasonably determine Tenant’s share of the real property tax payable by Tenant under Paragraph 4.02(a) from the assessor’s worksheets or other reasonably available information. Tenant shall pay such share to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s written statement.

 

(d) Personal Property Taxes .

 

(i) Tenant shall pay all taxes charged against trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment or any other personal property belonging to Tenant. Tenant shall try to have personal property taxed separately from the Property.

 

(ii) If any of Tenant’s personal property is taxed with the Property, but only to the extent Tenant does not pay such taxes to the applicable taxing authority pursuant to §4.02(a) above, Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes for the personal property within fifteen (15) days after Tenant receives a written statement from Landlord for such personal property taxes with copies of tax bills setting forth amount of taxes attributable to Tenant’s personal property.

 

Section 4.03. Utilities. Tenant shall pay, directly to the appropriate supplier, the cost of all natural gas, heat, light, power, sewer service, telephone, water, refuse disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Property. However, if any services or utilities are jointly metered with other property, Landlord shall make a reasonable determination of Tenant’s proportionate share of the cost of such utilities and services and Tenant shall pay such share to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s written statement.

 

4


Section 4.04. Insurance Policies.

 

(a) Liability Insurance. During the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain a policy of commercial general liability insurance (sometimes known as broad form comprehensive general liability insurance) insuring Tenant against liability for bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use of property) and personal injury arising out of the operation, use or occupancy of the Property. Tenant shall name Landlord as an additional insured under such policy. The initial amount of such insurance shall be ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and shall be subject to periodic increase based upon inflation, increased liability awards, recommendation of Landlord’s professional insurance advisers and other relevant factors. The liability insurance obtained by Tenant under this Paragraph 4.04(a) shall (i) be primary and non-contributing; (ii) contain cross-liability endorsements; and (iii) insure Tenant’s performance under Section 5.05, if the matters giving rise to the indemnity under Section 5.05 result from the negligence of Tenant. The amount and coverage of such insurance shall not limit Tenant’s liability nor relieve Tenant of any other obligations under this Lease. Landlord may also obtain comprehensive public liability insurance in an amount and with coverage determined by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion insuring Landlord against liability arising out of ownership, operation, use or occupancy of the Property. The policy obtained by Landlord shall not be contributory and shall not provide primary insurance.

 

(b) Property and Rental Income Insurance. During the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain policies of insurance covering loss of or damage to the Property in the full amount of its replacement value. Such policy shall contain an inflation Guard Endorsement and shall provide protection against all perils included within the classification of fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, special extended perils (all risk), sprinkler leakage and any other perils which Landlord deems reasonably necessary. Landlord shall have the right to obtain flood and earthquake insurance if required by any lender holding a security interest in the Property. Landlord shall not obtain insurance for Tenant’s fixtures or equipment or building improvements installed by Tenant on the Property. During the Lease Term, Landlord shall also maintain a rental income insurance policy, with loss payable to Landlord, in an amount equal to one (1) year’s Base Rent, plus estimated real property taxes and insurance premiums. Tenant shall be liable for the payment of any deductible amount under Landlord’s or Tenant’s insurance policies maintained pursuant to this Section 4.04, in an amount not to exceed TWENTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($20,000.00). Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done which invalidates any such insurance policies.

 

5


(c) Payment of Premiums. Subject to Section 4.08, Tenant shall pay all premiums for the insurance policies described in Paragraphs 4.04(a) and (b) (whether obtained by Landlord or Tenant) within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of a copy of the premium statement or other evidence of the amount due, except Landlord shall pay all premiums for non-primary comprehensive public liability insurance which Landlord elects to obtain as provided in Paragraph 4.04(a). If insurance policies maintained by Landlord cover improvements on real property other than the Property, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the premium applicable to the Property showing in reasonable detail how Tenant’s share of the premium was computed. If the Lease Term expires before the expiration of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord, Tenant shall be liable for Tenant’s prorated share of the insurance premiums. Before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any policy of insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Section 4.04. At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a renewal of such policy. As an alternative to providing a policy of insurance, Tenant shall have the right to provide Landlord a certificate of insurance, executed by an authorized officer of the insurance company, showing that the insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Section 4.04 is in full force and effect and containing such other information which Landlord reasonably requires.

 

(d) General Insurance Provisions .

 

(i) Any insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease shall include a provision which requires the insurance carrier to give Landlord not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to any cancellation or modification of such coverage.

 

(ii) If Tenant fails to deliver a policy, certificate or renewal to Landlord required under this Lease within the prescribed time period or if any such policy is cancelled or modified during the Lease Term without Landlord’s consent, Landlord may obtain such insurance, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such insurance within fifteen (15) days after receipt of a statement that indicates the cost of such insurance.

 

(iii) Any insurance required to be provided by Tenant under this Section 4.04 may be provided by blanket or umbrella coverage covering Tenant’s operations at the Property as well as at other locations; provided that all coverage amounts required under this Section 4.04 shall remain available at all times for coverage of claims related to the Property or Tenant’s operation thereon. Tenant shall maintain all insurance required under this Lease with companies holding a “General Policy Rating” of A-12 or better, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best Key Rating Guide”. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge the insurance markets are rapidly changing and that insurance in the form and amounts described in this Section 4.04 may not be available in the future. Tenant acknowledges that the insurance described in this Section 4.04 is for the primary benefit of Landlord. If at any time during the Lease Term, Tenant is unable to

 

6


maintain the insurance required under the Lease, Tenant shall nevertheless maintain insurance coverage which is customary and commercially reasonable in the insurance industry for Tenant’s type of business, as that coverage may change from time to time. Landlord makes no representation as to the adequacy of such insurance to protect Landlord’s or Tenant’s interests. Therefore, Tenant shall obtain any such additional property or liability insurance which Tenant deems necessary to protect Landlord and Tenant.

 

(iv) Unless prohibited under any applicable insurance policies maintained, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other, or against the officers, employees, agents or representatives of the other, for loss of or damage to its property or the property of others under its control, if such loss or damage is covered by any insurance policy in force (whether or not described in this Lease) at the time of such loss or damage. Upon obtaining the required policies of insurance, Landlord and Tenant shall give notice to the insurance carriers of this mutual waiver of subrogation.

 

Section 4.05. Common Areas: Use, Maintenance and Costs.

 

(a) Common Areas. As used in this Lease, “Common Areas” shall mean all areas within the Project which are available for the common use of tenants of the Project and which are not leased or held for the exclusive use of Tenant or other tenants, including, but not limited to, parking areas, driveways, sidewalks, loading areas, access roads, corridors, landscaping and planted areas. Landlord, from time to time but subject to compliance with all applicable zoning and land use regulations, ordinances or requirements, may change the size, location, nature and use of any of the Common Areas, convert Common Areas into leasable areas, construct additional parking facilities (including parking structures) in the Common Areas, and increase or decrease Common Area land and/or facilities Tenant acknowledges that such activities may result in an increase or decrease in Common Area Land or facilities. Tenant acknowledges that such activities may result in inconvenience to Tenant. Such activities are permitted if they do not materially affect Tenant’s use of the Property. Common Areas shall also include the Property’s share of the Project’s share of landscape maintenance and street sweeping expenses for Southpoint Industrial Park. The Project’s share of landscape maintenance and street sweeping expenses for Southpoint Industrial Park is currently approximately 6.09%.

 

(b) Use of Common Areas. Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right (in common with other tenants and all others to whom Landlord has granted or may grant such rights) to use the Common Areas for the purposes intended, subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may establish from time to time. Tenant shall abide by such rules and regulations and shall use its best effort to cause others who use the Common Areas with Tenant’s express or implied permission to abide by Landlord’s rules and regulations. At any time, Landlord may close any Common Areas to perform any acts in the Common Areas as, in Landlord’s judgment, are desirable to improve the Project. Tenant shall not interfere with the rights of Landlord, other tenants or any other person entitled to use the Common Areas.

 

7


(c) Specific Provision re: Vehicle Parking. Tenant shall be entitled to use the number of vehicle parking spaces in the Project allocated to Tenant in Section 1.11 of the Lease without paying any additional rent. Tenant’s parking shall not be reserved, shall be located adjacent to the Property and shall be limited to vehicles no larger than standard size automobiles or pickup utility vehicles. Tenant shall not cause large trucks or other large vehicles to be parked within the Project or on the adjacent public streets. Temporary parking of large delivery vehicles in the Project may be permitted by the rules and regulations established by Landlord. Vehicles shall be parked only in striped parking spaces and not in driveways, loading areas or other locations not specifically designated for parking. Handicapped spaces shall only be used by those legally permitted to use them. If Tenant knowingly permits use by its employees or invitees of parking spaces in excess of the number set forth in Section 1.11 of this Lease, and such excess parking persists for more than ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord, such conduct shall be a material breach of this Lease. In such event, in addition to Landlord’s other remedies under the Lease, Tenant shall pay a daily charge determined by Landlord for each such additional vehicle if Landlord can reasonably demonstrate that vehicles being parked in the parking area of the Project on a recurring basis and belong to Tenant or to one of Tenant’s employees or invitees.

 

(d) Maintenance of Common Areas. Landlord shall maintain the Common Areas in good order, condition and repair (including snow removal) and shall operate the Project, in Landlord’s sole discretion, as a first-class industrial/commercial real property development. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s pro rata share (as determined below) of all costs incurred by Landlord for the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas. Common Area costs include, but are not limited to, costs and expenses for the following: gardening and landscaping; snow removal; utilities, water and sewage charges; maintenance of signs (other than tenants’ signs); premiums for liability, property damage, fire and other types of casualty insurance on the Common Areas and all Common Area improvements; all property taxes and assessments levied on or attributable to the Common Areas and all Common Area improvements; all personal property taxes levied on or attributable to personal property used in connection with the Common Areas; rental or lease payments paid by Landlord for rented or leased personal property used in the operation or maintenance of the Common Areas; fees for required licenses and permits; repairing, resurfacing, repaving, maintaining, painting, lighting, cleaning, refuse removal, security and similar items; reasonable reserves for roof replacement and exterior painting and other appropriate reserves; and a reasonable allowance to Landlord for Landlord’s supervision of the Common Areas which shall be fixed for the term of this lease at six cents ($.06) per square foot

 

8


per year payable in the same manner as other items composing Additional Rent. Landlord may cause any or all of such services to be provided by third parties and the cost of such services shall be included in Common Area Costs; provided however, that if any such services are provided by affiliates or subsidiaries of Landlord, the cost of such services to be included in Common Area maintenance costs shall be limited to the cost for obtaining such services if rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis (based upon a standard of similar buildings in the general area of the Property.) Common Area costs shall not include depreciation of real property which forms part of the Common Areas, marketing or leasing commission costs, attorneys’ fees or other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants (except Tenant) of the Project.

 

(e) Tenant’s Share and Payment. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s annual pro rata share of all Common Area costs (prorated for any fractional month) as set forth in this Section 4.05(e) . Tenant’s pro rata share has been calculated by dividing the square foot area of the Property, as set forth in Section 1.04 of the Lease, by the aggregate square foot area of the Project which is leased or held for lease by tenants. Tenant’s pro rata share is set out in Paragraph 1.12(b). Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Tenant’s Prorata Share as set forth in Section 1.12(b) above is true and correct and has been calculated in accordance with IRAM standards in effect as of the date of this Lease. Landlord shall estimate in advance and charge to Tenant as Common Area costs, all real property taxes for which Tenant is liable under Section 4.02 of the Lease, all insurance premiums for which Tenant is liable under Section 4.04 of the Lease, all maintenance and repair costs for which Tenant is liable under Section 6.04 of the Lease, and all other Common Area costs payable by Tenant hereunder. Such statements of estimated Common Area costs shall be delivered monthly, and Tenant shall pay such installments of estimated Common Area costs on a monthly basis. Landlord may adjust such estimates of estimated Common Area costs based upon Landlord’s experience and reasonable anticipation of costs not more often than twice per year. Such adjustments shall be effective as of the next rent payment date after notice to Tenant. Within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year of the Lease Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles setting forth, in reasonable detail, the Common Area costs paid or incurred by Landlord during the preceding calendar year and Tenant’s pro rata share. Upon receipt of such statement, there shall be an adjustment between Landlord and Tenant, with payment to or credit given by Landlord (as the case may be) so that Landlord shall receive the entire amount of Tenant’s share of such costs and expenses for such period. Any further payment due to Landlord shall be due and payable with tenant’s next monthly payment of Base Rent. In the event that Tenant is entitled to a credit, such credit may be offset against Tenant’s next monthly rental payment.

 

9


Section 4.06. Late Charges. Tenant’s failure to pay rent promptly may cause Landlord to incur unanticipated costs. The exact amount of such costs are impractical or extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs may include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed encumbering the Property. Therefore, if Landlord does not receive any rent payment within ten (10) days after it becomes due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to three percent (3.0%) of the overdue amount. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of such late payment.

 

Section 4.07. Interest on Past Due Obligations. Any amount owed by Tenant to Landlord which is not paid within ten (10) days after its due date shall bear interest at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum from the due date of such amount. However, interest shall not be payable on late charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease. The payment of interest on such amounts shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. If the interest rate specified in this Lease is higher than the rate permitted by law, the interest rate is hereby decreased to the maximum legal interest rate permitted by law.

 

Section 4.08. Impounds for Insurance Premiums and Real Property Taxes. If requested by any ground lessor or lender to whom Landlord has granted a security interest in the Property, or if Tenant is more than ten (10) days late in the payment of rent more than once in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall pay Landlord a sum equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual real property taxes and insurance premiums payable directly by Tenant under this Lease, together with each payment of Base Rent. Landlord shall hold such payments in a non-interest bearing impound account and shall apply such amounts to payment of such property taxes or insurance premiums prior to the due date thereof. If unknown, Landlord shall reasonably estimate the amount of real property taxes and insurance premiums when due. Tenant shall pay any deficiency of funds in the impound account to any obligation then due under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE FIVE: USE OF PROPERTY.

 

Section 5.01. Permitted Uses. Tenant may use the Property only for the Permitted Uses set forth in Section 1.06 above.

 

Section 5.02. Manner of Use. Tenant shall not cause or permit the Property to be used in any way which constitutes a violation of any law, ordinance, or governmental regulation or order, which annoys or interferes with the rights of other tenants of the Project, or which constitutes a nuisance or waste. Tenant shall obtain and pay for all permits, including a Certificate of Occupancy, required for Tenant’s occupancy of the Property and shall promptly take all actions necessary to comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations,

 

10


orders and requirements regulating the use by Tenant of the Property, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the Property, as of the date on which Tenant first commenced occupancy of the Property under the prior lease, complied with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and requirements applicable thereto. Tenant accepts the property in its current condition and acknowledges that Landlord shall have no liability for ensuring compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”) for the interior of the Property or any of Tenant’s improvements. Landlord shall maintain all exterior and common elements in compliance with ADA.

 

Section 5.03. Hazardous Materials. As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Material” means any flammable items, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous or toxic substances, material or waste or related materials, included in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazardous materials” or “toxic substances” now or subsequently regulated under any applicable federal, state or local laws or regulations, including, without limitation petroleum-based products, paints, solvents, lead, cyanide, DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides, ammonia compounds and other chemical products, asbestos, PCBs and similar compounds, and including any different products and materials which are subsequently found to have adverse effects on the environment or the health and safety of persons. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be generated, produced, brought upon, used, stored, treated or disposed of in or about the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, sublessees other than in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business and in strict compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials rules, regulations and laws without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to take into account such other factors or facts as Landlord may reasonably determine to be relevant in determining whether to grant or withhold consent to Tenant’s proposed activity with respect to Hazardous Material. In no event, however, shall Landlord be required to consent to the installation or use of any storage tanks on the Property.

 

Section 5.04. Signs and Auctions. Tenant shall not place any signs on the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits and governmental approval for operation of any retail sales or auctions on the Property.

 

Section 5.05. Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from any and all costs, claims or liability arising from: (a) Tenant’s use of the Property; (b) the conduct of Tenant’s business or anything else done or permitted by Tenant to be done in or about the Property, including any contamination of the Property or any other property resulting from the presence or use of Hazardous Material caused or permitted by Tenant; (c) any breach or default in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; or (d) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by Tenant under this Lease; (e) other negligent acts or

 

11


omissions of Tenant. Tenant shall defend Landlord against any such cost, claim or liability at Tenant’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord’s election, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any reasonable legal fees or costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such claim. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Property arising from any cause, other than Landlord’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord, except for any claim arising out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. As used in this Section, the term “Tenant” shall include Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors and invitees, if applicable.

 

Section 5.06. Landlord’s Access. Landlord or its agents may enter the Property at all reasonable times to show the Property to potential buyers, investors or tenants or other parties; to do any other act or to inspect and conduct tests in order to monitor Tenant’s compliance with all applicable environmental laws and all laws governing the presence and use of Hazardous Material; or for any other purpose Landlord deems necessary. Landlord shall give Tenant not less than 24 hours prior notice of such entry, except in the case of an emergency. Landlord may place customary “For Sale” or “For Lease” signs on the Property.

 

Section 5.07. Quiet Possession. If Tenant pays the rent and complies with all other terms of this Lease, Tenant may occupy and enjoy the Property for the full Lease Term, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE SIX: CONDITION OF PROPERTY; MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

 

Section 6.01. Existing Conditions. Tenant accepts the Property in its condition as of the execution of the Lease, subject to all recorded matters, laws, ordinances, and governmental regulations and orders. Except as provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation as to the condition of the Property or the suitability of the Property for Tenant’s intended use. Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has made its own inspection of and inquiry regarding the condition of the Property and is not relying on any representations of Landlord or any Broker with respect thereto. If Landlord or Landlord’s Broker has provided a Property Information Sheet or other Disclosure Statement regarding the Property, a copy is attached as an exhibit to the Lease.

 

Section 6.02. Exemption of Landlord from Liability. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury to the person, business (or any loss of income therefrom), goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, invitees, customers or any other person in or about the Property, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from: (a) fire, steam, electricity, water, gas or rain; (b) the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects

 

12


of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures or any other cause; (c) conditions arising in or about the Property or upon other portions of the Project, or from other sources or places; or (d) any act or omission of any other tenant of the Project. Landlord shall not be liable for any such damage or injury even though the cause of or the means of repairing such damage or injury are not accessible to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 6.02 shall not, however, exempt Landlord from liability for Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 6.03. Landlord’s Obligations.

 

(a) Except as provided in Article Seven (Damage or Destruction) and Article Eight (Condemnation), Landlord shall keep the following in good order, condition and repair: the foundations, exterior walls and roof of the Property (including painting the exterior surface of the exterior walls of the Property not more than once every five (5) years, if necessary, and all components of electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems and facilities located in the Property which are concealed or used in common by tenants of the Project. However, Landlord shall not be obligated to maintain or repair windows, doors, plate glass or the interior surfaces of exterior walls. Landlord shall make repairs under this Section 6.03 within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from Tenant of the need for such repairs.

 

(b) Tenant shall pay or reimburse Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs under Paragraph 6.03(a) above as Common Area costs as provided for in Section 4.05 of the Lease. Tenant waives the benefit of any statute in effect now or in the future which might give Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease due to Landlord’s failure to keep the Property in good order, condition and repair.

 

Section 6.04. Tenant’s Obligations.

 

(a) Except as provided in Section 6.03(a) above, Article Seven (Damage Destruction) and Article Eight (Condemnation), Tenant shall keep all portions of the Property (including, nonstructural, interior, exterior, and landscaped areas, portions, systems and equipment) in good order, condition and repair (including interior repainting and refinishing, as needed). If any portion of the Property or any system or equipment in the Property which Tenant is obligated to repair cannot be fully repaired or restored, Tenant shall promptly replace such portion of the Property or system or equipment or equipment in the Property, and provided however if the benefit or useful life of such replacement extends beyond the Lease Term (as such term may be extended by exercise of any options), the useful life of such replacement shall be prorated over the remaining portion of the Lease Term (as extended), and Tenant shall be liable only for that portion of the cost which is applicable to the Lease Term (as extended). Tenant shall maintain a preventive maintenance contract providing for the regular inspection and maintenance of the

 

13


heating and air conditioning system by a licensed heating and air conditioning contractor. If any part of the Property is damaged by any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of repairing or replacing such damaged property, whether or not Landlord would otherwise be obligated to pay the cost of maintaining or repairing such property. It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that at all times Tenant shall maintain the portions of the Property which Tenant is obligated to maintain in an attractive, first-class and fully operative condition.

 

(b) Tenant shall fulfill all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 6.04, at Tenant’s sole expense. If Tenant fails to maintain, repair or replace the Property as required by this Section 6.04, Landlord may, upon ten (10) days’ prior notice to Tenant (except that no notice shall be required in the case of an emergency), enter the Property and perform such maintenance or repair (including replacement, as needed) on behalf of Tenant. In such case, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs reasonably incurred in performing such maintenance or repair immediately upon demand.

 

Section 6.05. Alterations, Additions, and Improvements.

 

(a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements to the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, except for non-structural alterations which do not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) in cost cumulatively over the Lease Term and which are not visible from the outside of any building of which the Property is part. Landlord may require Tenant to provide demolition and/or lien and completion bonds in form and amount satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly remove any alterations, additions, or improvements constructed in violation of this Paragraph 6.05(a) upon Landlord’s written request. All alterations, additions, and improvements shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformity with all applicable laws and regulations, and by a contractor approved by Landlord. Upon completion of any such work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with “as built” plans, copies of all construction contracts, and proof of payment for all labor and materials.

 

(b) Tenant shall pay when due all claims for labor and material furnished to the Property. Tenant shall give Landlord at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the commencement of any work on the Property, regardless of whether Landlord’s consent to such work is required. Landlord may elect to record and post notices of non-responsibility on the Property.

 

Section 6.06. Condition upon Termination. Upon the termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Property to Landlord, broom clean and in the same condition as received except for ordinary wear and tear which Tenant was not otherwise obligated to remedy under any provision of this Lease. However, Tenant shall not be obligated to repair any damage which Landlord is required to repair under Article Seven (Damage or Destruction). In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to remove any alterations, additions or improvements (whether or

 

14


not made with Landlord’s consent) prior to the expiration of the Lease and to restore the Property to its prior condition, all at Tenant’s expense. All alterations, additions and improvements which Landlord has not required Tenant to remove shall become Landlord’s property and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, except that Tenant may remove any of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, machinery or equipment which can be removed without material damage to the Property. Tenant shall repair, at Tenant’s expense, any damage to the Property caused by the removal of any such machinery or equipment. In no event, however, shall Tenant remove any of the following materials or equipment (which shall be deemed Landlord’s property) without Landlord’s prior written consent; any power wiring or power panels; lighting or lighting fixtures; wall coverings; drapes, blinds or other window coverings; carpets or other floor coverings; heaters, air conditioners or any other heating or air conditioning equipment; fencing or security gates; or other similar building operating equipment and decorations.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN: DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

 

Section 7.01. Partial Damage to Property .

 

(a) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any material damage to the Property. If the Property is only partially damaged (i.e., less than fifty percent (50%) of the Property is untenantable as a result of such damage or less than fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s operations are materially impaired) and if the proceeds received by Landlord from the insurance policies described in Paragraph 4.04(b) are sufficient to pay for the necessary repairs, this Lease shall remain in effect and Landlord shall repair the damage as soon as reasonably possible. Landlord may elect (but is not required) to repair any damage to Tenant’s fixtures, equipment, or improvements.

 

(b) If the insurance proceeds received by Landlord are not sufficient to pay the entire cost of repair, or if the cause of the damage is not covered by the insurance policies which Landlord maintains under Paragraph 4.04(b), Landlord may elect either to (i) repair the damage as soon as reasonably possible, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease as of the date the damage occurred. Landlord shall notify Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the occurrence of the damage whether Landlord elects to repair the damage or terminate the Lease. If Landlord elects to terminate the Lease, Tenant may elect to continue this Lease in full force and effect, in which case Tenant shall repair any damage to the Property and any building in which the Property is located. Tenant shall pay the cost of such repairs, except that upon satisfactory completion of such repairs, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant any insurance proceeds received by Landlord for the damage repaired by Tenant. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such election within ten (10) days after receiving Landlord’s termination notice.

 

15


(c) If the damage to the Property occurs during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term and such damage will require more than thirty (30) days to repair, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as of the date the damage occurred, regardless of the sufficiency of any insurance proceeds. The party electing to terminate this Lease shall give written notification to the other party of such election within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord of the occurrence of the damage.

 

Section 7.02. Substantial or Total Destruction. If the Property is substantially or totally destroyed by any cause whatsoever (i.e., the damage to the Property is greater than partial damage as described in Section 7.01), and regardless of whether Landlord receives any insurance proceeds, this Lease shall terminate as of the date the destruction occurred. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Property can be rebuilt within six (6) months after the date of destruction, Landlord may elect to rebuild the Property at Landlord’s own expense, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Landlord shall notify Tenant of such election within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s notice of the occurrence of total or substantial destruction. If Landlord so elects, Landlord shall rebuild the Property at Landlord’s sole expense, except that if the destruction was caused by an act or omission of Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference between the actual cost of rebuilding and any insurance proceeds received by Landlord.

 

Section 7.03. Temporary Reduction of Rent. If the Property is partially, substantially or totally destroyed or damaged and Landlord or Tenant repairs or restores the Property pursuant to the provisions of this Article Seven, any rent payable during the period of such damage, repair and/or restoration shall be reduced according to the degree, if any, to which Tenant’s use of the Property is impaired. However, the reduction shall not exceed the sum of one year’s payment of Base Rent, insurance premiums and real property taxes. Except for such possible reduction in Base Rent, insurance premiums and real property taxes, Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation, reduction, or reimbursement from Landlord as a result of any damage, destruction, repair, or restoration of or to the Property.

 

Section 7.04. Waiver. Tenant waives the protection of any statute, code or judicial decision which grants a tenant the right to terminate a lease in the event of the substantial or total destruction of the leased property. Tenant agrees that the provisions of Section 7.02 above shall govern the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant in the event of any substantial or total destruction to the Property.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT: CONDEMNATION

 

If all or any portion of the Property is taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of that power (all of which are called “Condemnation”), this Lease shall

 

16


terminate as to the part taken or sold on the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever occurs first. If more than twenty percent (20%) of the floor area of the Property, or such other portion of the parking or loading areas or accessways that directly service Tenant’s operations so as to materially impair Tenant’s use of the Premises for its intended use, is taken, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, by delivering written notice to the other within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority takes title or possession). If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease, this Lease shall remain in effect as to the portion of the Property not taken, except that the Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in the floor area of the Property or impairment of Tenant’s use thereof. Any Condemnation award or payment shall be distributed in the following order: (a) first, to any ground lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary under a deed of trust encumbering the Property, the amount of its interest in the Property; (b) second, to Tenant, only the amount of any award specifically designated for loss of or damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures or removable personal property; and (c) third, to Landlord, the remainder of such award, whether as compensation for reduction in the value of the leasehold, the taking of the fee, or otherwise. If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall repair any damage to the Property caused by the Condemnation, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage for which Tenant has been reimbursed by the condemning authority. If the severance damages received by Landlord are not sufficient to pay for such repair, Landlord shall have the right to either terminate this Lease or make such repair at Landlord’s expense.

 

ARTICLE NINE: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

Section 9.01. Landlord’s Consent Required. No portion of the Property or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease may be acquired by any other person or entity, whether by sale, assignment, mortgage, sublease, transfer, operation of law, or act of Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, except as provided in Section 9.02 below. Landlord has the right to grant or withhold its consent as provided in Section 9.05 below. Any attempted transfer without consent shall be void and shall constitute a non-curable breach of this Lease. If Tenant is a partnership, any cumulative transfer of more than twenty percent (20%) of the partnership interests shall require Landlord’s consent. Subject to Section 9.02 below, Tenant is a corporation, any change in the ownership of a controlling interest of the voting stock of the corporation shall require Landlord’s consent.

 

Section 9.02. Tenant Affiliate. Tenant may assign this Lease or sublease the Property, without Landlord’s consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or is under

 

17


common control with Tenant, or to any corporation resulting from the merger of or consolidation with Tenant (“Tenant’s Affiliate”). In such case, any Tenant’s Affiliate shall assume writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

Section 9.03. No Release of Tenant. No transfer permitted by this Article Nine, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall release Tenant or change Tenant’s primary liability to pay the rent and to perform all other obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord’s acceptance of rent from any other person is not a waiver of any provision of this Article Nine. Consent to one transfer is not a consent to any subsequent transfer. If Tenant’s transferee defaults under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without pursuing remedies against the transferee. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or modifications of this Lease by Tenant’s transferee, without notifying Tenant or obtaining its consent. Such action shall not relieve Tenant’s liability under this Lease provided however, that if any amendment or modification of the Lease entered into without Tenant’s consent increases the obligations or liabilities of Tenant hereunder, such amendment or modification shall not be enforceable against Tenant.

 

Section 9.04. Offer to Terminate. If Tenant desires to assign the Lease or sublease the Property, Tenant shall have the right to offer, in writing, to terminate the Lease as of a date specified in the offer. If Landlord elects in writing to accept the offer to terminate within twenty (20) days after notice of the offer, the Lease shall terminate as of the date specified and all the terms and provisions of the Lease governing termination shall apply. If Landlord does not so elect, the Lease shall continue in effect until otherwise terminated and the provisions of Section 9.05 with respect to any proposed transfer shall continue to apply.

 

Section 9.05. Landlord’s Consent.

 

(a) Tenant’s request for consent to any transfer described in Section 9.01 shall set forth in writing the details of the proposed transfer, including the name, business and financial condition of the prospective transferee, financial details of the proposed transfer (e.g., the term of and the rent and security deposit payable under any proposed assignment or sublease). Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide any other information Landlord deems reasonably relevant. Landlord shall have the right to withhold consent, if reasonable, or to grant consent, based on the following factors: (i) the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the proposed use of the Property: (ii) the net worth and financial reputation of the proposed assignee or subtenant: (iii) Tenant’s compliance with all of its obligations under the Lease: and (iv) such other factors as Landlord may reasonably deem relevant. If landlord objects to a proposed assignment solely because of the net worth and/or financial reputation of the proposed assignee, Tenant may nonetheless sublease (but not assign), all or a portion of the Property to the proposed transferee, but only on the other terms of the proposed transfer.

 

18


(b) If Tenant assigns or subleases, the following shall apply:

 

(i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under the Lease the Landlord’s Share (stated in Section 1.13) of the Profit (defined below) on such transaction as and when received by Tenant, unless Landlord gives written notice to Tenant and the assignee or subtenant that Landlord’s Share shall be paid by the assignee or subtenant to Landlord directly. The “Profit” means (A) all amounts paid to Tenant for such assignment or sublease, including “key” money, monthly rent in excess of the monthly rent payable under the Lease, and all fees and other consideration paid for the assignment or sublease, including fees under any collateral agreements, less (B) costs and expenses directly incurred by Tenant in connection with the execution and performance of such assignment or sublease, including real estate broker’s commissions and legal fees, costs of renovation or construction of tenant improvements required under such assignment or sublease. Tenant is entitled to recover such cost and expenses before Tenant is obligated to pay the Landlord’s Share to Landlord. The Profit in the case of a sublease of less than all the Property is the rent allocable to the subleased space as a percentage on a square footage basis.

 

(ii) Tenant shall provide Landlord a written statement certifying all amounts to be paid from any assignment or sublease of the Property within thirty (30) days after the transaction documentation is signed, and Landlord may inspect Tenant’s books and records to verify the accuracy of such statement. On written request, Tenant shall promptly furnish to Landlord copies of all the transaction documentation, all of which shall be certified by Tenant to be complete, true and correct. Landlord’s receipt of Landlord’s Share shall not be consent to any further assignment or subletting. The breach of Tenant’s obligation under this Paragraph 9.05(b) shall be a material default of the Lease.

 

Section 9.06. No Merger. No merger shall result from Tenant’s sublease of the Property under this Article Nine, Tenant’s surrender of this Lease or the termination of this Lease in any other manner. In any such event, Landlord may terminate any or all subtenancies or succeed to the interest of Tenant as sublandlord under any or all subtenancies.

 

ARTICLE TEN: DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

 

Section 10.01. Covenants and Conditions . Tenant’s performance of each of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease is a condition as well as a covenant. Tenant’s right to continue in possession of the Property is conditioned upon such performance. Time is of the essence in the performance of all covenants and conditions.

 

19


Section 10.02. Defaults . Tenant shall be in material default under this Lease:

 

(a) If Tenant abandons the Property or if Tenant’s vacation of the Property results in the cancellation of any insurance described in Section 4.04;

 

(b) If Tenant fails to pay rent or any other charge within ten (10) days after such payment is due;

 

(c) If Tenant fails to perform any of Tenant’s non-monetary obligations under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord; provided that if more than thirty (30) days are required to complete such performance, Tenant shall not be in default if Tenant commences such performance within the thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently pursues its completion. However, Landlord shall not be required to give such notice if Tenant’s failure to perform constitutes a non-curable breach of this Lease. The notice required by this Paragraph is intended to satisfy any and all notice requirements imposed by law on Landlord and is not in addition to any such requirement.

 

(d)(i) If Tenant makes a general assignment or general arrangement for the benefit of creditors; (ii) if a petition for adjudication of bankruptcy or for reorganization or rearrangement is filed by or against Tenant and is not dismissed within thirty (30) days; (iii) if a trustee or receiver is appointed to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Property or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease and possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) if substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Property or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease is subjected to attachment, execution or other judicial seizure which is not discharged within thirty (30) days. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the acts described in this subparagraph (d) is not a default under this Lease, and a trustee is appointed to take possession (or if Tenant remains a debtor in possession) and such trustee of Tenant transfers Tenant’s interest hereunder, then Landlord shall receive, as Additional Rent, the excess, if any, of the rent (or any other consideration) paid in connection with such assignment or sublease over the rent payable by Tenant under this Lease.

 

(e) If any guarantor of the Lease revokes or otherwise terminates, or purports to revoke or otherwise terminate, any guaranty of all or any portion of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided, no guaranty of the Lease is revocable.

 

Section 10.03. Remedies. On the occurrence of any material default by Tenant, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have:

 

(a) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Property by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Property to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which Landlord had

 

20


earned at the time of the termination; (ii) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which Landlord would have earned after termination until the time of the award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves Landlord could have reasonably avoided;(iii) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Base Rent, and other charges which Tenant would have paid for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves Landlord could have reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under the Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses Landlord incurs in maintaining or preserving the Property after such default, the cost of recovering possession of the Property, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation or alteration of the Property, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fee incurred in connection therewith, and any real estate commission paid or payable. As used in subparts (i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of the award” is computed by allowing interest on unpaid amounts at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, or such lesser amount as may then be the maximum lawful rate. As used in subpart (iii) above, the “worth at the time of the award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award, plus one percent (1%) (but in no event less than 1%). If Tenant has abandoned the Property, Landlord shall have the option of (i) retaking possession of the Property and recovering from Tenant the amount specified in this Paragraph 10.03(a), or (ii) proceeding under Paragraph 10.03(b);

 

(b) Maintain Tenant’s right to possession, in which case this Lease shall continue in effect whether or not Tenant has abandoned the Property. In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due;

 

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the state in which the Property is located.

 

Section 10.04. Repayment of “Free” Rent. If this Lease provides for a postponement of any monthly rental payments, a period of “free” rent or other rent concession, such postponed rent or “free” rent is called the “Abated Rent”. Tenant shall be credited with having paid all of the Abated Rent on the expiration of the Lease Term only if Tenant has fully, faithfully, and punctually performed all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, including the payment of all rent (other than the Abated Rent) and all other monetary obligations and the surrender of the Property in the physical condition required by this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that its right to receive credit for the Abated Rent is absolutely conditioned upon Tenant’s full, faithful and punctual performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults and does not cure within any

 

21


applicable grace period, the Abated Rent shall immediately become due and payable in full and this Lease shall be enforced as if there were no such rent abatement or other rent concession. In such case, Abated Rent shall be calculated based on the full initial rent payable under this Lease.

 

Section 10.05. Automatic Termination. Notwithstanding any other term or provision hereof to the contrary, the Lease shall terminate on the occurrence of any act which affirms the Landlord’s intention to terminate the Lease as provided in Section 10.03 hereof, including the filing of an unlawful detainer action against Tenant. On such termination, Landlord’s damages for default shall include all costs and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees that Landlord incurs in connection with the filing, commencement, pursuing and/or defending of any action in any bankruptcy court or other court with respect to the Lease; the obtaining of relief from any stay in bankruptcy restraining any action to evict Tenant; or the pursuing of any action with respect to Landlord’s right to possession of the Property. All such damages suffered (apart from Base Rent and other rent payable hereunder) shall constitute pecuniary damages which must be reimbursed to Landlord prior to assumption of the Lease by Tenant or any successor to Tenant in any bankruptcy or other proceeding.

 

Section 10.06. Cumulative Remedies. Landlord’s exercise of any right or remedy shall not prevent it from exercising any other right or remedy.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN. PROTECTION OF LENDERS.

 

Section 11.01. Subordination. Subject to the Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement from the holder of any ground lease, deed of trust, mortgage or other lien encumbering the Property, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate this Lease to any such ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage, any advances made on the security thereof and any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, whenever made or recorded. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and any lender which is acquiring a security interest in the Property or the Lease. Tenant shall execute such further documents and assurances as such lender may require, provided that Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be increased in any material way (the performance of ministerial acts shall not be deemed material), and Tenant shall not be deprived of its rights under this Lease. Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Property during the Lease Term shall not be disturbed if Tenant pays the rent and performs all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and is not otherwise in default. If any ground lessor, beneficiary or mortgagee elects to have this Lease prior to the lien of its ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage and gives written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage or the date of recording thereof.

 

22


Section 11.02. Attornment. If Landlord’s interest in the Property is acquired by any ground lessor, beneficiary under a deed of trust, mortgagee, or purchaser at a foreclosure sale, Tenant shall attorn to the transferee or successor to Landlord’s interest in the Property and recognize such transferee or successor as Landlord under this Lease. Tenant waives the protection of any statute or rule of law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to terminate this Lease or surrender possession of the Property upon the transfer of Landlord’s interest.

 

Section 11.03. Signing of Documents. Tenant shall sign and deliver any instrument or documents necessary or appropriate to evidence any such attornment or subordination or agreement to do so. If Tenant fails to do so within ten (10) days after written request, Tenant hereby makes, constitutes and irrevocably appoints Landlord, or any transferee or successor of Landlord, the attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute and deliver any such instrument or document.

 

Section 11.04. Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a) Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying: (i) that none of the terms or provisions of this Lease have been changed (or if they have been changed, stating how they have been changed); (ii) that this Lease has not been cancelled or terminated; (iii) the last date of payment of the Base Rent and other charges and the time period covered by such payment; (iv) that to Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default under this Lease (or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating why); and (v) such other representations or information with respect to Tenant or the Lease as Landlord may reasonably request or which any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Property may reasonably require. Tenant shall deliver such statement to Landlord within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request. Landlord may give any such statement by Tenant to any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Property. Such purchaser or encumbrancer may rely conclusively upon such statement as true and correct.

 

(b) If Tenant does not deliver such statement to Landlord within such ten (10) day period, any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer may conclusively presume and rely upon the following facts: (i) that the terms and provisions of this Lease have not been changed except as otherwise represented by Landlord; (ii) that this Lease has not been cancelled or terminated except as otherwise represented by Landlord; (iii) that not more than one month’s Base Rent or other charges have been paid in advance; and (iv) that Landlord is not in default under the Lease. In such event, Tenant shall be estopped from denying the truth of such facts.

 

Section 11.05. Tenant’s Financial Condition. Within ten (10) days after written request from Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such financial statements as Landlord reasonably requires to verify the net worth of Tenant or any assignee, subtenant, or guarantor of Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall deliver to any lender designated by Landlord any financial

 

23


statements required by such lender to facilitate the financing or refinancing of the Property. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that each such financial statement is a true and accurate statement as of the date of such statement. All financial statements shall be confidential and shall be used only for the purposes set forth in this Lease.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE: LEGAL COSTS

 

Section 12.01. Legal Proceedings. If Tenant or Landlord shall be in breach or default under this Lease, such party (the “Defaulting Party”) shall reimburse the other party (the “Nondefaulting Party”) upon demand for any reasonable costs or expenses that the Nondefaulting Party incurs in connection with any breach or default of the Defaulting Party under this Lease, whether or not suit is commenced or judgment entered. Such costs shall include reasonable legal fees and costs incurred for the negotiation of a settlement, enforcement of rights or otherwise. Furthermore, if any action for breach of or to enforce the provisions of this Lease is commenced, the court in such action shall award to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, a reasonable sum as attorneys’ fees and costs. The losing party in such action shall pay such attorneys’ fees and costs. Tenant shall also indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses, demands and liability Landlord may incur if Landlord becomes or is made a party to any claim or action (a) instituted by Tenant against any third party, or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding any interest under or using the Property by license of or agreement with Tenant; (b) for foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or such other person; (c) otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or such other person; or (d) necessary to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, or other proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended. Tenant shall defend Landlord against any such claim or action at Tenant’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord’s election, Tenant shall reimburse landlord for any legal fees or costs Landlord incurs in any such claim or action.

 

Section 12.02. Landlord’s Consent. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent under Article Nine (Assignment and Subletting), or in connection with any other act which Tenant proposes to do and which requires Landlord’s consent.

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 13.01. Non-Discrimination. Tenant promises, and it is a condition to the continuance of this Lease, that there will be no discrimination against, or segregation of, any person or group of persons on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin or ancestry in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, occupancy, tenure or use of the Property or any portion thereof.

 

24


Section 13.02. Landlord’s Liability; Certain Duties.

 

(a) As used in this Lease, the term “Landlord” means only the current owner or owners of the fee title to the Property or the leasehold estate under a ground lease of the Property at the time in question. Each Landlord is obligated to perform the obligations of Landlord under this Lease only during the time such Landlord owns such interest or title. Any Landlord who transfers its title or interest is relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations of Landlord under this Lease to be performed on or after the date of transfer. However, each Landlord shall deliver to its transferee all funds that Tenant previously paid if such funds have not yet been applied under the terms of this Lease.

 

(b) Tenant shall give written notice of any failure by Landlord to perform any of its obligations under this Lease to Landlord and to any ground lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary under any deed of trust encumbering the Property whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant in writing. Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord (or such ground lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary) fails to cure such non-performance within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice. However, if such non-performance reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, Landlord shall not be in default if such cure is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary, the liability of Landlord for the performance of its duties and obligations under this Lease is limited to Landlord’s interest in the Property, and neither the Landlord nor its partners, shareholders, officers or other principals shall have any personal liability under this Lease.

 

Section 13.03. Severability. A determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Lease or any part thereof is illegal or unenforceable shall not cancel or invalidate the remainder of such provision or this Lease, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 13.04. Interpretation. The captions of the Articles or Sections of this Lease are to assist the parties in reading this Lease and are not a part of the terms or provisions of this Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. The masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each include the other. In any provision relating to the conduct, acts or omissions of Tenant, the term “Tenant” shall include Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, invitees, successors or others using the Property with Tenant’s expressed or implied permission.

 

Section 13.05. Incorporation of Prior Agreements; Modifications. This Lease is the only agreement between the parties pertaining to the lease of the Property and no other agreements are effective. All amendments to this Lease shall be in writing and signed by all parties. Any other attempted amendment shall be void.

 

25


Section 13.06. Notices. All notices required or permitted under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices to Tenant shall be delivered to the address specified in Section 1.03 above. Notices to Landlord shall be delivered to the address specified in Section 1.02 above. All notices shall be effective upon delivery. Either party may change its notice address upon written notice to the other party. Any such notice shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual receipt thereof or, in the case of notices sent by overnight courier, one business day after the date deposited with such service, or in the case of certified mail, two business days after the date deposited in the U.S. Mail. The time period for responding to any such notice shall begin on the date the notice is deemed received, but refusal to accept delivery or inability to accomplish delivery because the party can no longer be found at the then current notice address shall be deemed receipt. If either party notifies the other party of an appropriate telefacsimile number and/or e-mail address to be used for notice purposes, the party receiving such information shall use reasonable efforts to provide a courtesy copy of any future notices to the party providing such information by fax and/or electronic mail; provided that receipt of notice solely by fax or electronic mail shall not be deemed to be receipt of notice hereunder.

 

Section 13.07. Waivers. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the waiving party. Landlord’s failure to enforce any provision of this Lease or its acceptance of rent shall not be a waiver and shall not prevent Landlord from enforcing that provision or any other provision of this Lease in the future. No statement on a payment check from Tenant or in a letter accompanying a payment check shall be binding on Landlord. Landlord may, with or without notice to Tenant, negotiate such check without being bound to the conditions of such statement.

 

Section 13.08. No Recordation. Tenant shall not record this Lease without prior written consent from Landlord. However, either Landlord or Tenant may require that a “Short Form” memorandum of this Lease executed by both parties be recorded. The party requiring such recording shall pay all transfer taxes and recording fees.

 

Section 13.09. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease binds any party who legally acquires any rights or interest in this Lease from Landlord or Tenant. However, Landlord shall have no obligation to Tenant’s successor unless the rights or interests of Tenant’s successor are acquired in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The laws of the state in which the Property is located shall govern this Lease.

 

Section 13.10. Corporate Authority; Partnership Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, each person signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he has full

 

26


authority to do so and that this Lease binds the corporation. Within thirty (30) days after this Lease is signed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certified copy of a resolution of Tenant’s Board of Directors authorizing the execution of this Lease or other evidence of such authority reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant is a partnership, each person or entity signing this Lease for Tenant represents and warrants that he or it is a general partner of the partnership, that he or it has full authority to sign for the partnership and that this Lease binds the partnership and all general partners of the partnership. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of any general partner’s withdrawal or addition. Within thirty (30) days after this Lease is signed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of Tenant’s recorded statement of partnership or certificate of limited partnership.

 

Section 13.11. Joint and Several Liability. All parties signing this Lease as Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Tenant.

 

Section 13.12. Force Majeure. If Landlord cannot perform any of its obligations due to events beyond Landlord’s control, the time provided for performing such obligations shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of such events. Events beyond Landlord’s control include, but are not limited to, acts of God, war, civil commotion, labor disputes, strikes, fire, flood or other casualty, shortages of labor or material, government regulation or restriction and weather conditions.

 

Section 13.13. Execution of Lease. This Lease may be executed in counterparts and, when all counterpart documents are executed, the counterparts shall constitute a single binding instrument. Landlord’s delivery of this Lease to Tenant shall not be deemed to be an offer to lease and shall not be binding upon either party until executed and delivered by both parties.

 

Section 13.14. Survival. All representations and warranties of Landlord and Tenant shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN: BROKERS

 

Section 14.01. Broker’s Fee. When this Lease is signed by and delivered to both Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall pay a real estate commission to Landlord’s Broker named in Section 1.08 above, if any, as provided in the written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker. If a Tenant’s Broker is named in Section 1.08 above, Landlord’s Broker shall pay an appropriate portion of its commission to Tenant’s Broker if so provided in any agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Nothing contained in this Lease shall impose any obligation on Landlord to pay a commission or fee to any party other than Landlord’s Broker.

 

27


Section 14.02. Agency Disclosure; No Other Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each warrant that they have dealt with no other real estate broker(s) in connection with this transaction except: Whitetail Real Estate Management, Inc., who represents Landlord.

 

ARTICLE FIFTEEN: COMPLIANCE

 

The parties hereto agree to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, codes, ordinances and administrative orders having jurisdiction over the parties, property or the subject matter of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the 1964 Civil Rights Act and all amendments thereto, the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, and The Americans With Disabilities Act.

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS MAY BE SET FORTH IN A RIDER ATTACHED HERETO OR IN THE BLANK SPACE BELOW. IF NO ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS ARE INSERTED, PLEASE DRAW A LINE THROUGH THE SPACE BELOW.

 

Landlord and Tenant have signed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified adjacent to their signatures below and have initialed all Riders which are attached to or incorporated by reference in this Lease.

 

   

“LANDLORD”

Signed on October 2, 2003

 

ANDERSON-TULLY COMPANY,

a Mississippi corporation

at                                          

       
   

By:

 

/s/ E. David Comb


   

Its:

 

Exec V.P. – Treas.

   

“TENANT”

Signed on October 2, 2003

 

AF SERVICES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

at                                          

       
   

By:

 

/s/ Simon Abuyounes


   

Its:

 

President

 

28


Exhibit A

 

[Property Description]

 

29

EXHIBIT 10.64

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN:

  

CANAPREV INC. , a legal person duly incorporated under the laws of the Province of Quebec, having its principal place of business at 935 de la Gauchetière Street West, 8 th floor, Montreal (Quebec), Canada H3B 2M9, herein acting and represented by Mr. Michel V. Legault , its President , duly authorized for the purposes hereof as he so declares;

    

(hereinafter referred to as the “ Landlord ”)

AND:

  

PC MALL CANADA INC. , a Canadian Corporation having its head office at 1100, University, 2 nd Floor Montreal (Quebec) Canada, herein acting and represented by Kris Rogers, its President, duly authorized for the purpose hereof as she so declares ;

    

(hereinafter referred to as the “ Tenant ”)

AND:

  

PC MALL INC. , a US Corporation having its head office at Torrance, CA, USA, herein acting and represented by Ted Sanders, its CFO, duly authorized for the purpose hereof as he so declares ;

    

(hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantor ”)

 

THE PARTIES HEREBY MUTUALLY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

LEASE AND POSSESSION OF THE LEASED PREMISES

 

1.1

Leased Premises

 

The Landlord hereby leases to the Tenant an area of twenty-three thousand six hundred and seventy-five square feet (23 675 sq.ft.), which area includes the Tenant’s proportion of service and common areas (the “Leased Premises”), measured by an expert of the Landlord according to the rules of measurement known as the “BOMA” standards. The Leased Premises, as shown hatched on the plan attached hereto as Schedule “A” are located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the building situated at 1100, University Street, in the city of Montreal, Province of Quebec (the building and land being hereinafter referred to as the “Property”).

 

1.2

Occupancy

 

The Tenant shall be entitled to take possession of the Leased Premises as soon as possible. The Landlord’s work described in Section 7.1 herein shall be completed diligently in order for the Tenant to install its furniture, fixture and equipment, construct its leasehold improvements and subsequently to conduct its normal business affairs therein (hereinafter referred to as the “Occupation Date”). The Tenant shall not pay any minimum Rent nor Additional Rentals (as they are hereinafter defined) during said period of occupancy prior to the Term. The Tenant shall, however, be responsible for the payment of electrical consumption charges at the rate of $1.25 per sq.ft. and shall abide by all the other terms and conditions of the Lease Agreement during the pre-Term occupancy.


1.3

Acceptance of Leased Premises

 

 

1.3.1

Prior to the Commencement Date, and before Tenant commences any Tenant’s work, the Tenant shall benefit from a one (1) month period to advise the Landlord of any   visible defect affecting any base Building system located inside the Leased Premises in order for the Landlord to correct the situation at its own costs.

 

 

1.3.2

As for heating and air-conditioning systems, the Tenant shall have a period of one (1) month from the date when such systems actually start operating in the Leased   Premises, to satisfy itself that such systems are functional. Landlord’s responsibility related to this Section specifically excludes any problems related to distribution or   balancing of such systems which are Tenant’s responsibility.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TERM OF LEASE

 

2.1

Term of Lease

 

The term of the Lease shall be for a period of five (5) years (the “Term”), commencing on July 1 st , 2003 (the “Commencement Date”) and terminating on June 30, 2008, (the “Expiration of the Term”) unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

 

2.2

Option to Renew

 

Provided that the Tenant is not in default under the Lease (at the time that it exercises the option mentioned hereunder as well as on the effective date with respect to the option) and that the Tenant continues to occupy the entire Leased Premises, it will have the option of extending the Term for the entire Leased Premises for an additional period of five (5) years under the same terms and conditions as in this Lease, except that there will be no further right to renew or to cancel the Lease and except for the Minimum Rent, which shall be at the then market rate. The Tenant shall exercise such option by giving a written notice to the Landlord, not more than twelve (12) months and not less six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term, failing which the option to renew will become null and void without any other formality.

 

No later than ten (10) days following the receipt by the Landlord of the Tenant’s Notice, the Landlord shall inform in writing of the proposed rate for the minimum Rent as established pursuant paragraph. The Tenant shall have sixty (60) days to accept or negotiate the said rate.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

MINIMUM RENT

 

3 .1

Minimum Rent

 

Throughout the Term, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, without any deduction, set-off, reduction or abatement of any nature whatsoever, a minimum rent of ten dollars per square foot ($ 10.00/sq. ft.) (the “Minimum Rent”).

 

3.2

Place and Mode of Payment

 

The Minimum Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord at the address indicated in Article 18 of this Lease or at any other location indicated by written notice of the Landlord to the Tenant, or to any agent or representative of the Landlord, as may be designated from time to time by written notice of the Landlord to the Tenant. Any amounts payable by the Tenant hereunder shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis to reflect the actual Commencement Date or termination of this Lease.

 

The Minimum Rent and the Additional Rent shall be payable in Canadian dollars in advance in twelve (12) equal consecutive monthly payments, the first (1 st ) of every month. The first payment is payable on the Commencement Date.

 

2


3.3

Late Payment

 

Unless otherwise stipulated herein, should the Tenant default in the payment, when due, of any amount whatsoever owing under this Lease, the overdue amount shall bear interest at the prime rate of the Bank of Montreal plus five percent (5%) per annum, calculated from the due date until full payment is made, without prejudice to the other rights of the Landlord under this Lease.

 

3.4

Free Minimum Rent

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 hereabove, the months of July, August and September 2003 shall be entirely free of Minimum Rent ((hereinafter referred to as the “Free Rent Period”).

 

ARTICLE 4

 

ADDITIONAL RENT

 

4.1

Payment of Additional Rent

 

In addition to the Minimum Rent provided for in article 3 above, the Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, his Proportional Share of Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax as defined below in this article 4 (“Additional Rent”).

 

The Tenant hereby agrees that the Minimum Rent set out in article 3 above shall be entirely net to the Landlord. The Landlord shall not be responsible for any costs, taxes or expenses of whatever nature in relation to the Property and the Leased Premises, their contents and the business transacted therein and the Tenant shall pay all costs, taxes and expenses of whatever nature in relation to the Leased Premises, including any that may be incurred or paid by the Landlord for the Tenant as well as his Proportional Share of Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax.

 

There shall be no duplication of costs and expenses included in the Additional Rent at any time, and such costs shall include only expenses actually incurred by the Landlord, during the Term, less recoveries of same.

 

4.2

Operating Costs

 

For the purposes of these presents, the term “Operating Costs” means all costs, disbursements and expenditures of whatever nature related to operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, supervising and managing the Property and, without limiting the general nature of the above, includes the following:

 

 

4.2.1

the salaries, wages and costs related to the benefits and pension plans of whatever nature of the Landlord’s employees involved in operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, guarding, supervising and managing the Property;

 

 

4.2.2

the cost of all goods and services provided or used for operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, guarding, supervising and managing the Property, and for which the latter are responsible;

 

 

4.2.3

the reasonable rental value, during each fiscal year, for the space occupied by the Landlord’s employees and managers in charge of administering, supervising and managing the Building, as well as any administrative services provided by the Landlord, as well as any Building space required or used for providing services related to safety, well-being, health, protection, and other similar services, for the benefit of the Building and users in general;

 

3


 

4.2.4

costs related to maintaining a guard service;

 

 

4.2.5

the audit, accounting and management costs incurred in relation to operating the Property;

 

 

4.2.6

costs related to refitting, maintaining, repairing and decorating the common elements of the Property, including cleaning windows and exterior walls, removing snow, cleaning, repairing and maintaining the Land and contracts with independent contractors;

 

 

4.2.7

the cost of all repairs to the Property, including major and structural repairs, as well as replacement of equipment, apparatus, machinery or other asset of the Property;

 

 

4.2.8

the cost of any alterations or improvements to the Property, including machinery and equipment, as well as the cost of any alterations, additions to the equipment and any specialized services needed to introduce energy saving measures in the Building if, in the Landlord’s opinion, such expenditures would reduce Operating Costs or improve the well-being or safety of the tenants or other occupants of the Building or if the equipment, alterations, materials or improvements are required by law;

 

 

4.2.9

the entire amortization of capital, calculated by the straight-line depreciation method, on the basis of the useful life of the capital assets, or on the basis of any other shorter period the Landlord may reasonably determine based on the cost of all equipment, apparatus or machinery and the other assets required for the purpose of operating, maintaining, repairing, guarding, supervising, managing, altering and improving the Building, introducing energy saving measures, which, in the Landlord’s opinion, have a useful life longer than one fiscal year and whose cost was not entirely included in the Operating Costs for the fiscal year they were acquired (according to generally accepted accounting principles), as well as interest, at the prime rate, on the non-amortized capital cost of such assets;

 

 

4.2.10

the cost of the energy required for lighting, humidifying, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning the Leased Premises and the Building as well as any other services in the Building requiring energy, except for the following costs: ventilating and air-conditioning on the Leased Premises in excess of the hours and/or standards set out in these presents and in case of Tenant’s special use;

 

 

4.2.11

the actual cost of all insurance policies the Landlord may take out in relation to the Property as a prudent insurance practice or as required by the Landlord’s creditors;

 

 

4.2.12

the portion of tax on capital the Landlord has allocated to the Property, business and water taxes as well as any other taxes levied by fiscal authorities that are not already included in the Real Estate Tax and that are not levied directly on the Tenants by the fiscal authorities in question;

 

4.3

Real Estate Tax

 

The costs of all real estate and school taxes assessed or imposed, collected or exacted by any competent authority in respect to the Property imposed on the Landlord in respect to the same as well as any new tax to replace or to be legally added to any tax currently imposed (the “Real Estate Tax”), but excluding specifically:

 

 

4.3.1

any property transfer tax following a sale in whole or in part of the Property;

 

 

4.3.2

income tax on the profit of the Landlord or Landlord’s Business tax;

 

4.4

Proportional Share

 

The term “Proportional Share” means the ratio between the rentable floor area of the Leased Premises and the rentable floor area of the Building. The parties have set this ratio at eight dot seventy three percent (8.73%) for the time being. This percentage may change if the rentable floor area of the Leased Premises or the Building increases or decreases.

 

4


4.5

Revised Proportional Share

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Building’s rentable floor area is rented, the Landlord is authorized to allocate fuel, electricity (except those billed to the Tenants), cleaning and cleaning supply costs to the rented floor area only and the Tenant shall pay his Proportional Share of such costs according to a ratio calculated by dividing his rentable floor area by the rentable floor area of all the Leased Premises in the Building. In no case will the Tenant be required to pay in respect of the preceding an amount that would be greater than the amount the Tenant would have paid if one hundred percent (100%) of the Building’s rentable floor area had been rented and such costs had been included in Operating Costs.

 

4.6

Estimates of Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax

 

For the purposes of this article, the Landlord shall inform the Tenant, before every fiscal year (ending on December 31 of each year) of the estimated amount of his Proportional Share of Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax for the period, and the monthly amount of the Additional Rent payments, pursuant to this article, shall then be determined for the said fiscal year on the basis of this estimate.

 

The Landlord has estimated Operating Costs for fiscal year 2003 at twelve dollars and forty-eight cents per square foot ($12.48/ sq. ft.) per year.

 

4.7

Actual Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax

 

At the end of every fiscal year, the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with a statement indicating the actual amount of Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax for the Property for that fiscal year. If the amount determined by the Landlord is more or less than the amount already paid by the Tenant to the Landlord, appropriate adjustments shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt of the said statement. The findings of the Landlord’s auditors shall be conclusive as regards the amount of these costs for the period in question. Any objections regarding Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax shall be submitted to the Landlord in writing within ninety (90) days of the billing date.

 

The Landlord shall promptly reply if the Tenant deems that the Operating Costs or the Real Estate Tax have not been calculated according to generally recognized accounting principles or in conformity with the stipulations contained in the Lease. Notwithstanding Tenant’s right to question, it shall pay upon demand any amount which is due and payable.

 

4.8

Revised Estimates of Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax

 

The Landlord may, from time to time in the course of a fiscal year, revise his estimates of Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax and shall, in such a case, notify the Tenant in writing of the revision and set monthly payments for the remainder of the fiscal year such that, when the amounts the Tenant has already paid pursuant to the previous estimate are credited to him, the Tenant’s Proportional Share of Operating Costs and Real Estate Tax will be paid in full in the course of all or part of the fiscal year in question.

 

4.9

Dispute

 

The Landlord shall not be required to undertake or pursue any dispute as regards the Property assessment or the levying of Real Estate Tax by a fiscal authority, whether by legal or other means. He may, at his sole discretion, without notifying the Tenant and without his consent or approval, compromise, submit to arbitration, consent to, discontinue or otherwise deal with any dispute regarding the Property assessment or any present or future claims respecting Real Estate Tax. The Tenant may not object, either in his own name or in the Landlord’s name, to the Property assessment or the levying or payment of Real Estate Tax.

 

5


Any costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in attempting to reduce the assessed value of the Property or the Real Estate Tax shall be added to the amount of the Real Estate Tax and shall be included in the Operating Costs. If the Landlord receives a reimbursement as a result of his dispute, he shall, at his discretion, either pay or credit to the Tenant his Proportional Share of such a reimbursement.

 

4.10

Changes to the tax system

 

If the current property tax system is changed or, if instead or in addition to the current Real Estate Tax on the Building, a new tax, fee or assessment is levied on the Landlord or on the rental income from the Building, the term “Real Estate Tax” shall include such new tax, fee or assessment. If at any time a fiscal authority removes a tax, fee or assessment included in the Real Estate Tax, the Landlord shall remove it from the Real Estate Tax.

 

4.11

Water Tax, Sales Tax

 

The Tenant shall pay, when due, all taxes, fees, impositions and costs other than Real Estate Taxes, and in particular water tax, garbage collection tax and any tax now or henceforth imposed on the business, improvements, equipment or facilities in the Leased Premises, as well as any other tax, permit rights or other imposition concerning the business transacted in the Leased Premises or with respect to the use or occupation of the Leased Premises, as well as any tax on goods and services, any sales tax and any tax now or henceforth applicable on or with regards to the rents or other sums payable to the Landlord or for the benefit of the Landlord in virtue of this Lease, irrespective of the person or governmental authority concerned.

 

If by law, regulation or otherwise, water taxes or other similar rates and taxes and taxes upon the Tenant’s fixtures, equipment, machinery or upon improvements are made payable by landlords or proprietors or if the mode of collecting such taxes and/or rates be so altered as to make Landlord liable therefore instead of Tenant. Tenant shall repay to Landlord prior to the due date but in any event within seven (7) days after demand upon Tenant the amount of the charge imposed on the Landlord as a result of such change, and shall save the Landlord harmless from any cost or expense in respect thereof.

 

4.12

Administrative Fees

 

Should the Landlord, at the Tenant’s request, give its consent the way it is provided for in this Lease to a sub-lease, an assignment of lease or to an amendment of same, it is understood and agreed that any understanding reached by the parties shall be confirmed by a written agreement prepared by Landlord’s attorneys at the Tenant’s costs. Such costs shall be considered as Additional Rent and shall be paid by the Tenant upon Landlord’s request. No cost shall be charged to the Tenant when it is exercising an option to renew that could be provided for in this Lease.

 

4.13

Administration Fees

 

The Tenant shall pay administration fees equivalent to eight percent (8%) of the Additional Rent as defined in this section 4.

 

6


ARTICLE 5

 

SERVICES, COMMON AREAS AND FACILITIES

 

5.1

Description of Services

 

Provided that the Tenant is not in default under this Lease, the Landlord agrees to supply the services indicated in subsections Subsection 5.1.1 to 5.1.5 to the Tenant:

 

 

5.1.1

Electricity

 

At the Landlord’s expense (which costs shall be included in the Operating Costs), the Landlord will make available in the Leased Premises electric power subject to the Landlord’s capacity to obtain it and may also provide, at the Tenant’s expense, other public utilities when necessary, such as water and gas. The electricity and other utilities are provided in quantities for which the Landlord, acting in a reasonable manner, establishes from time to time as a normal consumption for tenants of the Building. The Tenant shall ensure not to cause, in any circumstances, a surcharge of these utilities. The Tenant shall not bring on the Leased Premises any equipment, device or machine which could consume a large quantity of electricity or which requires special ventilation, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent cannot be refused without reasonable motive.

 

The Tenant shall cover the expenses related to the acquisition and installation of any check meter. Tenant shall provide and install, also at its own expense, all cables and ducts necessary for its special equipment.

 

The Tenant undertakes to ensure that his consumption of electricity never exceeds the capacity of the systems supplying the Leased Premises. The Landlord shall have the right, at any time, to check the energy needs of the Leased Premises and, if the needs exceed the capacity of the systems supplying the Leased Premises, the Landlord may, at his discretion, take steps to increase the capacity and costs incurred shall be borne by the Tenant, or the Landlord may require the Tenant to reduce his energy consumption to bring it in line with available capacity.

 

The Tenant shall assume all costs related to acquiring and installing any meters. He shall also provide and install, at his expense, all cables and conduits required for his special equipment.

 

In no event shall the cost for said electricity exceed what Tenant would have to pay to Hydro-Québec or any succeeding company if electricity was directly metered.

 

 

5.1.2

Heating and Air-Conditioning

 

The Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air-conditioning at a comfort level acceptable to the Tenant during the Tenant’s Business Hours (as defined hereinafter). Said comfort level shall be equivalent to that found in other similar buildings and shall meet minimum standards promulgated by the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers Inc. (A.S.H.R.A.E. 62-1989). The Tenant recognizes that the Building has been designated for a maximum population of two hundred (200) per floor.

 

 

5.1.3.

Supplies, services and accessories

 

If the Landlord so decides, he shall be the only supplier of goods, accessories, supplies and any other services or accessories such as lamps, bulbs, fluorescent tubes, starters and ballasts. The Tenant shall pay the Landlord any sums due for such goods, services, supplies and accessories, as Additional Rent, upon receipt of an invoice at a rate comparable to the market rate.

 

If the Landlord decides not to provide the goods, services, supplies or accessories set out in the previous paragraph, only persons authorized by the Landlord may do so, at the times and pursuant to the directives established by the Landlord to this effect.

 

 

5.1.4

Elevators

 

The Landlord shall provide and maintain in working order automatic passenger elevators, which shall be in service during normal business hours. Outside these periods, the Landlord shall keep only one elevator in service. The Landlord shall not be required to provide attendants for these elevators and the fact of doing so on occasion does not obligate the Landlord to continue the service.

 

7


The Tenant shall share the escalators, as the case may be, and the elevators with everyone else who has access to them.

 

Nevertheless, the Landlord shall not be in any way responsible for any damage incurred by the Tenant, his employees, agents, representatives or visitors or any other person using these escalators or elevators, or for any damage resulting from their use.

 

 

5.1.5

Parking

 

 

a)

The Tenant shall have the option to lease from the Landlord’s parking operator, in the Building’s adjacent parkade, a maximum of eleven (11) unreserved parking spaces, at prevailing rental rates. The Tenant acknowledges that such rental rates are subject to adjustments from time to time according to market conditions;

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Landlord shall provide the availability of the eleven (11) unreserved parking spaces for the first ninety (90) days following the Commencement Date. Thereafter, and until the end of the ninth (9 th ) month following the Commencement Date, the Landlord shall be obliged to provide only up to eight (8) unreserved parking spaces. At the end of the ninth (9 th ) month following the Commencement Date any parking not committed to by the Tenant or given up by the Tenant shall be subject to their availability and Landlord shall be under no obligation to provide same to Tenant.

 

 

b)

The rental for the parking space shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord’s parking operator, in advance, on the first day of each month, commencing on the Occupation Date, for the number of parking spaces leased by the Tenant;

 

 

c)

The Tenant shall also be provided with one (1) parking space in the Building’s parking garage at the rate charged for such parking within Building from time to time.

 

5.2

Tenant’s Business Hours

 

The Tenant’s Business Hours are defined as being from Monday to Friday from 6:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. with the exception of legal Holidays in the Province of Quebec.

 

5.3

Cleaning

 

The Landlord shall provide cleaning services for the Leased Premises that meet the standards for similar office buildings. The Tenant shall give cleaners access to the Leased Premises for these purposes, including the cleaning of windows and draperies. The Tenant shall not tolerate the accumulation of useless items or garbage on the Leased Premises. Without limiting the general nature of the preceding and at all times during the Duration of this Lease, the Tenant agrees, in operating his business, to comply with all of the Landlord’s rules, regulations and directives regarding sanitation on the Leased Premises.

 

5.4

Use of common facilities and areas

 

The Tenant may use and enjoy the benefits of the common facilities and areas he shares with all others who also have rights and access privileges.

 

The Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage incurred by the Tenant and his managers, employees, agents, representatives or visitors or any other person using the common facilities and areas, or for any damage resulting from their use.

 

8


5.5

Suspension of Services

 

The Landlord shall be entitled, without obligation or liability to the Tenant, to suspend or to modify any service the Landlord is required to provide under subsections 5.1.1 to 5.1.5 or any other provision of the Lease, for the time necessary or for the time deemed reasonable by the Landlord, following an accident or for the purpose of making repairs, replacements, alterations or improvements, or for any reason beyond the Landlord’s control. The Landlord shall incur no liability to the Tenant as a result of any failure to supply any of these services, for any reason whatsoever, even in the event of fault or negligence of the Landlord or of its employees and there shall be no reduction of the Minimum Rent, Additional Rent or diminution of the Tenant’s obligations as a result. The Landlord shall, however, to the extent possible, remedy such failure with due diligence and dispatch.

 

5.6

Right of Entry

 

Should the Landlord deem necessary the passage of certain components of the mechanical, electrical, heating and air-conditioning or plumbing systems through the Leased Premises in order to serve the common areas and facilities or other premises leased or intended for lease, the Tenant hereby authorizes the Landlord, the Landlord’s representatives or contractors, to carry out such work in the Leased Premises, without compensation or reduction of the Tenant’s Minimum Rent, Additional Rent payable hereunder.

 

5.7

Demising Walls

 

Demising walls required between the Leased Premises and Common areas are existing and meet Building standards.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

USE AND MAINTENANCE OF LEASED PREMISES

 

6.1

Use

 

The Leased Premises shall be used as office accommodation, training center and electronic commerce customer contact center and for no other purposes.

 

The preceding section shall not be interpreted to restrict the Tenant’s right to sublet the Leased Premises or to assign the Lease (as defined hereinafter), so long as the intended use to Subtenant or Assignee is in keeping with what is generally considered office accommodations and is not in contravention of any existing exclusivities or rights of other tenants.

 

The Landlord represents and warrants that the use of the Leased Premises as described above does not contravene any exclusive right previously given to any other tenant of the Building.

 

During the Term, the Tenant shall not be obliged to physically occupy the Leased Premises provided that it respects all the terms and conditions of the Lease which are reconcilable with the non-occupation of the Leased Premises.

 

6.2

Expenses Related to Leased Premises

 

The Tenant shall assume and pay all expenses related to the use and maintenance of the Leased Premises.

 

6.3

Condition of Leased Premises

 

The Tenant undertakes, at the Tenant’s expense, to keep and maintain in good condition the Leased Premises, alterations, improvements, facilities, additions and any other apparatus or equipment in use in the Leased Premises. The Tenant undertakes to make use of the Leased Premises as a prudent administrator and to effect, without delay and at the

 

9


Tenant’s expense, all repairs necessary to keep and maintain the Leased Premises in a good state of repair and in good condition, and at the expiration of the Lease shall surrender the Leased Premises to the Landlord in the same condition, except for reasonable wear and tear.

 

6.4

Garbage

 

The Tenant undertakes to maintain the Leased Premises in a sanitary condition, free of refuse or garbage which could, by their presence, contribute to increase the risk of fire, be a source of offensive odors or obstruct passages, public spaces or other common areas and facilities. The Tenant shall place refuse and garbage in suitable containers and in suitable places indicated by the Landlord.

 

6.5

Default by Tenant

 

Should the Tenant fail to keep and maintain the Leased Premises in a good state of repair and in good condition, or to maintain the Leased Premises in a sanitary condition, free of refuse as described above, and should the Tenant not conform, within a reasonable period of time in the given circumstances, to a notice to that effect given to the Tenant by the Landlord, the Landlord, and the Landlord’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, workers and other representatives, shall be entitled, without another prior notice, to enter the Leased Premises and to carry out, at the Tenant’s expense, any repairs or other necessary action. The amount of such expenses plus a fifteen percent (15%) administration fee thereon shall be paid by the Tenant, as Additional Rent, without prejudice to the Landlord’s other rights and recourses hereunder. The Tenant hereby waives any claim against the Landlord or one of its representatives as well as any compensation, indemnification, reduction of Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and damages resulting directly or indirectly from any act of the Landlord or the Landlord’s representatives under this Article.

 

6.6

Window Panes

 

The Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, promptly replace any broken window pane with a window pane of the same quality.

 

6.7

Nuisance

 

The Tenant shall not commit any act of a nature to be injurious to the rights of the Landlord and of other tenants of the Landlord. The Tenant shall cease such acts or activities upon receipt of a written notice from the Landlord to this effect.

 

6.8

Movable Hypothec

 

N/A

 

6.9

Deposit

 

N/A

 

ARTICLE 7

 

ALTERATIONS, REPAIRS, IMPROVEMENTS,

MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS

7.1

Landlord’s Work

 

Tenant recognizes that the Leased Premises are delivered on an “as is” basis with Landlord performing only those modifications specifically enumerated in Schedule “B” hereof.

 

10


7.2

Tenant’s Work

 

Any and all other modifications or improvements to the Leased Premises other than those described in Schedule “B”, including the Tenant’s work required to enable it to occupy the Leased Premises and carry on its business therein (the “Tenant’s Work”), shall be the responsibility of the Tenant who shall effect them at its own expense. The Tenant’s Work and any other work which the Tenant is required to perform shall be performed in the manner and in accordance with the conditions set out in Schedule “C”, the whole subject to prior written approval by the Landlord, in conformity with its general procedures stipulated in Schedule “D” attached hereto.

 

All existing electrical, mechanical and plumbing plans related to the Base Building and their revision(s) shall be provided by the Landlord at its costs.

 

The Construction Plans (hereinafter referred to as the “Construction Plans”) and their specifications shall be carried out by a Architectural firm chosen by the Tenant. The Construction Plans are subject to the Landlord’s written approval.

 

The Landlord agrees to give free access as of the ratification of the Offer to Lease, the Landlord shall give free access to the Leased Premises to the designers, coordinators, architects and the Tenant.

 

7.3

Tenant’s Contractors

 

The Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors to observe the rules and regulations of the Landlord, and the work shall not conflict with any collective agreement, decree or other contract to which the Landlord is bound. If a contractor or subcontractor of the Tenant is not fully unionized, or causes or, in the opinion of the Landlord, might cause difficulties in labor relations in the Building, the Landlord shall be entitled to demand that such contractor or subcontractor cease to work in the Building, and, upon written notice from the Landlord, the Tenant shall agree not to permit the contractor or subcontractor to perform any work in the Leased Premises.

 

7.4

Connections

 

Any connection to the electrical, plumbing, cold water pipes or air-conditioning systems shall be considered a change within the meaning of this Article 7.

 

7.5

Insurance and Waiver of Hypothec

 

The Tenant shall demand of any contractor or subcontractor not to commence any work whatsoever in the Leased Premises before submitting to the Landlord a notice of waiver or an undertaking to release all legal hypothecs which may exist or result from the work done or materials supplied. Should such notice or undertaking not be furnished as required, the Landlord shall be entitled to order the immediate cessation of any work in progress or to be performed by such contractor or subcontractor in the Leased Premises or order that it cannot be done.

 

Should, however, a legal hypothec or a notice be registered against the Building, the Tenant shall without delay obtain the discharge thereof or undertake the necessary steps or procedures to do same. Should said legal hypothec or notice not be discharged within thirty (30) days of its registration, the Tenant shall immediately deposit with the Landlord an amount sufficient to cover the payment of such legal hypothec, capital, costs and interest, including costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in respect of the legal hypothec. The Landlord shall be entitled, among other things, to prevail itself of the provisions of section 2731 of the Civil Code of Quebec in order to obtain the cancellation of the registration of the legal hypothec by substituting the amount received from the Tenant.

 

Should the Tenant fail to deposit the required amount, the Landlord may pay to the hypothecary creditor the amount claimed and obtain the discharge of the legal hypothec, notwithstanding any dispute or proceedings undertaken by the Tenant with regards thereto.

 

11


The Tenant shall then repay to the Landlord such payment, capital, costs and interest, upon demand, with interest at the prime lending rate of the Bank of Montreal plus five percent (5%) per annum, calculated from the date of payment by the Landlord. Any deposit made by the Tenant to the Landlord as described hereinabove shall be held by the Landlord in trust until proof of the total discharge of such legal hypothec has been delivered to the Landlord.

 

The Landlord shall also be entitled to require that any contractor or subcontractor performing work in the Leased Premises take out an insurance policy covering all public liability and property damage, of at least five million dollars ($5,000,000.00) in respect of its activities in the Building. All work necessary for the performance of repairs or improvements shall be carried out at the times permitted by the Landlord, so as not to inconvenience the other tenants of the Building.

 

7.6

Special Facilities

 

The Landlord shall be entitled to install and to maintain in the Leased Premises anything that may be necessary, reasonable or desirable in the operation of the Building or its utilization by any other tenant, without compensation or indemnification in favor of the Tenant, provided that the Tenant’s enjoyment of the Leased Premises is not unduly affected.

 

7.7

Removal of improvements

 

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or any renewal(s) thereof, the Tenant shall not be obliged to remove any improvements made to the Leased Premises by the Tenant or the Landlord, provided that such improvements have been previously agreed to by the Landlord in writing and provided that it leaves the Leased Premises in good order save for a normal wear and tear.

 

Any property which belongs to the Tenant or to any other person which is left in the Leased Premises at the end of the Term shall be deemed to have been abandoned in favor of the Landlord and the Landlord shall, at its discretion, dispose of such property without owing any compensation or indemnity whatsoever.

 

7.8

Supervision Fees

 

There shall be no administration fees or any other coordination fees for the supervision of the initial build-out of the Leased Premises. As for the other improvements done to the Leased Premises, the Landlord’s fees shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the total cost of said improvements and shall not be payable for the following work:

 

 

7.8.1

paint and wall covering;

 

 

7.8.2

installation of carpets.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

INSURANCE

8.1

Tenant’s Insurance

 

The Tenant shall, at its own expense and throughout the Term of the Lease, keep in force the following insurance policies, the terms and conditions of which must be acceptable to the Landlord:

 

 

8.1.1

“all risks” insurance upon all property owned by the Tenant or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant which is located in the Building including, without limitation, the leasehold improvements, trade fixtures, furniture, heating, ventilating, air conditioning equipment and miscellaneous electrical apparatus owned or operated by the Tenant in the Leased Premises, or relating to or serving the Leased Premises in an amount not less than the replacement cost thereof;

 

12


 

8.1.2

comprehensive general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury (including death), personal injury and property damage in or about the Leased Premises in amounts satisfactory from time to time to the Landlord acting reasonably but in any event in an amount not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence;

 

 

8.1.3

N/A

 

 

8.1.4

“all risks” tenants’ legal liability insurance in an amount which the Landlord may from time to time reasonably require including the loss of the use of the Leased Premises;

 

 

8.1.5

plate-glass insurance; and

 

 

8.1.6

any other insurance which may be reasonably required from time to time by the Landlord or any hypothecary creditor in a form and for amounts and covered risks which are acceptable to the Landlord or any hypothecary creditor.

 

8.2

Increase of Risk

 

The Tenant shall not commit any act, do any thing or keep in or about the Leased Premises anything that may increase risk of fire or increase premium rates for the Building. The Tenant shall observe the rules and conform to the requirements of the Landlord’s insurers or of any associations of insurers having jurisdiction, for all insurance covering or related to the Building. In no case may the Tenant bring into or keep in the Leased Premises any explosives or inflammable materials, except for the normal purposes of the Tenant’s occupancy in the Leased Premises.

 

In the event of any increase of insurance premiums of the Landlord for any of the insurance policies covering or pertaining to the Building, following any violation of the provisions of the Lease by the Tenant, the Landlord, in addition to any other recourse, shall pay the increase in premiums and the Tenant shall be bound to reimburse such increase promptly upon receipt of a statement of account.

 

8.3

No Subrogation

 

All insurance policies taken out by the Tenant shall provide that the Landlord is a “named insured” and shall contain a waiver of any subrogation rights which the Tenant’s insurers may have against the Landlord, its employees or agents, and a commitment from his insurers to notify the Landlord in writing of any cancellation (including a non-renewal) or of any significant modification in the provisions of the insurance policy at least thirty (30) days in advance.

 

8.4

Choice of Insurer

 

Any insurance required under this Lease shall be established by valid, enforceable insurance policies issued by recognized insurers acceptable to the Landlord and holding a permit entitling them to conduct business in the province of Quebec.

 

8.5

Certificates of Insurance

 

Immediately following their respective issuance, the Tenant shall furnish the Landlord with the certificates attesting to the issuance and maintenance in force of all insurance policies required hereunder.

 

If the Tenant neglects to insure or to furnish the Landlord with the said certificates as required hereinabove, the Landlord may, after having given the Tenant ten (10) days notice in writing, itself subscribe for the required insurance policies, in its own name, in the name of the Tenant, or in the name of both parties, for a period not exceeding the Term of the Lease and all premiums paid by the Landlord shall be reimbursed by the Tenant as Additional Rent upon its receipt of an invoice therefore.

 

13


ARTICLE 9

 

ACCESS BY LANDLORD TO LEASED PREMISES

 

9.1

Inspection and Repairs

 

The Landlord shall have access to the Leased Premises at any time, without liability toward the Tenant, to examine and verify the Leased Premises or for the purpose of making therein any repairs, replacements, alterations or improvements the Landlord deems necessary or desirable for the operation and proper maintenance of the Building or the electrical and mechanical systems of the Building, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

 

9.2

Visiting the Leased Premises

 

During the final twelve (12) months of the Term of this Lease, the Tenant shall permit the Landlord or any other person designated by the Landlord to visit the Leased Premises, during normal business hours. The Tenant shall also permit the Landlord, at any time during normal business hours, to show the Leased Premises to any broker, purchaser or assessor of the Building.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 

10.1

Destruction of Leased Premises

 

Should the Leased Premises be destroyed or damaged by fire or other casualty insured against by the Landlord, then:

 

 

10.1.1

if the Landlord is of the opinion that the damage or destruction is such that the Leased Premises are rendered wholly unfit for occupancy, or it is impossible or hazardous to use and occupy them, and if in either event the Landlord is of the opinion (which the Landlord shall signify to the Tenant in writing within thirty (30) days following the damage or destruction) that the damage cannot be repaired with reasonable diligence within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of the damage or destruction, either party may, within five (5) days following the receipt of this notice, terminate the Lease by written notice to that effect, in which case the Lease shall terminate on the day of the damage or destruction, and the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and all other amounts payable by the Tenant under the Lease shall be calculated and paid in full up to the date of the damage or destruction. In the event that neither the Landlord nor the Tenant terminates this Lease, the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent shall abate from the date of the damage until the date on which the Leased Premises have been repaired to the extent of enabling Tenant to use and occupy the Leased Premises;

 

 

10.1.2

if the damage be such as to render the Leased Premises wholly unfit for occupancy, or if it is impossible or unsafe to use or occupy them, but if, in either case, the Landlord is of the opinion (which the Landlord shall signify to the Tenant in writing within thirty (30) days following the damage) that the damage can be repaired with reasonable diligence within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of the damage, the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent shall abate from the date of the damage until the date on which the Leased Premises have been repaired to the extent of enabling Tenant to use and occupy the Leased Premises;

 

 

10.1.3

if the Landlord is of the opinion that the damage can be repaired as described above within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of the damage, and that the nature of the damage is such as to render the Leased Premises only partially fit for occupancy for the purpose for which they were leased, the

 

14


Minimum Rent and Additional Rent shall be reduced in the proportion that the part of the Leased Premises rendered unfit for occupancy bears to the whole of the Leased Premises, until the damage has been repaired.

 

10.2

Destruction of Building

 

Should the Building be partially destroyed or damaged so that twenty percent (20%) or more of the leasable area of the Building is affected, or if the Landlord is of the opinion that the Building is rendered unsafe, whether or not the Leased Premises are affected and if the Landlord is of the opinion (which the Landlord shall signify to the Tenant in writing within thirty (30) days following the damage or destruction) that the damage or destruction cannot be repaired with reasonable diligence within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the occurrence of the damage or destruction, the Landlord may, within five (5) days following the receipt of the above-mentioned notice, terminate the Lease by written notice to the Tenant to that effect, in which case this Lease shall terminate on the date of the damage or destruction, and the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and all other amounts payable by the Tenant under the Lease shall be calculated and paid in full up to the date of the damage or destruction.

 

10.3

Proceeds of Insurance

 

In the event of a termination of this Lease as described above, all proceeds of insurance policies, except for those amounts pertaining to the Tenant’s property, and to the extent that the Tenant is not indebted to the Landlord under this Lease, shall be and remain the sole property of the Landlord.

 

10.4

No Obligation to Rebuild

 

No provision of this Lease shall oblige the Landlord to repair or rebuild the Tenant’s alterations, improvements or other property. Despite anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, and without limiting Landlord’s right or remedies hereunder, if damage or destruction is such that, for any reason, the proceeds of insurance are insufficient to permit the repair, replacement, reconstruction or restoration, according to what is provided herein above, or if any hypothecary creditor or any person entitled to the proceeds of insurance does not consent to the use of such proceeds for such repair, replacement, reconstruction or restoration of the Leased Premises or of the Building, or if such damage or destruction is caused by any fault or neglect of Tenant, or those for whom Tenant is legally responsible, or the Term of the Lease which remains is less than twenty-four (24) months, then Landlord may terminate this Lease on one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice to Tenant, and all rents shall be adjusted as of the first day following the date of such damage or destruction.

 

10.5

Destruction Caused by Tenant

 

If any damage or destruction caused to the Building or the Leased Premises, either partially or totally, by fire or other casualty, is due to the fault or negligence of the Tenant or the Tenant’s officers, agents, employees, visitors or authorized persons, in such case, without prejudice to the Landlord’s other rights and recourses or to any subrogation rights of the Landlord’s insurer:

 

 

10.5.1

the Tenant shall be liable for all costs and damages;

 

 

10.5.2

the damages may be repaired by the Landlord, at the Tenant’s expense;

 

 

10.5.3

the Tenant shall forfeit its right to terminate the Lease as provided for under subsection 11.1.1; and

 

 

10.5.4

the Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or postponement of the Minimum Rent or And Additional Rent in virtue of this Article.

 

15


ARTICLE 11

 

EXPROPRIATION

 

11.1

Termination of Lease

 

In the event the whole or any part of the Building shall be expropriated or taken possession of by any competent authority, so that it is no longer feasible for the Landlord, in its opinion, to continue to operate the Building or the Leased Premises, the Landlord may terminate the Lease from the date of said expropriation or taking of possession, by notifying the Tenant in writing to this effect, and the Landlord shall have no liability toward the Tenant for any reason whatsoever.

 

11.2

No Obligation to Contest

 

The Landlord and the Tenant hereby reserve all their rights to claim future damages against the expropriating authority. The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord shall have no obligation to contest any expropriation proceedings.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

DAMAGES

 

12.1

Non-Liability of Landlord

 

The Landlord shall not be liable for any material or bodily damage occurring in the Leased Premises or in the Building at any time and for any reason whatsoever except that which results directly from its gross fault or gross negligence. The Landlord shall not be liable for any physical damage or damages to property occurring in the Leased Premises or in the Building at any time and the Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or postponement of rent nor shall the Tenant have any recourse against the Landlord for reason of partial or total interruption of services or for damages resulting from the reduction or interruption of heating, air-conditioning, electricity for lighting or for operating equipment, water, plumbing, sewers, elevators or of any other service, nor in case of damages or inconveniences resulting from the penetration or presence of water, snow or ice on the roof, skylights, traps, windows or otherwise, nor from a defect or rupture of any pipes, reservoirs, permanently attached moveables or other apparatus causing leaking, infiltration or discharge of vapor, water, snow, smoke or gas in the Leased Premises, nor in case of damages or inconveniences resulting from the state or layout of electrical wires or otherwise, or resulting from any act, omission or negligence of co-tenants or other occupants of the Building or of the owners or occupants of adjacent or adjoining properties, or attributable to the execution of major repairs, changes, improvements or transformations of the structure of the Building or of any item or any service, within or adjoining the Building, provided the work is done with reasonable diligence if this condition, damage, event or interruption of service is not directly or indirectly attributable to the Tenant. In addition, the Tenant undertakes to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord against any claim brought by anyone arising out of such damage.

 

Furthermore, and without limiting the generality of the above, the Tenant agrees that the Landlord, the owners of the Queen Elizabeth Hotel, 800 René-Lévesque, Place Ville-Marie and the access tunnels to the Property as well as the operators and owners of the trains and railway lines using the Building shall not be liable for any damages or inconveniences caused to the Tenant, its agents, employees and clients caused by:

 

 

12.1.1

fire, smoke, water infiltration, flooding, odors or air displacements which can be caused by the operation of the Building;

 

 

12.1.2

disturbances or interruptions in the upkeep or functioning of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning of the Building or the temporary or permanent interruption of train services or the change in the hours of service of such trains or

 

16


the diminishing number of users of the said train services or of any damages attributable to the Landlord or the owners of the Queen Elizabeth Hotel, 800 René-Lévesque, Place Ville-Marie or the owners or users of the trains and railway lines in the Building.

 

12.2

Limited Liability

 

Notwithstanding the above paragraph, the Landlord’s liability, if any, shall extend only to the ordinary furnishings, furniture and fixtures in the Leased Premises, and in no case shall this liability extend to any indirect damages nor to any securities, cash, documents, electrical or electronic calculators, computers, cash registers or other similar machines or equipment.

 

12.3

No Reduction of the Rent

 

The Tenant acknowledges that it shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of the Minimum Rent or Additional Rent, nor to any right to terminate the Lease, nor to any indemnity from an amount of rent payable hereunder, save as specifically set out in Article 11 hereto.

 

12.4

Notice of Defect

 

The Tenant shall notify the Landlord without delay of any accident, defect or fault in the pipes for water or gas, heating or air-conditioning equipment, lighting or electrical conduits, elevators, electrical wiring or other services in the Leased Premises or in the Building.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

SIGNS AND ADVERTISING

 

13.1

Consent of Landlord

 

The Tenant may not expose, display, attach or distribute any notice, advertising, printed matter, sign or other inscription outside the Leased Premises, or in the Leased Premises in such a manner as to be visible from outside the Leased Premises, without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Landlord, failing which the Landlord shall be entitled to demand that the Tenant remove them, and the Tenant shall comply with such notification within a maximum of twenty-four (24) hours. Should the Tenant not comply with the Landlord’s written request, the Landlord shall be entitled to remove, at the Tenant’s expense, any such notice, advertising, printed matter, sign or inscription, without recourse by the Tenant against the Landlord.

 

13.2

Injurious Advertising

 

The Tenant shall not publish any advertisement injurious to the reputation of the Building, the Landlord or another tenant of the Landlord, and upon receipt of written notice from the Landlord to that effect shall immediately cease any such advertising.

 

13.3

Identification

 

The Landlord shall, at no cost to the Tenant, provide and post the Tenant’s corporate designation, onto the Building directory board(s), in the elevator lobbies, on the Tenant’s floor as well as in the entrance of the Leased Premises, the whole according to the Building standards.

 

17


ARTICLE 14

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

14.1

Compliance with Laws

 

The Tenant shall, at its own expense and without delay, comply with the requirements of all laws, regulations, ordinances, orders and by-laws in effect for the City of Montreal, the Montreal Urban Community, the provincial and federal governments and each of their respective departments, commissions and agencies, as the case may be, and any other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Leased Premises, the occupancy of said Leased Premises by the Tenant, or the conduct of the Tenant’s business in the Leased Premises. The Tenant shall further waive any claim for reduction of the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent or for any damage the Tenant may suffer by reason of the application to the Tenant of such legislative or regulatory provisions.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Tenant shall carry out all alterations or changes to the Leased Premises or to the Tenant’s conduct of business in or utilization of the Leased Premises which may be required by the above-mentioned authorities, and prior to effecting such alterations or changes shall submit to the Landlord plans and specifications for the Landlord’s written approval.

 

Should the Tenant fail to effect within the required time the alterations or changes required by the authorities having jurisdiction, the Landlord, following written notice to the Tenant, requiring the Tenant to carry out the required work within a reasonable period of time, may effect said work and shall immediately be entitled to claim repayment from the Tenant.

 

14.2

Indemnification of Landlord

 

The Tenant agrees to indemnify the Landlord and to save it harmless against any fine, penalty, indictment or damage whatsoever resulting from any violation by the Tenant or the Tenant’s employees, agents or mandatories of the laws, ordinances or regulations in force. The Tenant also agrees to indemnify the Landlord and save it harmless against any damage and/or any expense resulting from any failure by the Tenant to comply with any of the requirements or provisions of the Lease and shall reimburse Landlord of all expenses, including legal fees, that the Landlord shall have incurred in order to enforce its rights and recourses.

 

In addition, the Tenant agrees to exonerate and indemnify the Landlord regarding any damages to property or physical damages incurred by any person and of all fees resulting from any accident or other event occurring on the Leased Premises or in the Building, except if the negligence of the Landlord is the direct cause thereof.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

SUBLET AND ASSIGNMENT

 

15.1

Consent of Landlord

 

The Tenant shall not at any time have the right to sell, give or otherwise assign the Lease, nor sublet the Leased Premises or any part thereof, directly or indirectly, or allow the Leased Premises or any part thereof to be used by another, without prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing and as from the execution of this Lease, the Tenant may, without the Landlord’s consent, assign the Lease or sublet the Leased Premises in whole or in part to any affiliated company or partnership, including the Tenant’s Canadian subsidiary to be created, and to any company or partnership with which the Tenant has merged or has split provided that the Tenant notifies the Landlord in writing, remains jointly and severally responsible for the fulfillment of the Lease obligations and execute an Lease Amending Agreement to that effect.

 

18


15.2

Presumed Subletting and Assignment

 

Any of the following shall be deemed to be a subletting or assignment of Lease:

 

 

15.2.1

any transfer, sale or issuance involving, in all, fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of the share capital which are not listed on any recognized stock exchange;

 

 

15.2.2

any transfer, sale or assignment involving, in all fifty percent (50%) or more of the interest in the partnership, where the Tenant is a partnership;

 
 

15.2.3

the exercising of a right of occupancy, management or control with respect to the whole or to any part of the Leased Premises, or with respect to the business conducted therein, by any person other than the Tenant, whether or not said person is directly under the control or supervision of the Tenant; and

 
 

15.2.4

the acquisition or exercise of effective control of the Tenant’s business by any other person not having such effective control on the date of signature of the Lease.

 

15.3

Justified Withholding of Consent

 

The refusal by the Landlord shall be deemed serious and reasonable and shall be justified in withholding consent in the following cases (without in any way restricting the Landlord’s right to refuse its consent on other reasonable or serious grounds):

 

 

15.3.1

where the intended use of the Leased Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant conflicts with exclusive rights granted to other tenants or occupants of the Building; or

 
 

15.3.2

where the proposed assignee or subtenant does not intend to honestly physically occupy and carry on business from the Leased Premises or when the proposed assignment or sublease is made prior to the Tenant physically and honestly occupying and carrying on business from the Leased Premises.

 

15.4

Offer to Landlord

 

Before assigning this Lease or before subletting the whole or any part of the Leased Premises, the Tenant shall fulfill and observe the following conditions:

 

 

15.4.1

the Tenant shall offer to sublet or to assign, as the case may be, the Leased Premises to the Landlord, on the same terms and conditions as those in the offer to sublease or assign;

 

 

15.4.2

the Tenant shall inform the Landlord of the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant and of the precise conditions of the proposed assignment or subletting; and

 

 

15.4.3

the Tenant shall provide the Landlord with the nature of the business and credit references relating to the proposed assignee or subtenant as well as the pertinent details of the assignment or subletting, which the Landlord deems necessary.

 

The Landlord shall have a period of ten (10) days following receipt of a notice from the tenant complying with the conditions stated above, to accept or refuse the offer of assignment or subletting by the Tenant or to cancel this Lease with respect to the Leased Premises affected by the subletting or the assignment as of the effective commencement date of such offer to sublet or assign. Failure to reply within the stipulated delay shall not be deemed a consent by the Landlord of Tenant’s request pursuant to this section.

 

19


15.5

Time Limit for Subletting and Assignment

 

Should the Tenant not sublet or assign the Leased Premises or any part of the Leased Premises within sixty (60) days after obtaining the authorization of the Landlord, such authorization shall from that time be considered null and of no further legal effect, and in such case the Tenant may not sublet or assign the Leased Premises without once again complying with all provisions of this Article.

 

15.6

New Lease

 

The Landlord, rather than give its authorization for a subletting or an assignment of the Lease within the period of thirty (30) days described in section 15.4, shall be entitled to require the proposed subtenant or assignee to sign a new lease according to and on the same terms and conditions as contained in the offer to sublet or assign, and in such case the Tenant agrees and undertakes to guarantee to the Landlord the performance of all obligations of such subtenant or assignee under the new lease.

 

15.7

Solidarity

 

Notwithstanding any sublease or assignment or the signature of a new lease as provided in section 15.6, the Tenant shall remain solidarily liable of the execution of the obligations found in this Lease and, by the assignment, subletting or new lease, any assignee or sub-tenant or new tenant shall take on the performance of Tenant’s obligations to Landlord. The mere assignment, subletting or signature of a new lease shall render the Tenant and any assignee, subtenant or new tenant solidarily liable to the Landlord of the execution of all the obligations found in the Lease.

 

15.8

Approval of Advertising

 

The Tenant may not advertise its intention, nor assign the Lease or sublet the Leased Premises, and may not authorize a real estate broker or other person to do so, without the prior written consent of the Landlord. In particular, no advertisement shall indicate in any manner the rental rate applicable to the Leased Premises.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

 

16.1

Assignment by Landlord

 

In the event of the sale, lease or other transfer of the Building or any part of the Building by the Landlord, or the assignment by the Landlord of this Lease or any interest of the Landlord hereunder, to the extent that the purchaser, tenant or assignee takes on the obligations of the Landlord hereunder, the Landlord shall, thereupon and without further agreement, be freed of all liability with respect to such obligations.

 

16.2

Status Statement

 

Within ten (10) days following the Landlord’s written request thereof, the Tenant shall execute and deliver to the Landlord or to any other person designated by the Landlord a statement on the status of the Lease.

 

16.3

Subordination

 

All of the Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of any hypothecary creditor or other holder of any real charge against the Building or any other assignee of the Landlord’s rights under this Lease, and the Tenant shall attorn to any such hypothecary creditor or assignee as if such hypothecary creditor or assignee were the Landlord under this Lease, as an essential condition of this Lease. The Landlord undertakes to make such reasonable efforts to see that such subordination or attornment shall not have the effect of infringing the Tenant’s right to enjoyment of the Leased Premises under this Lease, for as long as the Tenant is not in default hereunder.

 

20


16.4

Signature of Documents

 

The Tenant agrees to execute and sign any act or document deemed necessary or desirable by the Landlord in order to subordinate the Lease to any hypothec, trust indenture or other charge, at the Landlord’s expense. The Tenant hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Landlord as the Tenant’s authorized agent for the purposes of executing and signing any document under this Article 17 for and on behalf of the Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

DEFAULT AND RECOURSE

 

17.1

Events of Default

 

The Tenant shall be in default hereunder in the following events:

 

 

17.1.1

if the Tenant fails to pay to the Landlord when due any payment of Minimum Rent and Additional Rent;

 

 

17.1.2

if the Tenant or the Guarantor or any other person occupying the Leased Premises in whole or in part becomes insolvent, or makes any assignment of property for the benefit of creditors; if the Tenant is placed in bankruptcy or liquidation, or takes advantage of any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or attempts to do so, if a receiver or a trustee in bankruptcy is appointed for the Tenant’s property or any part of such property, or if a writ of execution or seizure is issued against the Tenant;

 

 

17.1.3

if the Tenant’s property is transferred, transmitted or otherwise passed on to any other person or firm, by mutual agreement or by operation of law, except where such person or firm has, in writing, assumed this Lease toward the Landlord;

 

 

17.1.4

if the Tenant assigns the Lease or sublets the Leased Premises or permits the occupation thereof otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of the Lease;

 

 

17.1.5

if the Tenant fails to carry on its business in a continuous manner in the Leased Premises, as Tenant is bound to do so in accordance with section 6.1 of the Lease;

 

 

17.1.6

if the Guarantor sets forth a right to terminate his Guarantee;

 

 

17.1.7

if the Tenant fails to take possession of the Leased Premises upon delivery, or, after taking possession, leaves the Leased Premises unoccupied or vacant for a period of five (5) consecutive days, or abandons the Leased Premises for any reason whatsoever, or if said Leased Premises are occupied by any person or firm not so authorized under this Lease;

 

 

17.1.8

if the Tenant alters or modifies the use of the Leased Premises;

 

 

17.1.9

if measures are taken or proceedings instituted for the dissolution or liquidation of the Tenant or any of its property;

 

 

17.10

if the Tenant is in default in fulfilling any other term, condition or obligation of this Lease.

 

17.2

Resiliation of Lease

 

With the exception of events of default described in subsection 17.1.2 above where termination of the Lease is automatic, in the event of any default by the Tenant as defined in this Article 17, the Landlord may give the Tenant written notice of the Landlord’s intentions to terminate the Lease, and the Term of the Lease shall end automatically on (unless such default is cured within the hereinafter delays):

 

 

(i)

the tenth (10th) day after this notice, in the case of default of any provisions relating to the payment of any amount of money, or

 

21


 

(ii)

the sixteenth (16th) day after the notice, in all other events of default;

 

this termination shall have the same effect and the same force as if it occurred on the date of expiration of the Term of the Lease, without any legal action being required and subject in all cases to the Tenant’s obligation to pay to the Landlord all amounts due to the Landlord and all damages resulting from the default.

 

The Tenant hereby irrevocably waives his right to resiliate this Lease pursuant to subsection 65.2 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act or any section passed to amend or replace such provision.

 

17.3

Waiver of section 1 883 C. c. Q.

 

The Tenant expressly waives the benefit of section 1 883 of the Civil Code of Quebec which shall not apply to this Lease.

 

17.4

Return of Leased Premises

 

In the event of termination of the Lease under the provisions of this Article 18, the Tenant shall immediately return the Leased Premises to the Landlord, or, if the Tenant has not yet taken possession thereof, the Tenant shall abandon its rights to possession thereof, and the Landlord or the Landlord’s agents and employees may, immediately or at any time thereafter, enter the Leased Premises and evict the Tenant as well as any other person and all property contained therein, and may padlock the Leased Premises or change the locks therein, without being required to take legal action, and without liability of the Landlord for any damages caused to the Tenant.

 

Should the Tenant leave any property or movable effects in the Leased Premises, the Landlord shall immediately, without any notice to the owner of said property or movable effects being required, become the owner of such property or movable effects. The Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages, whether contractual or extra contractual or otherwise, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord of any claims or actions in connection with said property and movable effects from whomsoever.

 

17.5

Damages

 

In the event of termination of the Lease under the provisions of this Article 18, the Landlord shall immediately be entitled to payment of all rent in arrears together with the equivalent of the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent payable on a monthly basis for the current month plus the next ensuing six (6) months; the Landlord may claim immediate payment of this amount and of any other amount past due, and any other amount owed by the Tenant to the Landlord at that time, subject to the Landlord’s rights and recourses.

 

Should termination of the Lease result from the Tenant’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be based upon such bankruptcy or insolvency, the Landlord may, in addition to the other rights and recourses available to it, require payment of the equivalent of the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent for the three (3) months preceding the bankruptcy and for the three (3) months after the bankruptcy.

 

17.6

Waiver

 

Should the Tenant fail to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder, and should the Landlord have begun proceedings to cancel or to terminate this Lease or to have the cancellation or

 

22


the termination of the Lease confirmed, then notwithstanding any law, usage or custom to the contrary, Tenant may not hinder or prevent such cancellation or termination, by curing the default, once said legal proceedings have been taken or measures applied. In particular, the Tenant may not avoid the resiliation of the Lease once legal proceedings have been instituted by the Landlord by paying any amount due to the Landlord.

 

17.7

Re-Letting of Leased Premises

 

If the Landlord does not exercise the option to terminate this Lease in accordance with this Article, the Landlord may, at its option, without additional notice to the Tenant and without terminating this Lease, as mandatary of the Tenant, take possession of the Leased Premises and of all property contained therein, and sublet all or any part of the Leased Premises and any improvements, fixtures and accessories contained therein, upon such terms and conditions as the Landlord deems appropriate. The Tenant shall hereby provide the Landlord with an irrevocable mandate to carry out the preceding. In such case, the Tenant shall continue to be liable for the performance of all of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including payment of the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and other amounts payable hereunder. The Landlord shall be entitled to apply all of the Tenant’s obligations to the new subtenant, and to collect and receive the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and all other amounts payable by said subtenant, and to apply these amounts to any indebtedness of the Tenant to the Landlord from time to time. Any deficiencies shall be paid by the Tenant upon request of the Landlord.

 

17.8

Indemnity

 

Should the Landlord be required to retain the services of legal counsel in order to demand the performance by the Tenant of any of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, upon demand, in addition to the reasonable legal costs for which the Tenant would otherwise be indebted, whether or not legal action is taken, an indemnity equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the amount for which the Tenant would otherwise be indebted to the Landlord, and this amount shall serve to defray the additional administrative expenses incurred by the Landlord in obtaining the performance of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

 

17.9

Landlord’s Right to Cure Default

 

Should the Tenant default in the performance of any of the obligations under this Lease, the Landlord may perform such obligation on behalf of the Tenant, and, if necessary, enter the Leased Premises without notifying the Tenant. The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, upon request, the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord with regard to the default or in curing or attempting to cure the default, together with a fifteen percent (15%) administration fee thereon.

 

17.10

Absence of Waiver

 

No indulgence or oversight on the part of either of the parties with respect to a default by the other party in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease shall be considered to be a waiver of the Landlord’s rights or of the Tenant’s rights hereunder with regard to the default or to any subsequent default; neither shall it affect or modify in any manner whatsoever the Landlord’s rights or the Tenant’s rights hereunder with regard to the subsequent default; and no waiver may be inferred from any act or omission by the Landlord or by the Tenant, unless the waiver is in writing.

 

17.11

Remedies Generally

 

Mention in this Lease of any particular remedy or remedies of the Landlord in respect of any default by the Tenant shall not preclude the Landlord from any other remedy in respect thereof, whether provided herein or available in law. No remedy shall be exclusive or dependent upon any other remedy, such remedies being cumulative and not alternative.

 

23


ARTICLE 18

 

NOTICES

 

18.1

Procedure and Addresses

 

Any notice given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be hand-delivered, sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission, to the respective parties as follows:

 

 

18.1.1

If to the Tenant:

 

PC MALL CANADA INC.

1100 University, 2 nd Floor

Montreal (Quebec)

 

Attention: Kris Rogers, President

 

Telecopier: (310)353 7435

 

 

18.1.2

If to the Landlord:

 

CANAPREV INC.

935 de la Gauchetière Street West, 8 th floor,

Montreal (Quebec),

Canada, H3B 2M9

 

Attention: President

 

Telecopier: (514) 399-7703

 

 

18.1.3

If to the Guarantor:

 

PC MALL INC

Torrance, CA, USA, ,

 

Attention: CFO

 

Any notice so delivered will be considered to have been and conclusively given and received on its delivery date or, if sent by registered mail, on the date of acknowledgment of receipt.

 

18.2

Election of Domicile

 

The Tenant elects domicile in the Leased Premises on the second (2 nd ) floor at 1100 University Street in the city of Montreal, Province of Quebec for the purposes of service of process of any procedure or any other document of a legal nature in connection with any action, of any nature whatsoever, taken by the Landlord for the purpose of enforcing the Landlord’s rights hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 19

 

INFORMATION

 

19.1

Information

 

The Tenant authorizes the Landlord to obtain information relevant or necessary to the execution of this Lease and, in particular, those relating to the Tenant’s solvency and to

 

24


establish a file in respect of such information. For these purposes, the Tenant authorize any person, including personal information agents, banks, sub-contractors and suppliers with such information to communicate the information to the Landlord during the Term of the Lease.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

TERMINATION OF LEASE

 

20.1

Termination of Lease

 

The Lease shall terminate without further consideration and without notice on the date stipulated herein, and Occupation of the Leased Premises by the Tenant after the date stipulated herein shall not have the effect of extending the Term of the Lease or of renewing the Lease, for any period of time, notwithstanding any other provision of law. In such event, the Tenant shall be presumed to occupy the Leased Premises against the wishes of the Landlord, and the Landlord may exercise all recourses available in law to evict the Tenant and claim damages from the Tenant. However, the Landlord may elect, at its option, if the Tenant continues to occupy the Leased Premises, to advise it at any time in writing that Tenant may continue to occupy the Leased Premises on a monthly basis, in consideration of a Minimum Rent equal to three (3) times that which is stipulated in section 3, payable monthly in advance, according to the same conditions as those in the Lease, as well as payment of the Additional Rent provided in sections 4 and 5 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 21

 

UNAVOIDABLE DELAY

 

21.1

Unavoidable Delay

 

Except for the payment of an amount of money, each time that the Lease provides for the performance of an obligation, the obligation shall be performed subject to any delay caused by an act of God, fortuitous event, strike, lockout, labour conflict, inability to procure materials, restrictive government restrictions or orders, bankruptcy of a contractor or any other condition of a like nature or not (except for the financial situation of either parties), which is reasonably beyond the control of the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be (an “Unavoidable Delay”). The Tenant and the Landlord shall be deemed not to be in default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease if they are prevented from so doing by Unavoidable Delay, and any period of time for the performance of such obligation shall be extended accordingly. The Tenant and the Landlord shall notify each other respectively, without delay of any Unavoidable Delay.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

RELOCATION

 

22.1

Relocation during the Term

 

The Landlord shall have the right to relocate the Leased Premises in whole or in part in the Building at Landlord’s cost. If the space being proposed for the Tenant’s relocation is not functional, due to its being materially smaller than the Leased Premises, the Tenant can refuse the relocation.

 

25


ARTICLE 23

 

AMENDMENT OF LEASE AND PERFORMANCE BY THIRD PARTY

 

23.1

Amendment of Lease

 

Any alteration, waiver or amendment of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall be valid only if expressly provided in writing, subject to the Landlord’s right to establish rules and regulations for the good operation of the Building.

 

23.2

Performance by Third Party

 

The Tenant, including any person claiming to be a subtenant or assignee of the Tenant, agrees that the payment of Minimum Rent and Additional Rent or the performance of any obligation by any person other than the Tenant shall not constitute an acknowledgment of rights other than those expressly granted hereunder or a waiver of any of the Landlord’s rights and recourses.

 

The Landlord may at any time accept the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent from the Tenant or from any physical person or moral person occupying the Leased Premises, without in any way waiving any of the Landlord’s rights and recourses under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 24

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

24.1

Successors and Assigns

 

This Lease shall bind the successors and assigns of the Landlord and those of the Tenant.

 

24.2

Publication

 

This Lease may not be published at length on penalty of cancellation. However, if the Tenant wishes that certain extracts of the Lease be published, it shall have a summary of the Lease prepared, at its expense, and submit it to the Landlord for prior approval, as well as provide a copy to the Landlord, once the summary of the Lease is published.

 

24.3

Cancellation of Previous Agreements

 

This Lease contains all of the mutual commitments and obligations of the parties with respect to the leasing of the Leased Premises, and cancels, for all legal purposes, any previous representations, negotiations or agreements and especially the Tenant’s Offer to Lease, which as been accepted by the Landlord on May 8, 2003 (the “Offer to Lease”) of any nature whatsoever.

 

24.4

Solidarity

 

Should this Lease be signed by more than one person as Tenant, each of them shall be solidarily liable to the Landlord for payment of the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and the performance and observance of the terms and conditions of this Lease, without the benefit of division or discussion.

 

24.5

Brokerage Commission

 

The Tenant and the Landlord state that the only real estate broker involved in leasing the Leased Premises is Dominique Durand from Durand, Pearson and Associates Inc. (the “Broker”). The Landlord shall pay the Broker in accordance with the commission agreement existing between them.

 

24.6

Governing Laws

 

This Lease shall be interpreted according to the laws of the province of Quebec and the competent judicial district shall be Montreal.

 

26


24.7

Headings and Numbers

 

The headings, captions, article numbers, section numbers, subsection numbers, and table of contents appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of the parties to this Lease nor in any way affect this Lease.

 

24.8

Interpretation

 

The words “herein above”, “herein”, “above-mentioned”, “hereunder” and similar expressions used in any article, section or subsection of this Lease refer to the whole of the Lease and not to that article, section or subsection only, unless otherwise stipulated. Where required by the context hereof, the singular shall include the plural and the neuter gender the masculine and feminine.

 

24.9

Understanding of this Lease

 

Notwithstanding the fact that the Landlord drafted this Lease and submitted it to the Tenant, the Tenant recognizes that the essential stipulations of this Lease were negotiable and understands all of its stipulations and that the Landlord gave adequate explanations with respect to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

24.10

Schedules

 

The Tenant and the Landlord agree that Schedules “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” attached hereto form an integral part of this Lease as if they were recited at length.

 

24.11

English Language

 

The Parties specifically declare that they have requested the present Lease and all writing relating thereto to be drawn up in the English language. Les Parties déclarent qu’elles ont demandé que le présent Bail et tout écrit s’y relatant soient rédigés en anglais.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

GUARANTOR

 

25.1

Guarantee

 

The undersigned, PC MALL, INC. , (the “Guarantor”), duly represented to these presents by Mr. Ted Sanders, its CFO, hereby directly and unconditionally guarantees to and covenants with the Landlord that the Tenant shall duly perform and observe each and every convenant, provision, condition and agreement of this Lease which must be observed and performed on the part of the Tenant, including without limitation, those resulting from the special provisions contained in the schedules hereto, including the payment of Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and all other sums and payments agreed to be paid or payable under the Lease on the days and at the times and in the manner specified; the Guarantor also guarantees to and covenants with the Landlord that any default by the Tenant, where in payment of any Minimum Rent and Additional Rent or other sums from time to time falling due hereunder, as and when the same become due and payable, or whether in the performance or observance of any of the said covenants, provisions, conditions and agreements of this Lease which are to be performed or observed by the Tenant, the Guarantor shall forthwith pay to the Landlord on demand the said Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and all other sums in respect of which such default shall have occurred and all damages that may arise in consequence of the non-observance or non-performance of any of the said covenants, provisions, conditions and agreements of this Lease.

 

The Guarantor convenants with the Landlord that the Guarantor is solidarily bound with

 

27


the Tenant for the fulfillment of all obligations of the Tenant under the Lease. In the enforcement of its rights hereunder the Landlord may proceed against the Guarantor as if the Guarantor was the Tenant hereunder. The Guarantor hereby renounces and waives the benefits of discussion and division with the Tenant.

 

The Guarantor hereby waives any right to require the Landlord to proceed firstly against the Tenant or to exhaust any security held from the Tenant or to pursue any other remedy whatsoever which may be available to the Landlord before proceeding against the Guarantor.

 

Any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in endeavoring to obtain payment of the Minimum Rent and Additional Rent reserved herein and/or other payments required to be made under the provisions of the Lease as and when the same becomes due or the delay of the Landlord in taking any steps to enforce performance or observance of the convenants, provisions and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by the Tenant and any extensions of time which may be given by the Landlord from time to time to the Tenant or any other act or failure to act by the Landlord shall not release the Guarantor or in any way lessen or affect the obligations of the Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Article.

 

If the Tenant, during the Term, makes any assignment for the benefit of its creditors or should he become bankrupt or insolvent, or take advantage of any act or statute which may be in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors, or if the Tenant shall be wound up, the Guarantor shall ipso facto be deemed by these presents and without novation to have entered into a lease with the Landlord for the Leased Premises for a term equal to the unexpired portion of the Term commencing at the date of notice from the Landlord to the Guarantor that the Guarantor has become the Tenant hereunder. Such lease shall be deemed to contain all the Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations and all the covenants, provisions, agreements and conditions as are contained in this Lease.

 

The Guarantor’s guarantee shall extend to any extension or renewal of this Lease as well as to any expansion of the Leased Premises.

 

The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives his right to terminate this guarantee pursuant to articles 2362 and 2363 of the Civil Code of Quebec.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

 

26.1

Right of first Offer

 

 

a)

Upon the execution of this Lease, and whether or not the Tenant exercises its rights of first Offer, the Tenant shall have a right of first offer to lease any space located on the third (3 rd ) floor which shall become available (hereinafter referred to as the “Additional Space”). The Tenant’s right of first offer shall remain in force as to any Additional Space irrespective Tenant’s refusal to exercise said right at any given time. The Additional Space shall be leased by Tenant for a term to be negotiated by Landlord and Tenant at that time;

 

 

b)

The Landlord, upon its awareness of space becoming available shall immediately notify the Tenant of the fact and the latter shall have ten (10) business days thereafter to notify the Landlord in writing that it is exercising its right of first offer. If the Tenant exercises its right, the Additional Space shall be leased under the same terms and conditions as those contained in this Lease, except for the financial terms which shall be at the then market rate for office space in Class B buildings designated as of the Occupation Date, as eligible buildings under the “E-Commerce Zone”;

 

 

c)

The term for Additional Space shall be renewable under the same terms and conditions as the ones related to the Leased Premises.

 

28


26.2

Right of first refusal

 

 

a)

Upon the execution of this Lease, and whether or not the Tenant exercises its rights of first offer, the Tenant shall have a right of first refusal for the first (1 st ) twenty-four (24) months of the Lease. Therefore, if the Landlord receives any acceptable bona fide offer from a third party for any space available or to become available on the third (3 rd ) floor only, (hereinafter referred to as the “Available Space”), or if the Landlord makes a bona fide offer to lease the Available Space to a third party, which is acceptable to such third party, the Landlord shall, before concluding a leasing transaction with the third party lessee, offer to lease the Available Space to the Tenant;

 

 

b)

The Tenant shall notify the Landlord in writing, within five (5) business days from its receipt of the Landlord’s offer of its intention to avail itself of its right of first refusal to acquire the Available Space, after which time the Landlord’s offer shall become null and void pertaining to said Offer. The Tenant’s right of first refusal shall remain in force during the balance of the aforementioned twenty-four (24) months period for any subsequent offer related to the Available Space;

 

 

c)

The Landlord’s offer shall be under the same terms and conditions as those contained in the third party offer;

 

 

d)

Such offer shall be in writing and shall include an abstract of the offer received containing the salient details of such offer.

 

26.3

Right of cancellation

 

Provided the Tenant is not, and has not been, in default of its obligations under this Lease, the Tenant shall have the right to cancel the Lease effective at any time subsequent to the twelfth (12 th ) month following the Commencement Date. In order to avail itself of this right, the Tenant must give the Landlord a two (2) months prior written notice of its intent and remit to the Landlord, along with its written notice, a certified cheque in the amount of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($150 000.00), plus GST and PST as compensation for this right of cancellation.

 

The payment of the compensation stipulated above shall not relieve or release the Tenant of any previous unfulfilled obligations nor shall it constitute a waiver of any other clause in the Lease related to Lease termination such as but not limited to adjustments.

 

In all events, the Tenant understands that by exercising its right of first offer or its right of first refusal, as provided for in this Lease, it shall be forfeiting its right of cancellation of the Lease and that such right shall become null and void and of no further effect as of the date of the exercise of said right of first offer or first refusal.

 

ARTICLE 27

 

QUIET AND PEACEFUL ENJOYMENT

 

27.1

Quiet and peaceful enjoyment

 

Landlord shall ensure that the quiet and peaceful enjoyment of the Leased Premises by the Tenant is not interrupted, disturbed or hindered by demands or claims from the Landlord or from any person being legally bound to Landlord or any other third party.

 

Landlord shall do everything which is reasonable within the limits of its power as Landlord, to cause the cessation of any impediment to the enjoyment by the Tenant of the Leased Premises caused by tenants of the Building and to prevent damage to the Leased Premises by any said tenant.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have signed this Lease in Montreal as of this 11th (      ) day of June , 2003.

 

   

CANAPREV INC.

   

(Landlord)


 

/s/ Michael V. Legault


Witness

 

Per:

 

Mr. Michael V. Legault

   

Title:

 

President

   

I am authorized to bind the Corporation

   

PC MALL CANADA, INC.

   

(Tenant)


 

/s/ Kris Rogers


Witness

 

Per:

 

Kris Rogers,

   

Title:

 

President

   

I am authorized to bind the Corporation

   

PC MALL INC.

   

(Guarantor)


 

/s/ Ted Sanders


Witness

 

Per:

 

Ted Sanders,

   

Title:

 

CFO

   

I am authorized to bind the Corporation

 

30

EXHIBIT 10.66

 

Summary of Executive Salary and Bonus Arrangements

 

The table below summarizes the current annual salary and bonus arrangements we have with each of our executive officers, and provides information regarding salary and bonus amounts earned by each of our executive officers in 2004. All of the compensation arrangements we have with our executive officers, including with respect to annual salaries and bonuses, are reviewed and may be modified from time to time by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee approved the annual salary and bonus arrangements noted in the table below.

 

We generally pay bonuses, if any, to our executive officers on a quarterly basis. On February 9, 2005, the Compensation Committee adopted an executive bonus plan effective beginning January 1, 2005, a description of which is filed as Exhibit 10.68 to the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to the bonus arrangements noted in the table below, all of our executive officers are eligible for discretionary bonuses as determined from time to time by the Compensation Committee.

 

We have written or oral employment arrangements with each of our executive officers, and a copy of each such employment arrangement is filed as an exhibit to the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K. The non-salary and bonus components of our compensation arrangements with our executive officers, including with respect to severance, option grants and other benefits, are described in those respective agreements.

 

Executive Officer


  

Salary


    

Bonus


Frank F. Khulusi

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

  

2005: $800,000

2004: $645,384(2)

    

2005: (1)

2004: $136,907

Theodore R. Sanders

Chief Financial Officer

  

2005: $300,000

2004: $250,349(3)

    

2005: (1)

2004: $43,234

Daniel J. DeVries

Executive Vice President—Marketing

  

2005: $257,500

2004: $257,500

    

2005: (1)

2004: $16,525

Kristin M. Rogers

Executive Vice President—Enterprise Sales

  

2005: $257,500

2004: $257,500

    

2005: (1)

2004: $50,884

Robert I. Newton

General Counsel

  

2005: $250,000

2004: $143,269(5)

    

2005: (4)

2004: $35,134

 

(1)

Messrs. Khulusi, Sanders and DeVries and Ms. Rogers are eligible to participate in our executive bonus plan, pursuant to which a bonus pool is determined based upon the achievement of specified quantitative criteria and allocated in the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

(2)

Mr. Khulusi’s annual base salary was changed, effective October 28, 2004, from $600,000 to $800,000.

(3)

Mr. Sanders’ annual base salary was changed, effective August 2, 2004, from $242,050 to $257,500, and is presently $300,000.

(4)

Mr. Newton is eligible for an annual bonus of up to $50,000, as well as for discretionary bonuses as determined from time to time by the Compensation Committee.

(5)

Mr. Newton commenced employment with us on June 8, 2004.

EXHIBIT 10.67

 

Summary of Director Compensation Arrangements

 

We currently pay each director who is not employed by us or any of our affiliates (i.e., all of our directors except for our Chairman, Frank F. Khulusi) an annual retainer of $24,000 (paid quarterly), $2,500 for each board meeting attended in person and $500 for each board meeting attended by phone, and $1,000 for each committee meeting attended in person or $500 for each committee meeting attended by phone. We also pay the chairman of each board committee an additional annual retainer of $2,500 (paid quarterly) for serving in such capacity. Directors who are employed by us or any of our affiliates are not paid any additional compensation for their service on our Board of Directors. We reimburse each of our directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses that they incur in connection with their service on our Board of Directors. We have entered into indemnification agreements, a form of which is attached as an exhibit to the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K, with each of our directors.

 

Our directors are also eligible to participate in our 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, which is administered by our Compensation Committee under authority delegated by our Board of Directors. The terms and conditions of option grants to our non-employee directors under our 1994 Stock Incentive Plan are determined in the discretion of our Compensation Committee, and must be consistent with the terms of the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The compensation arrangements we have with our directors are reviewed and may be modified from time to time by our Board of Directors.

EXHIBIT 10.68

 

Summary of Executive Bonus Plan

 

On February 9, 2005, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors adopted an executive bonus plan effective beginning January 1, 2005. Under this executive bonus plan, for each fiscal quarter our eligible executive officers may participate in a bonus pool equaling an aggregate of up to ten percent of any amount by which our adjusted income for the relevant quarter exceeds our adjusted income for the same quarter of the prior year. For the purposes of the executive bonus plan, “adjusted income” is our aggregate pretax income for the quarter for our core business segment (i.e., excluding our eCOST.com and OnSale.com segments), less certain costs that will be determined on a quarterly basis by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. The Compensation Committee will allocate amounts to eligible participants based on factors identified by the Compensation Committee, including the achievement of specified individual performance targets. Currently, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President—Marketing and Executive Vice President—Enterprise Sales are eligible to participate in this executive bonus plan.

EXHIBIT 10.70

 

A D D E N D U M

 

BETWEEN :

  

COMPLEXE RUE UNIVERSITÉ S.E.C., limited partnership, having its head office at 8550, Pie-IX boulevard, Montreal (Quebec) Canada, H1Z 4G2 herein acting and represented by Vincent Chiara, duly authorized for the purpose hereof as he so declared ;

     Hereinafter referred to as the « Landlord »

AND :

  

PC MALL CANADA INC., a Canadian corporation having its head office at 1100, University, 2 e floor, Montreal, (Quebec) Canada, herein acting and represented by Kris Rogers, President, duly authorized for the purpose hereof as he so declared ;

     Hereinafter referred to as the « Tenant »

AND :

  

PC MALL INC ., a US corporation having his its head office at Torrance, CA, USA, herein acting and represented by Ted Sanders, Chief Financial Officer, duly authorized for the purpose hereof as he so declared ;

     « Hereinafter referred to as the « Guarantor »

 

PREAMBLE

 

WHEREAS PC MALL CANADA INC. is presently the Tenant and occupies the 2 e floor of the property situated at 1100, University Street, Montreal, in virtue of a lease entering between the Tenant and CANAPREV INC. (previous landlord of the property) dated June 11 th 2003 ;

 

WHEREAS PC MALL CANADA INC. offered to lease from the Landlord the 3rd floor of the hereinabove mentioned property, in virtue of an Offer to lease dated December 23 rd 2003 and accepted by the Landlord on December 31 st 2003 ( hereinafter referred to as the “Offer to Lease” ) ;

 

WHEREAS the parties agree to modify the Lease Agreement enter into on 11 th of June 2003 as to refer to as the Lease to include the terms and conditions of the Offer to Lease ;

 

WHEREAS , in virtue of the terms of Article 26.3 of the Lease, the Tenant had reserved his right to exercise a right of first refusal on the 3 rd floor of the property ;

 

WHEREAS, in virtue of the terms of Article 23.1 of the Lease, the parties agreed that the terms of the Lease could be modified with a written consent of both parties ;

 

AGREEMENT

 

1 .

The preamble shall form into a part of the present agreement.


2.

The parties agree to modify the terms of the Lease dated June 11th 2003 as follow:

 

3.

ARTICLE 1 :

 

Add as the second paragraph of Article 1.1 the following paragraph:

 

The landlord hereby leases to the Tenant an area of twenty-one thousand four hundred and fifty-three square feet (21,453 sq.ft.) which area includes the Tenant’s proportion of service and common areas (the “Leased Premises on the 3 rd floor”), measured by an expert of the Landlord according to the rules of measurement known as the “BOMA” standards. The leased Premises, as shown hatched on the plan attached hereto as Schedule “A-1” are located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the building situated at 1100, University Street, in the city of Montreal, province of Quebec (the building and land being hereinafter referred to as the “Property”).

 

Add as second paragraph of Article 1.2 the following paragraph:

 

The Tenant shall be entitled to take possession of the Leased Premises on the third floor as soon as possible. The Landlord’s work described in Schedule “B-1” herein shall be completed, by no later than February 2 nd , 2004 in order for the Tenant to install its furniture, fixtures and equipment, construct its leasehold improvements and subsequently to conduct its normal business affairs therein (hereinafter referred to as the “ Occupation Date of the Third Floor ”). This occupancy of the Premises of the third (3 rd ) floor is allowed free of charge, consequently the Tenant shall not pay any Base Rent and additional rentals (as they are further defined) during the said period.

 

4.

ARTICLE 2 :

 

Add as second paragraph of Article 2.1 the following paragraph:

 

The term of the Lease for the third (3 rd ) floor shall be a period of four years and two (2) months (the Term), commencing on May first (1 st ), 2004 or at such later date as when the construction of the Premises shall be completed in order for the Tenant to conduct its normal business affairs (the “Commencement Date for the third (3 rd ) floor”) and terminating on June 30, 2008 (the Expiration of the Term”) unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

 

5.

ARTICLE 3 :

 

Replace the first paragraph of Article 3.1 by the following paragraph :

 

Throughout the Term for the second (2 nd ) floor, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, without any deduction, set-off, reduction or abatement of any nature whatsoever, a minimum rent of ten dollars per square foot (10,00$/sq.ft) ( the “Minimum Rent for the second floor”) .

 

Add as second and third paragraphs of Article 3.1 the following paragraphs:

 

Throughout the term for the third (3 rd ) floor, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, without any deduction, set-off, reduction or abatement of any nature whatsoever, a minimum rent of twelve dollars per square foot (12,00$/sq.ft) (the “Minimum rent for the third (3 rd ) floor”).

 

The “Minimum Rent for the second floor” and the “Minimum rent for the third (3 rd ) floor” can be referred to as the “Minimum Rent” when it is required.


Add as third paragraph of Article 3.2 the following paragraph:

 

The Minimum rent for the third (3rd) floor and Additional rent shall be payable in Canadian dollars in advance in twelve (12) equal consecutive monthly payments, the first (1 st ) of every month. The payment is payable on the Commencement Date for the third (3 rd ) floor. In the event the first or the last day of the term is not respectively the first or the last day of a calendar month, or that the Base rent is not payable on the first day of the month, then for that part of the month, the Base rent shall be adjusted on a “per diem” basis.

 

Add as second paragraph of Article 3.4 the following paragraph:

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of the second paragraph of Section 3.1 hereinabove, the months of May and June 2004 shall be entirely free of Minimum rent for the third (3 rd ) floor (hereinafter referred to as the “Free Rent Period for the third (3 rd ) floor).

 

6.

ARTICLE 5 :

 

Modify sub-paragraph a) of paragraph 5.1.5 titled « Parking » the following way:

 

Replace everywhere needed in the said sub-paragraph a) :

 

« …eleven (11) unreserved parking spaces … »

 

by :

 

« … twenty-two unreserved parking spaces … »

 

7.

ARTICLE 6 :

 

Add at the end of the first paragraph of Article 6.1 the following phrase :

 

The Leased Premises of the third floor shall be used as office accommodations, training centre and customer contact centre.

 

8.

ARTICLE 7 :

 

Add at the end of the paragraph 7.1 the following words :

 

… and Schedule “B-1” hereof.

 

Modify the first phrase of the paragraph 7.2 for the following phrase:

 

Any and all other modifications or improvements to the Leased Premises other than those described in Schedule “B” and Schedule “B-1”, including the Tenant’s work required to enable it to occupy the Leased Premises and carry on its business (therein “The Tenant’s work”), shall be the responsibility of the Tenant who shall effect them at its own expense.

 

Add the following paragraph 7.9 after paragraph 7.8 :

 

9.

7.9 LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE THIRD (3 rd ) FLOOR

 

The Landlord shall pay to the Tenant a lump sum of nine dollars and fifty cents per square foot (9,50$/sq.ft.) of the Leased Premises on the 3 rd floor (hereinafter referred to as the “Lump Sum”) in order to enable the Tenant to built its leasehold improvements. Any amount attributable to the Goods and Services Tax or any other similar tax shall be added to the Lumps Sum and paid by the Landlord. Said Lump Sum shall be due and payable upon the completion of the leasehold improvements.


Add as second paragraph of Article 13.1 the following paragraph:

 

If the Landlord consent, the Tenant may install signage with its designation and its logo onto the sides of the Building facing the Rene-Levesque Boulevard and the University Street. The signs shall have a size permitted by applicable laws and by-laws. The Tenant shall submit to the Landlord a detailed sketch indicating the colors, characters, logos and dimension of the sign. The Tenant shall, at its costs, obtain all necessary approvals and permits for the installation of said sign (s). Shall sign(s) shall be maintained by the Tenants and shall be and remain the Tenant’s property.

 

10.

ARTICLE 22 : RELOCATION

 

Annul paragraph 22.1 titled « Relocation during the Term ».

 

11.

ARTICLE

 

Add as second paragraph of Article 24.5 the following paragraph:

 

The Tenant and the Landlord state that no real estate broker involved is in Leasing Premises for the 3 rd floor. The standard fee resulting from the transaction shall be entirely paid by the Landlord to Michael Heller, Attorney.

 

12.

GUARANTOR

 

The undersigned, PC MALL INC. (the “Guarantor”) duly represented to these presents by              Ted Sanders                      , its              CFO                      , hereby directly and unconditionally guarantees to and covenants with the Landlord the additional commitments from PC MALL CANADA INC. under the present Addendum, the whole as per Article 25.1 of the original 2 nd floor lease signed the 11 th of June, 2003.

 

13.

The parties agree that all other terms, conditions and obligations foreseen in the Lease Agreement, which have not been modified and/or annulled by this Addendum will continue to have force of law between them.

 

IN FAITH OF WHICH the parties have signed the present addendum, this              26th              day of              January      2004.

 

   

COMPLEXE RUE UNIVERSITÉ S.E.C.

 


 

/s/ Vincent Chiara


Witness

 

Per :

 

Vincent Chiara

   

PC MALL CANADA INC.

Diane Trester                     

 

/s/ Kris Rogers


Witness

 

Per :

   
   

Title :

   
   

PC MALL INC.

Diane Trester


 

/s/ Ted Sanders


Witness

 

Per :

   
   

Title :

 

CFO


“SCHEDULE B.1”

 

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

Items described as part of the Base Building may have to be furnished, installed, modified or adapted in order to meet Tenant’s needs as they are described in the Construction Plans.

 

 

Secondary exit door as per Building standard and meeting codes requirements for quantity and location.

 

 

Demising walls from slab to slab ready to receive Tenant’s finishes.

 

 

Suspended ceiling with acoustic tiles in an exposed inverted –t suspension. Stained, broken or discoloured tiles shall be replaced and the tiles mixed in such a way to obtain uniformity of the color and texture.

 

 

Clean and check for functionality the dual duct HVAC system with constant air volume, distribution on an open area concept.

 

 

Transformer and electrical panel, capacity to satisfy the specific needs of the Tenant for up to 2 watts/sq.ft. of the Premises.

 

 

Emergency lighting system open area concept.

 

 

Fluorescent lighting with acrylic lenses one (1) light fixture per 75 sq.ft. of rentable area and one (1) electrical switch for the entire space, open area concept. Existing fixtures to be cleaned and functional, as required.

 

 

Building standard blinds for perimeter windows, if any.

 

All other work not included in the above will be at Tenant’s expense.

EXHIBIT 21.1

 

PC MALL, INC.

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Following are the subsidiaries of PC Mall, Inc., other than those which if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary would not constitute a significant subsidiary, and the state or other jurisdiction in which each subsidiary was incorporated or organized.

 

SUBSIDIARY


 

JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION


AF Services, LLC.

 

Delaware

CCIT, Inc.

 

Delaware

ecost.com, Inc

 

Delaware

eLinux.com, Inc.

 

Delaware

Mall Marketing, Inc.

 

Delaware

Onsale, Inc.

 

Delaware

PC Mall Canada Inc.

 

Quebec

PC Mall Gov, Inc

 

Delaware

PC Mall Sales, Inc.

 

California

SIFY, Inc.

 

Delaware

WF Acquisition Sub, Inc.

 

Delaware

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-848, No. 333-76851, No. 333-79337, No. 333-82257, No. 333-38860, No. 333-66068, No. 333-105620 and 333-120708 of PC Mall, Inc. (formerly IdeaMall, Inc. and Creative Computers, Inc.) of our report dated March 28, 2005, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 31, 2005

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Frank F. Khulusi, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PC Mall, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the registrant and have:

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected,


or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 31, 2005

 

/s/ Frank F. Khulusi

Frank F. Khulusi

Chief Executive Officer

 

2

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Ted Sanders, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PC Mall, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the registrant and have:

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected,


or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 31, 2005

 

/s/ Ted Sanders

Ted Sanders

Chief Financial Officer

 

2

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

PC Mall, Inc.

 

CERTIFICATION

 

In connection with the annual report of PC Mall, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Frank F. Khulusi, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

 

(1)

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

This Certification has not been, and shall not be deemed, “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

March 31, 2005

 

/s/ Frank F. Khulusi

Frank F. Khulusi

Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

PC Mall, Inc.

 

CERTIFICATION

 

In connection with the annual report of PC Mall, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Ted Sanders, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

 

(1)

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

This Certification has not been, and shall not be deemed, “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

March 31, 2005

 

/s/ Ted Sanders

Ted Sanders

Chief Financial Officer

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 99.1


Table of Contents

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                      to                     

 

Commission File Number: 000-50887

 


 

eCOST.com, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   33-0843777

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

 

2555 West 190th Street, Suite 106, Torrance, CA 90504

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

(310) 225-4044

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x    No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes ¨    No x

 

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2004 was unavailable because there was no public market for the Registrant’s Common Stock on such date. Such value at March 29, 2005 was approximately $ 23.0 million, based upon the closing sale price of the Registrant’s Common Stock on such date, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market. Shares of Common Stock held by each executive officer and director and each person owning more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the Registrant. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

 

Number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of March 29, 2005: 17,465,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

 

Documents Incorporated By Reference Into Part III:

 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2004 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

 



Table of Contents

eCOST.com, Inc.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

            

Item 1

   

Business

   1

Item 2

   

Properties

   29

Item 3

   

Legal Proceedings

   29

Item 4

   

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   30

PART II

            

Item 5

   

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   31

Item 6

   

Selected Financial Data

   33

Item 7

   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   35

Item 7A

   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   48

Item 8

   

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   49

Item 9

   

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   49

Item 9A

   

Controls and Procedures

   49

Item 9B

   

Other Information

   49

PART III

            

Item 10

   

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   50

Item 11

   

Executive Compensation

   50

Item 12

   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   50

Item 13

   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   50

Item 14

   

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   50

PART IV

            

Item 15

   

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   51

Signatures

    

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Such statements include our expectations, hopes, beliefs or intentions regarding the future, including but not limited to statements regarding our strategy, competition, markets, vendors, expenses, demand for our products and services, development plans (including anticipated cost, timing and eventual acceptance of new technologies, services or product categories by the market), our transition to being a stand-alone company and our spin-off from PC Mall, revenue, margins, operations and compliance with applicable laws. Forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those discussed in any such statement. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements include the risks described in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. All forward-looking statements in this document are made as of the date hereof, based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading multi-category online discount retailer of high quality new, close-out and refurbished brand-name merchandise. We currently offer over 100,000 products in twelve merchandise categories, including computer hardware and software, home electronics, digital imaging, watches and jewelry, housewares, DVD movies, video games, travel, bed and bath, apparel and accessories, licensed sports gear and cellular/wireless. We appeal to a broad range of consumer and small business customers through what we believe is a unique and convenient buying experience, offering two shopping formats: every day low price and our proprietary Bargain Countdown . This combination of shopping formats helps attract value-conscious customers to our eCOST.com website who are looking for high quality products at low prices. Additionally, we offer a fee-based membership program to develop customer loyalty by providing subscribers exclusive access to preferential offers. We also provide rapid response customer service utilizing a strategically located distribution center and third-party fulfillment providers, as well as customer support from online and on-call sales representatives. We offer suppliers an efficient sales channel for merchandise in all stages of the product life cycle. We carry products from leading manufacturers such as Apple, Canon, Citizen, Denon, Hewlett-Packard, Nikon, Onkyo, Seiko and Toshiba and have access to a broad and deep selection of merchandise, including new and deeply discounted close-out and refurbished merchandise.

 

We were incorporated in Delaware in February 1999, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of PC Mall, Inc. We have operated as a reporting segment of PC Mall’s business since April 1999. In September 2004, we completed an initial public offering of 3,465,000 shares of our common stock, leaving PC Mall with ownership of approximately 80.2% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. On March 18, 2005, PC Mall announced that its board of directors declared a special stock dividend of PC Mall’s ownership interest in our company, equivalent to 14,000,000 shares of our common stock or 80.2% of our outstanding shares, and plans to distribute the shares to its common stockholders on April 11, 2005. We refer to this as the “distribution” or the “spin-off.” Following the planned distribution, we will no longer be a subsidiary of PC Mall. Completion of the distribution is contingent upon the satisfaction of a variety of conditions as set forth in the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement previously entered into between us and PC Mall. The distribution may not occur by the contemplated time or may not occur at all.

 

Industry Overview

 

Industry research indicates that the market for online retail sales is growing, an increasing share of the population is relying on the Internet to purchase products, and the average online buyer is spending more each year. The Internet offers consumers several advantages over traditional shopping channels. Consumers have no limitations from store location and are able to shop throughout the day and evening from their offices and homes. Consumers also benefit from increased merchandise selection on the Internet. Difficult-to-find accessories and

 

1


Table of Contents

obsolete models are often available at specialized online retailers. In addition, due to the relationship marketing focus of many online retailers, consumers benefit from personalized services and advertising.

 

Suppliers are attracted to the Internet for a variety of reasons. First, the Internet provides suppliers significant merchandising flexibility because of their ability to communicate detailed product information, editorial content and pricing information. In addition, the lack of any limitation on shelf space and the ability to display their full product portfolio through online retailers is also an attractive feature. Through the receipt of instant feedback on product sell-through, suppliers and manufacturers can monitor channel relationships more efficiently. Also, suppliers can more efficiently sell close-out merchandise through the Internet without having to allocate the merchandise among many physical brick-and-mortar locations. Manufacturers also benefit from the ability to advertise more effectively on the Internet than in traditional print media. The capability to reach a large group of customers from a central location and the potential for low-cost customer interaction create significant advantages.

 

Our Strengths

 

We have developed a differentiated business model which provides our customers and vendors with numerous benefits. We provide consumers and small businesses with quick and convenient access to high quality, new, close-out and refurbished brand-name merchandise at discount prices similar to a traditional discount retailer without the stocking limitations and store location constraints. We believe we are unlike other online retailers because we market multiple merchandise categories and product types, serve both small businesses and consumers and offer two ways to purchase products: every day low price and our proprietary Bargain Countdown .

 

We offer the following key benefits to customers shopping on our website:

 

    Broad and deep product selection . We sell high quality products across a broad selection of merchandise categories. Most of the products offered on our website are from well-known, brand-name manufacturers. We currently offer over 100,000 different products in twelve categories. Our product offerings are updated continually to reflect new product trends, keeping our merchandise selection relevant for our customers so they continue to visit our website.

 

    Compelling price-to-value proposition . As part of our strategy to appeal to the high frequency value-oriented shopper, we offer low prices on new products and deeper discounts on our assortment of close-out and refurbished merchandise. We employ aggressive promotional strategies to provide incentives for our customers to purchase merchandise on our website and build customer loyalty. We also offer a fee-based membership program to reward customer loyalty by providing exclusive access to preferential offers to subscribers.

 

    Two shopping formats on our website . We appeal to a broad customer base by offering two shopping formats designed to attract frequent visits to our website: every day low price and our proprietary Bargain Countdown . For the shopper who wants new and recently released products from leading manufacturers, we offer discounted merchandise in an every day low price format. For the bargain shopper interested in close-out and refurbished merchandise, we market products using our Bargain Countdown format which features time- and quantity-limited offers of selected merchandise that are more deeply discounted.

 

    Rapid response order fulfillment . We ship substantially all of our customer orders from inventory at an outsourced distribution facility located near the FedEx main hub in Memphis, Tennessee. Substantially all orders in stock at the Memphis facility placed as late as 10:15 p.m. Eastern Time ship the same day and can be delivered at the customer’s request by 10:30 a.m. the next day for most domestic locations. We also utilize virtual warehouse technology to access merchandise that is not in stock at our outsourced distribution facility. PC Mall has historically provided order fulfillment services to us and will continue to provide these services until the distribution. We recently signed a lease for our own distribution facility located near the FedEx main hub in Memphis, Tennessee and are currently building out the facility. We expect this new facility to be operational by early April 2005. For a more complete description of our fulfillment operations and our transition to this new facility, see “Fulfillment Operations” under this Item 1.

 

2


Table of Contents
    Responsive customer service and positive shopping experience . We believe that our customer service differentiates the buying experience for our customers. Our experienced team of 16 inbound sales representatives and 18 customer service representatives assist our consumer customers by telephone and e-mail. We also have 26 relationship managers who are assigned to many of our small business customers to service their needs and increase future sales opportunities. Our website contains helpful features such as in-depth product information, inventory levels and order status. In addition, we continually monitor website traffic and order activity and periodically update our website to enhance the shopping experience for our customers.

 

    Appealing features for small business customers . We offer our small business customers a convenient and differentiated way to purchase products through their own secure personalized website, which enables them to receive customized pricing and product offerings and which increases the efficiency of their shopping experience. Other helpful features for our business customers include purchasing and payment history, software licensing, custom hardware configurations and flexible payment alternatives, including net 30-day payment terms and lease financing through third-party sources. We also assign relationship managers to provide personalized service to many of our business customers.

 

We provide manufacturers and other vendors with a convenient channel to sell both large and small quantities of new, close-out and refurbished inventory. We offer manufacturers and vendors the following key benefits:

 

    Single point of distribution . Manufacturers and other vendors often use separate channels to sell new, refurbished and close-out products because most retailers offer products in only one stage of the product life cycle. Through our two shopping formats, we offer manufacturers and other vendors the flexibility to use eCOST.com to sell products in a brand sensitive manner in any stage of the product life cycle. For example, our Bargain Countdown capabilities allow our vendors to liquidate smaller, residual quantities of merchandise without disappointing customers due to the limited availability of such products.

 

    Efficient distribution and sales channel . Our centralized outsourced distribution capability reduces vendor costs in shipping product to us. Our ability to rapidly sell inventory is a benefit to those vendors that offer us protection against price erosion. Our centralized product management and feedback to vendors on product sell-through and inventory position allow vendors to efficiently monitor product movement and placement, eliminating the need for frequent visits by vendor representatives to physical retail locations. PC Mall currently provides us with our inventory management and order fulfillment capabilities and will continue to do so until the spin-off. We recently signed a lease for our own distribution facility located near the FedEx main hub in Memphis, Tennessee and expect this new facility to be operational by early April 2005. For a more complete description of our fulfillment operations and our transition to this new facility, see “Fulfillment Operations” under this Item 1.

 

    Customized manufacturer stores . With our in-house design and merchandising team, we provide manufacturers the opportunity to showcase their full assortment of products and accessories by establishing virtual stores on our website that are specific to individual manufacturers. We believe this allows manufacturers to maximize sales and branding of their products. We promote these manufacturer stores to our customer base through our integrated marketing strategy, including targeted e-mails highlighting a specific manufacturer and its products and directing customers to that manufacturer store on our website.

 

    Speed to market for newly released products . We respond rapidly to new product releases from manufacturers through our ability to quickly post and market new products on our website and satisfy immediate customer demand through our rapid response order fulfillment capabilities.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

Our objective, as a leading online discount retailer, is to develop our brand both nationally and internationally, offer high quality merchandise across multiple categories and provide a superior customer experience. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    expanding our product offerings and merchandise categories to attract new customers and offer an increased variety of merchandise to our existing customers;

 

3


Table of Contents
    acquiring new customers through continued online marketing campaigns as well as through new techniques involving online and traditional offline advertising, including print, media and direct mail;

 

    expanding our sales to existing customers by encouraging them to visit our website repeatedly, to browse through additional merchandise categories, product offerings, new merchandise assortments, and new promotions; and

 

    increasing eCOST.com brand awareness through strategic online and offline advertising programs.

 

Our Customers

 

We focus on consumers and small business customers. Our consumer customers are savvy, online shoppers, who are brand and price conscious, and interested in new technology. Our business customers include small businesses that we believe are currently underserved by other multi-category online retailers. While our business customer relationship managers focus on sales to small businesses, they also service businesses of all types and sizes. Our small business customers appreciate our superior and personalized customer service and our ability to offer new and current, close-out and refurbished merchandise at competitive prices. In 2003 and 2004, consumer sales represented approximately 72% and 66%, respectively, of our total net sales and business sales represented approximately 28% and 34%, respectively, of our total net sales.

 

Our Website

 

Our website is comprehensive, easy to use and provides an exciting shopping experience which encourages customer loyalty and repeat visits. We add hundreds of new products to our online product mix weekly. Our website features high-quality product images, detailed product information and manufacturer specifications, as well as highlights of best-selling products and suggested accessories. We continually incorporate new technologies to improve the ease of use of our website.

 

Currently, the products available on the every day low price portion of our website are organized into twelve primary product categories: computer hardware and software, home electronics, digital imaging, watches and jewelry, housewares, DVD movies, video games, travel, bed and bath, apparel and accessories, licensed sports gear and cellular/wireless. We also offer the same products, if they meet certain criteria, on the Bargain Countdown section of our website. In addition to being able to use keyword searches to locate specific products on our website, customers can browse or search the products available on the every day low price portion of our website by navigating the subcategories contained in our primary product categories and our featured manufacturer product showcases. Products that fall within more than one subcategory on our website are often posted on more than one web page, which we believe increases the visibility of the products and assists the customer in finding desired merchandise.

 

Every day low price . Our multi-category merchandise assortment is available in an every day low price retail format. Products are organized by subcategory under each major category tab. Each major category includes informative and shopper-friendly “showcases” organized by manufacturer, new technology, best sellers, seasonal gift guides, and new products. This shopping format features discounted new products and recently released products from leading manufacturers.

 

Bargain Countdown . Our proprietary Bargain Countdown shopping format offers close-out, refurbished and highly allocated products in limited quantities for a limited time. Bargain Countdown features over 100 different product offers daily, indicating the quantity of items remaining for the current offer and the time remaining to purchase the product. Based on the popularity of an offer, an animated graphic icon will appear to alert the customer of the item’s current sales velocity. After the offer has expired, the product is removed from Bargain Countdown and may no longer be available at the previously deeply discounted price. Our Bargain Countdown shopping format encourages repeat visits to our website due to the rapidly changing mix of merchandise, animated graphics, the unique collection of close-out deals and the search for bargains. We also have theme-based Bargain

 

4


Table of Contents

Countdown tabs throughout the year, including Holiday Countdown, Watches and Jewelry Countdown, Game of the Year Countdown, and Fashion Products and Accessories Countdown. Our Clearance Countdown tab is primarily used to liquidate overstocked and excess inventory across all product categories. Our Bargain Countdown Platinum Club format is a version of Bargain Countdown and offers exclusive pricing on select merchandise to our fee-based members.

 

Other key features of our website include: advanced search, online order status retrieval, online payment, shipping alternatives, online registration for promotions and catalogs and online extended warranty recommendations.

 

As a commitment to our small business customers, we have created a customized information area available as a link from our website which features services, benefits and information for our small business customers. Such additional features and services include access to our business customer relationship management team, the ability to set up a customized corporate extranet site with custom pricing and product catalogs, net 30-day credit terms, software licensing, computer system configurations, and leasing alternatives.

 

Our Merchandise

 

We strive to offer our customers an expansive selection of varied types of merchandise and currently offer more than 100,000 products on our website in twelve different merchandise categories. While our product offerings change on a regular basis due to product availability and customer demand, we continually offer a wide variety of merchandise.

 

Computer hardware and software . Our computer hardware and software product category contains subcategories for computer systems, computer hardware and computer software. In these subcategories customers can find products such as desktop, notebook and handheld computers; servers; personal digital assistants; various hardware including CD and DVD drives and burners, flat screen monitors, color laser printers, scanners and networking equipment and business, education and entertainment software.

 

Home electronics . Our home electronics product category contains subcategories for camcorders, DVD players, audio systems, speakers, big screen and plasma televisions, VCR and digital video recorders, portables and accessories. Within these subcategories, customers can find products such as video cameras in popular formats like DVD players; surround sound audio systems; subwoofers, center channel and bookshelf speakers; LCD, plasma and projection screen televisions; digital video recorders that pause, rewind and replay live television; digital music players and a variety of accessories such as cables, remote controls and headphones.

 

Digital imaging . Our digital imaging product category contains products including digital still cameras; video cameras and camcorders in MiniDV format; drawing tablets for digital photo editing; digital photo and image editing software and photo printers.

 

Watches and jewelry . Our watches and jewelry product category offers customers the ability to shop in subcategories dedicated to watches, jewelry and pens. Within these subcategories, customers can find brand name men’s and women’s watches; gold, silver, platinum and diamond jewelry such as rings, necklaces, pendants, earrings and bracelets and fountain and ballpoint pens.

 

Housewares . Our housewares product category is dedicated to household appliances, kitchenware, personal care appliances, home decor and luggage. Within this portion of our website consumers can find products such as traditional household appliances including blenders, toasters and vacuum cleaners; professional quality cookware and gourmet kitchen appliances such as coffee grinders.

 

DVD movies . Our DVD movies product category offers consumers an array of new release and classic DVDs in a wide range of genres, including action and adventure; animated; comedy; documentary; drama; family; horror; music video and concerts; musicals and performing arts; mystery and suspense; sci-fi and fantasy; sports and fitness and television.

 

5


Table of Contents

Video games . Our video game product category includes hardware and software products based on popular gaming platforms. Within subcategories dedicated to Sony PlayStation, Microsoft Xbox, Nintendo GameCube and PC gaming, customers can find hardware products and accessories, as well as action and adventure, role playing, simulation, sports, strategy and other types of video games.

 

Travel . Our travel category, which was introduced in October 2004, is dedicated to serve customer travel requirements such as booking arrangements for flights, hotels and cars, with the opportunity for customers to benefit from special offers. For our travel category, we have an arrangement with a third party travel services provider under which we receive commissions for travel arrangements made through our website.

 

Bed and bath . Our bed and bath product category, which was introduced in December 2004, is dedicated to bed and bath products and we have organized the website to allow customers to shop by subcategory. Within these subcategories we offer a variety of bed linens, pillows, blankets, comforters, towels and other select items.

 

Apparel and accessories . We introduced our apparel and accessories product category in December 2004, which features select clothing, footwear and accessories. Included in the product offering are subcategories of products allowing customers to access a variety of brand name garments such as men’s and women’s coats and jackets, sleepwear, ties, footwear such as suede boots, and recognized brand name purses and handbags.

 

Licensed sports gear . Our licensed sports gear product category, which was introduced in October 2004, is dedicated to sportswear apparel and memorabilia and includes a variety of products such as collector items, gifts, novelties, clothing and car mats. The website allows customers to access select professional sports team stores.

 

Cellular/Wireless . We introduced our cellular/wireless category in late November 2004, and within this category, we offer customers select cellular phones and service and a variety of cellular/wireless accessories including batteries, headsets, vehicle adaptors and battery chargers. For the cellular phones and service portion of this category, we have an arrangement with a third party cellular service provider under which we receive commissions for service plans and phones purchased by linking through our eCOST.com website.

 

We plan to expand into additional categories in order to attract new customers and offer a broader variety of merchandise to our existing customers. Categories currently under consideration include books, music, sporting goods/health and fitness, luggage and pet supplies. We also plan to increase our depth in our current categories by adding new subcategories, brands and products.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We currently focus our advertising efforts on efficient and effective marketing campaigns aimed at acquiring new customers, encouraging repeat purchases and establishing the eCOST.com brand. Our current online prospecting activities are primarily cost-per-click arrangements which include displaying our products within various price comparison sites and search engines such as CNET, PriceGrabber, Shopping.com and Google, strategic online banner advertising, affinity e-mail programs and participation in various online affiliate marketing programs. We send our current customers targeted e-mails focused on new product and category launches, special promotions, and product-related add-on and accessory offers, as well as cooperative manufacturer branding campaigns. We also mail an eCOST.com branded catalog to selected customers. Additional marketing campaigns have also included eCOST.com or manufacturer coupon offers and promotional shipping discounts.

 

We intend to continue to develop our small business customer base. We plan to recruit additional relationship managers and assign these managers to existing business customers. We seek to provide personalized service for these customers and build deeper relationships which will lead to a growing share of the customer’s overall purchases. We believe small business customers respond favorably to a one-to-one relationship model with personalized, well-trained, relationship managers. By contacting existing business customers on a systematic basis, we believe we have the opportunity to increase overall sales to those customers. We also offer our business customers the option to use a customized eCOST.com business website which provides customer-specific pricing, account history, password security and product catalog features. In addition, our business customers have multiple

 

6


Table of Contents

payment options including leasing and net 30-day credit terms. High volume customers may also qualify for special volume pricing.

 

Vendors

 

We purchase products for resale both directly from manufacturers and indirectly through distributors and other sources, all of whom we consider our vendors. We provide vendors with a convenient channel to sell both large and small quantities of new, closeout and refurbished inventory. We offer significant advantages for vendors, including a single point of distribution, efficient channel relationships, customized manufacturer stores and speedy release of their newest merchandise. Our vendors provide us with brand name new and current products, close-out models and manufacturer refurbished products. We also have arrangements with third-party providers through which we receive commissions for products in certain categories, such as travel and cellular phones and service, as well as other marketing and promotional services generated through our eCOST.com website.

 

During 2004, we offered products on our website from over 1,000 third-party vendors. In general, we agree to offer products on our website and the manufacturers agree to provide us with information about their products and honor our customer service policies. We have historically relied on PC Mall for substantially all of our vendor relationships. As we transition to performing inventory management and order fulfillment functions on our own, we expect to establish and build our own relationships with vendors which in many cases will require us to obtain the necessary authorizations from vendors to resell their products.

 

Fulfillment Operations

 

We use a hybrid order fulfillment model that reduces inventory carrying cost while assuring that our customers experience rapid delivery and a high level of customer service. We use an outsourced distribution center, which stocks faster selling products as well as special purchases of refurbished and close-out merchandise. For slower selling products not stocked in inventory, we have access to merchandise that can be drop shipped from 14 major distributors through our virtual warehouse technology. We do not have any contractual agreements with these vendors to guarantee availability of merchandise. Our hybrid fulfillment system allows us to ship orders quickly while limiting our exposure to excess and obsolete inventory charges. When customers place orders on our website, orders are fulfilled through our outsourced distribution center or through vendors electronically linked to our order management system. We monitor both sources for accurate order fulfillment and timely shipment.

 

We ship a substantial majority of our customer orders from inventory at our outsourced warehouse facility located near the FedEx main hub in Memphis, Tennessee. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, we derived 84% and 89% of our gross sales from products sold out of inventory at our outsourced warehouse. The warehouse is operated with an automated warehouse management system that tracks the receipt of the inventory items, distributes order fulfillment assignments to warehouse employees and obtains rates for various shipping options to ensure low-cost outbound shipping. Our website relays orders to the warehouse management system throughout each day, and the warehouse management system in turn confirms to our website the shipment of each order. Our website provides customers with links to our freight providers to track the delivery status of a shipment.

 

We currently outsource our inventory management and order fulfillment operations to PC Mall. In January 2005, we signed a lease for our own distribution facility located near the FedEx main hub in Memphis, Tennessee and are currently building out the facility. We expect this new facility to be operational by early April 2005. Under our current arrangement with PC Mall for outsourced inventory management and order fulfillment, which will terminate upon completion of the spin-off, PC Mall charges us a per order fulfillment fee and passes inventory risk to us based on a fixed management fee and restocking fee. For a description of the risks we face in this transition, please see “Risk Factors-If we fail to successfully manage or expand our inventory management and order fulfillment operations, we may be unable to meet customer demand for our products and may incur higher expenses or additional costs”

 

Shipping and Handling . Customers can choose various shipping services at their expense ranging from next day by 10:30 a.m. to deferred ground delivery. Shipping costs are determined through a number of variables, including the type of delivery service requested, shipping distance, package dimensions, delivery location and other factors. Approximately 99% of orders in stock at the Memphis facility placed as late as 10:15 p.m. Eastern Time

 

7


Table of Contents

ship the same day and can be delivered at the customer’s request by 10:30 a.m. the next day for most domestic locations.

 

Return Policy . We offer a 30-day return policy on selected items based on manufacturer return policies; otherwise all purchases are final. Upon receiving a return authorization number from an eCOST.com customer service representative, products may be returned within 30 days from the date of the invoice. Defective software products are eligible for exchange only. We charge a 15% restocking fee plus applicable shipping & handling charges for shipments refused by the customer. Returns of defective items, whether new or refurbished, will be accepted for exchange or repair, at our discretion, within 30 days of the invoice date. The customer is responsible for original and return shipping and handling charges on all approved returns.

 

Payment Terms . We offer our customers the following payment options: credit card, debit card, net 30-day payment terms for approved small business customers, bank money wire or third party business leasing through an approved lessor. We require verification of receipt of payment or credit card authorization before we ship any products to our customers who do not have pre-approved credit.

 

Handling and Processing Fee . We charge a handling and processing fee on most transactions consisting of a fixed fee for orders up to $500 or a percentage of the total order value for orders over $500.

 

Customer Service

 

Our business strategy has been to develop, cultivate and satisfy our growing customer base. As such, we focus on providing our customers with superior customer service in an effort to facilitate the best possible shopping experience and to encourage repeat business. Our customer service capabilities include our website functionality, personalized inbound call-center support and a business relationship sales team. In addition, we offer FedEx and UPS delivery service with multiple delivery options. Our team of inbound customer service representatives currently assists our customers via telephone and e-mail. We staff our customer service department with dedicated professionals who respond to phone and e-mail inquiries for product information, order processing, returns and other general questions. Our customer service staff receives up to approximately 16,000 inbound calls and 6,000 e-mail messages each week. To maintain a rapid response time for our e-mail and phone inquires, we often use automated e-mail and phone systems to help route the customer to the appropriate customer service representatives. We have 26 relationship managers who are assigned to many of our business customers to better service their needs and increase future sales opportunities.

 

Technology

 

We use our website, which was internally developed with PC Mall, and a combination of proprietary technologies and commercially available licensed technologies and solutions to support our operations, including Ecometry software for order processing, advertising and sales, fraud detection, purchasing, telemarketing and order management, virtual warehousing, and warehousing and shipping. We connect to the Internet over DS-3 lines through services provided by SBC and Qwest Communications. We regularly make improvements to our overall technology infrastructure to improve our customers’ shopping experiences.

 

Our information technology systems are located in our corporate headquarters in Torrance, California. PC Mall currently provides us with information technology support services to maintain our management information and reporting systems and owns or licenses substantially all of the infrastructure on which these systems operate. PC Mall also hosts our website using HP/Compaq web servers that are configured for redundancy and high availability. The servers operate in a load-balanced environment designed to accommodate large volumes of Internet traffic, and we have immediate access to standby servers that can provide additional traffic capacity if necessary. The servers are optimized for scalability to permit future growth in traffic volumes.

 

We use Cisco network components, including routers, local directors, switches and hubs, and our network is redundant and configured with auto fail-over for high availability. Furthermore, our data is currently stored on hardware that is backed up by a high-speed redundant storage system. All customer credit card numbers and financial and credit information are secured using secure server software, and we maintain credit card numbers behind appropriate firewalls.

 

8


Table of Contents

Under our Information Technology Systems Usage and Services Agreement with PC Mall, PC Mall provides us with usage of telecommunications systems and hardware and software systems, information technology services and related support services, including maintaining our management information and reporting systems and hosting our website. We pay PC Mall a monthly fee of $40,000 for the services and usage of the hardware and software systems and we reimburse PC Mall for our actual telecommunications systems usage charges. To the extent we need to upgrade or expand the capacity of our systems, we will be responsible for purchasing any such additional capacity or hardware. The agreement has a term of two years, but either party may terminate the agreement earlier by providing the other party 180 days prior written notice of such termination. As part of our transition to becoming a stand-alone company, we will need to create our own operational and administrative infrastructure to replace the services PC Mall currently provides to us. For a discussion of the risks associated with our transition, please see “Risk Factors –We currently rely on PC Mall’s operational and administrative infrastructure, and our ability to operate our business will suffer if we do not develop our own infrastructure quickly and cost-effectively.”

 

Competition

 

The market for our products is intensely competitive, rapidly evolving and has relatively low barriers to entry. New competitors can launch new websites at relatively low cost. We believe that competition in our market is based predominantly on:

 

    price;

 

    product selection, quality and availability;

 

    shopping convenience;

 

    customer service; and

 

    brand recognition.

 

We currently or potentially compete with a variety of companies that can be divided into several broad categories:

 

    other multi-category online retailers such as Amazon.com and Buy.com;

 

    online discount retailers of computer and consumer electronics merchandise such as Computers4Sure, NewEgg and TigerDirect;

 

    liquidation e-tailers such as Overstock.com and SmartBargains;

 

    consumer electronics and office supply superstores such as Best Buy, Circuit City, CompUSA, Office Depot, OfficeMax and Staples; and

 

    manufacturers such as Apple, Dell, Gateway, Hewlett-Packard and IBM, who sell directly to customers.

 

Our largest manufacturers have sold, and continue to intensify their efforts to sell, their products directly to customers. To the extent additional manufacturers adopt this selling format or this trend becomes more prevalent, it could adversely affect our sales growth and profitability. In addition, PC Mall currently offers many of the same products for sale as we offer, and PC Mall will not be restricted from competing with us in the future.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of laws and contractual restrictions with our employees, customers, suppliers, affiliates and others to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Despite these precautions, it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property, including our domain names, without authorization. Although we regularly assert our intellectual property rights when we learn that they are being

 

9


Table of Contents

infringed, these claims can be time-consuming and may require litigation and/or administrative proceedings to be successful. We have six trademarks and/or service marks which we consider to be material to the successful operation of our business: eCOST ® , eCOST.com ® , eCOST.com Bargain Countdown , eCOST.com Your Online Discount Superstore! , Bargain Countdown and Bargain Countdown Platinum Club . We currently use all of these marks in connection with telephone, mail order, catalog, and online retail services. We have registrations for eCOST ® and eCOST.com ® in the United States for online retail order services and have seven pending applications for eCOST ® , eCOST.com ® , eCOST.com Bargain Countdown and Bargain Countdown , eCOST.com Your Online Discount Superstore! and Bargain Countdown Platinum Club in the United States and three pending applications for eCOST , eCOST.com and Bargain Countdown in Canada and the United Kingdom. Our applications may not be granted and we may not be able to secure significant protection for our service marks and trademarks.

 

We have filed an application with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office seeking patent protection for our proprietary Bargain Countdown technology. We cannot provide any assurance that a patent will be issued from this patent application. In addition, effective patent and trademark protection may not be available or may not be sought by us in every country in which our products and services are made available online, including the United States.

 

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including claims of alleged infringement of the patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights of third parties by our company. Third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, that our business or the technologies we use infringe their intellectual property rights. Although we have not been subject to legal proceedings in the past, we may be subject to intellectual property legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business. We cannot predict whether third parties will assert additional claims of infringement against us in the future, or whether any future claims will prevent us from offering popular products or operating our business as planned. For a discussion of risks associated with our trademarks, patents and other intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors – If the protection of our trademarks and proprietary rights is inadequate, our brand and reputation could be impaired and we could lose customers” and “Risk Factors – If third parties claim we are infringing their intellectual property rights, we could incur significant litigation costs, be required to pay damages, change our business or incur licensing expenses.”

 

Government Regulation

 

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign consumer protection laws, including laws protecting the privacy of our customers’ personally identifiable information and other non-public information and regulations prohibiting unfair and deceptive trade practices. Furthermore, the growth and demand for online commerce has and may continue to result in more stringent consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens and greater penalties on online companies. Moreover, there is a trend toward regulations requiring companies to provide consumers with greater information regarding, and greater control over, how their personal data is used, and requiring notification where unauthorized access to such data occurs. For example, California law currently requires us to notify each of our California customers who is affected by any data security breach in which an unauthorized person, such as a computer hacker, obtains such customer’s social security number, driver’s license number or California Identification Card number, account number, credit or debit card number, in combination with any required security code, access code, or password that would permit access to a customer’s account. In addition, several jurisdictions, including foreign countries, have adopted privacy-related laws that restrict or prohibit unsolicited email promotions, commonly known as “spam,” and that impose significant monetary and other penalties for violations. One such law, the “CAN-SPAM” Act of 2003, became effective in the United States on January 1, 2004 and imposes complex, burdensome and often ambiguous requirements in connection with our sending commercial email to our customers and potential customers. Moreover, in an effort to comply with these laws, Internet service providers may increasingly block legitimate marketing emails. These consumer protection laws may become more stringent in the future and could result in substantial compliance costs and could interfere with the conduct of our business.

 

We collect sales or other similar taxes for shipments of goods in California and Tennessee. One or more local, state or foreign jurisdictions may seek to impose sales tax collection obligations on us and other out-of-state companies that engage in online commerce. If sales tax obligations are successfully imposed upon us by a state or

 

10


Table of Contents

other jurisdiction, we could be exposed to substantial tax liabilities for past sales and fines and penalties for failure to collect sales taxes and we could suffer decreased sales in that state or jurisdiction as the effective cost of purchasing goods from us increases for those residing in that state or jurisdiction.

 

In many states, there is currently great uncertainty whether or how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet and commercial online services. These issues may take years to resolve. For example, tax authorities in a number of states, as well as a Congressional advisory commission, are currently reviewing the appropriate tax treatment of companies engaged in online commerce, and new state tax regulations may subject us to additional state sales and income taxes. New legislation or regulation, the application of laws and regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to our business or the application of existing laws and regulations to the Internet and commercial online services could result in significant additional taxes or regulatory restrictions on our business. These taxes could have an adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations. Furthermore, there is a possibility that we may be subject to significant fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had 93 full-time employees, including 16 in inbound sales, 18 in customer service, 26 in business customer relationship management, 27 in sales and marketing, 2 in merchandising and 4 in our executive and administrative department. During the holiday shopping season, we have historically hired a number of temporary employees. We have never had a work stoppage, and our employees are not represented by a labor union. We consider our employee relationships to be positive.

 

Available Information

 

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to these reports available on our corporate website as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Our Code of Ethics, Director Nomination Policy, Audit Committee Charter and Compensation Committee Charter are available on our website. Our corporate website is located at www.ecost.com. None of the information contained on our website is intended to be part of this report or incorporated by reference herein.

 

Executive Officers

 

The table below sets forth information as of March 29, 2005 about individuals who serve as our executive officers.

 

Name


   Age

  

Positions


Adam W. Shaffer

   39    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Gary W. Guy

   35    President and Director

Elizabeth S.C.S. Murray

   49    Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

 

11


Table of Contents

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of the executive officers:

 

Adam W. Shaffer joined our company as Chief Executive Officer in March 2004 and has served as one of our directors since April 2004. In July 2001, Mr. Shaffer founded Safety-911, LLC, a national direct marketer of public safety equipment, where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer until April 2004. From October 2000 to July 2001, Mr. Shaffer was a consultant to Dennis Publishing Ltd., the publisher of Maxim Magazine, where he served as Director of Brand Management. From April 1992 through July 2000, Mr. Shaffer worked for Micro Warehouse, Inc., a direct reseller of branded information technology products and services, where he held various management positions including Executive Vice President of Marketing, Advertising, Purchasing and International Operations and Executive Vice President of Sales. Prior to that time, Mr. Shaffer served as Product and Catalog Manager of Global Computer Supplies, a direct marketer of computer products and supplies. Mr. Shaffer started his career in 1984 with Logicsoft Inc., a direct marketer of computer products, where he rose to the level of Category and Marketing Manager.

 

Gary W. Guy has served as our President and director since October 2001. He also served as our Treasurer from October 2001 through April 2004, as our Secretary from October 2001 through January 2003 and from February 2004 through April 2004, and as a director from October 2001 to April 2004. Mr. Guy joined eCost.com in June 1999 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Prior to joining our company, he served as Vice President of marketing for PC Mall. From June 1994 to May 1999, Mr. Guy held various sales, marketing and product management positions within PC Mall.

 

Elizabeth S.C.S. Murray joined our company in January 2005 as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. Ms. Murray previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Digital Insight Corporation, a publicly traded provider of online banking technologies, from March 2002 until January 2005. From 1998 to 2002 Ms. Murray served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Korn/Ferry International, a publicly traded company specializing in executive management recruitment. Ms. Murray served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Tycom Inc. from June 1997 to December 1997, and from 1994 to June 1997 she was the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Hughes Communications, Inc., a subsidiary of Hughes Electronics Corporation. Ms. Murray is a Chartered Accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Scotland and received her BA in business studies from Robert Gordon University.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

This annual report, including the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We face a number of risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Our limited operating history makes evaluation of our business difficult.

 

We were originally organized in February 1999 and launched our website in April 1999. Our limited operating history will make it difficult for investors to evaluate our business and future operating results. Investors must consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may face as an early stage company with limited operating history. These risks and difficulties include challenges in accurate financial planning as a result of limited historical data and the uncertainties resulting from having had a relatively limited time period in which to implement and evaluate our business strategies as compared to older companies with longer operating histories.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our historical financial information may not be representative of what our actual results would have been if we were an independent company or indicative of what our future results may be.

 

Our financial results are presented in this annual report on a stand-alone basis. However, PC Mall historically accounted for our business for financial reporting purposes as a segment within its consolidated financial statements. The historical financial information we have included in this report does not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone entity and not part of PC Mall’s consolidated group during the periods presented. The historical costs and expenses reflected in our financial statements include charges for certain corporate functions historically provided by PC Mall, including administrative services (accounting, human resources, tax services, legal and treasury), inventory management and order fulfillment, credit card processing, information systems operation and administration, advertising services and use of office space. These allocated charges were based on what we and PC Mall considered to be reasonable reflections of the historical utilization levels of these services required in support of our business. We have not made a determination of whether these expenses are comparable to those we could have obtained from an unrelated third party. The historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future and does not reflect many significant changes that have and will occur in our capital structure, funding and operations as a result of our separation from PC Mall. For example, we may face increased costs for leases, senior management, insurance, technology software and support, employee benefits, financing and increased costs associated with being a publicly traded, stand-alone company.

 

We may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

 

We have invested heavily in our website development, advertising, hiring of personnel and startup costs. We have reported a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2004 of $1.2 million and had an accumulated deficit of approximately $11.2 million at December 31, 2004. Our ability to achieve or maintain profitability given our planned business strategy depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to achieve or maintain vendor relationships, procure merchandise and fulfill orders in an efficient manner, leverage our fixed cost structure, maintain adequate levels of vendor funding, and maintain customer acquisition costs at acceptable levels. We may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability on a quarterly or an annual basis.

 

Our ability to achieve or maintain profitability will also depend on our ability to manage and control operating expenses and to generate and sustain increased levels of revenue. We expect to incur significant operating expenses and capital expenditures to establish ourselves as an independent company, including increased general and administrative costs to support our operations and the increased costs of being a public company, and costs to transition from an outsourced inventory management and order fulfillment function provided by PC Mall to performing such functions on our own. We also expect to incur significant operating expenses and capital expenditures to:

 

    increase our customer base;

 

    expand our marketing efforts to enhance our brand image;

 

    further improve our order processing systems and capabilities;

 

    acquire and enhance software and hardware systems necessary for the operation of our business;

 

    develop enhanced technologies and features;

 

    increase the size of our staff; and

 

    expand our customer service capabilities to better serve our customers’ needs.

 

Because we will incur many of these expenses before we receive any revenues from our efforts, it will be more difficult for us to achieve or maintain profitability than it may otherwise have been if we developed our business more slowly. Further, we base our expenses in large part on our operating plans, current business strategies and future revenue projections. Many of our expenses are fixed in the short-term, and we may not be able to quickly

 

13


Table of Contents

reduce spending if our revenues are lower than we project. In addition, we may find that these efforts are more expensive than we currently anticipate. Therefore, the timing of these expenses may contribute to fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

 

Our operating results are difficult to predict and may adversely affect our stock price.

 

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to vary significantly in the future based upon a number of factors, many of which we cannot control. We operate in a highly dynamic industry and future results could be subject to significant fluctuations. These fluctuations could cause us to fail to meet or exceed financial expectations of investors, which could cause our stock price to decline rapidly and significantly. Revenue and expenses in future periods may be greater or less than revenue and expenses in the immediately preceding period or in the comparable period of the prior year. Therefore, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily a good indication of our future performance. Some of the factors that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

 

    the costs of establishing ourselves as an independent public company;

 

    the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures relating to the expansion of our business operations and infrastructure;

 

    price competition that results in lower sales volumes, lower profit margins, or net losses;

 

    fluctuations in coupon redemption rates;

 

    the amount and timing of advertising and marketing costs;

 

    our ability to successfully integrate operations and technologies from any future acquisitions or other business combinations;

 

    changes in the number of visitors to our website or our inability to convert those visitors into customers;

 

    technical difficulties, including system or Internet failures;

 

    fluctuations in the demand for our products or overstocking or understocking of our products;

 

    introduction of new or enhanced services or products by us or our competitors;

 

    fluctuations in shipping costs, particularly during the holiday season;

 

    economic conditions generally or economic conditions specific to the Internet, online commerce, the retail industry or the mail order industry;

 

    changes in the mix of products that we sell; and

 

    fluctuations in levels of inventory theft, damage or obsolescence.

 

If we fail to successfully manage or expand our inventory management and order fulfillment operations, we may be unable to meet customer demand for our products and may incur higher expenses or additional costs.

 

Our outsourced order fulfillment and distribution operations are located in Memphis, Tennessee. Historically, PC Mall has provided inventory management and order fulfillment services to us. PC Mall will continue to provide these services to us until the spin-off. We are in the process of establishing our own inventory management and order fulfillment operations. In January 2005, we signed a lease for our own distribution facility located near the FedEx main hub in Memphis, Tennessee and are currently building out the facility. We expect this new facility to be operational by early April 2005. We have no prior experience managing inventory management and order

 

14


Table of Contents

fulfillment operations, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in this endeavor. Any failure in managing our current outsourced inventory management and order fulfillment operations or establishing our own inventory management and order fulfillment capabilities would require us to find one or more parties to provide these services for us and could seriously disrupt our operations and cause us to be unable to meet customer demand for our products. If we are required to engage one or more service providers to provide these services, we could incur higher fulfillment expenses than anticipated or incur additional costs for balancing product inventories among multiple distribution facilities. Further, we may need to expand our inventory management and order fulfillment operations in the future to accommodate increases in customer orders.

 

If we fail to accurately predict our inventory risk, our margins may decline as a result of write downs of our inventory due to lower prices obtained from older or obsolete products.

 

In 2003 and 2004, we derived 84% and 89% of our gross sales from products sold out of inventory at an outsourced warehouse. We assume the inventory damage, theft and obsolescence risks, as well as price erosion risks for products that are sold out of inventory stocked at our outsourced warehouse. These risks are especially significant because some of the products we sell on our website are characterized by rapid technological change, obsolescence and price erosion (for example, computer hardware, software and consumer electronics), and because the distribution center sometimes stocks large quantities of particular types of inventory. Under our current arrangement with PC Mall for outsourced inventory management and order fulfillment, PC Mall passes inventory risk to us based on a fixed restocking fee on returns plus allocated charges of PC Mall’s overall inventory reserve. If the inventory reserve subsequently proves insufficient, additional inventory write-downs may be required. So long as we rely on PC Mall to provide these inventory management and order fulfillment functions for us, we will have limited control over the management of these inventory risks. After we have established our own inventory management and order fulfillment operations, we will bear those inventory risks directly.

 

Our ability to offer a broad selection of products at competitive prices is dependent on our ability to maintain existing and build new relationships with manufacturers and vendors. We do not have long-term agreements with our manufacturers or vendors, some of our manufacturers and vendors compete directly with us, and we do not have a direct relationship with many of our manufacturers and vendors.

 

We purchase products for resale both directly from manufacturers and indirectly through distributors and other sources, all of whom we consider our vendors. We have historically relied on PC Mall for substantially all of our vendor relationships. During 2004, we offered products on our website from over 1,000 third-party manufacturers. We do not have any long-term agreements with any of these vendors. Any agreements with vendors governing our purchase of products are generally terminable by either party upon 30 days’ notice or less. In general, we agree to offer products on our website and the vendors agree to provide us with information about their products and honor our customer service policies. PC Mall has historically provided us with vendor consideration in connection with its inventory management and order fulfillment functions. As we transition to performing inventory management and order fulfillment functions on our own, we will have to establish and build our own relationships with vendors and obtain favorable product pricing and vendor consideration. We will also have to obtain the necessary authorization from many of our vendors to resell their products. We are developing our own capabilities to perform these functions and expect to be largely self-sufficient by early April 2005. We may not be able to negotiate with vendors on terms as favorable as those obtained through PC Mall for a number of reasons, including lower product volumes, limited credit history, and a limited history of independently doing business with these vendors. If we do not maintain our existing relationships or build new relationships with vendors on acceptable terms, including favorable product pricing and vendor consideration, we may not be able to offer a broad selection of products or continue to offer products at competitive prices, and customers may refuse to shop at our website. In addition, some vendors may decide not to offer particular products for sale on the Internet, and others may avoid offering their new products to retailers such as us who offer a mix of close-out and refurbished products in addition to new products. From time to time, vendors may terminate our right to sell some or all of their products, change the applicable terms and conditions of sale or reduce or discontinue the incentives or vendor consideration that they offer us. Any such termination or the implementation of such changes could have a negative impact on our operating results. Additionally, some products are subject to manufacturer or distributor allocation, which limits the number of units of those products that are available to us and other resellers.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our revenue is dependent in part on sales of HP and HP-related products, which represented 21% of our net sales in 2003 and 27% in 2004. In connection with the distribution, we will have to obtain authorization from HP to buy directly from HP. To the extent we are unable to do this, we may have to seek alternative sources of supply of HP and HP-related products and this could have a material adverse impact on our revenues and operating results.

 

We may need additional financing and may not be able to raise additional financing on favorable terms or at all, which could increase our costs, limit our ability to grow and dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders.

 

We anticipate that we may need to raise additional capital in the future to facilitate long-term expansion, to respond to competitive pressures or to respond to unanticipated financial requirements. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-related or debt securities, such securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the rights of our common stock and our stockholders will experience dilution of their ownership interests. Prior to our initial public offering, our needs for working capital and general corporate purposes were satisfied pursuant to PC Mall’s corporate-wide cash management policies. PC Mall is not required to provide funds to finance our operations, nor does PC Mall currently anticipate providing such funds. Additionally, our agreements with PC Mall will limit our ability to issue our equity securities in the future without PC Mall’s consent for up to three years following the distribution. For a description of these limitations, please see “Risks Relating to our Relationship with PC Mall.”

 

Our failure to obtain additional financing or our inability to obtain financing on acceptable terms could require us to incur indebtedness that has high rates of interest or substantial restrictive covenants, issue equity securities that will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders, scale back our operations, or fail to address opportunities for expansion or enhancement of our operations.

 

If we do not successfully expand our website and processing systems to accommodate higher levels of traffic and changing customer demands, we could lose customers and our revenues could decline.

 

To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of our website. If we fail to upgrade our website in a timely manner to accommodate higher volumes of traffic, our website performance could suffer and we may lose customers. In addition, if we fail to expand the computer systems that we use to process and ship customer orders and process customer payments, we may not be able to fulfill customer orders successfully. As a result, we could lose customers and our revenues could decline. The Internet and the e-commerce industry are subject to rapid technological change. If competitors introduce new features and website enhancements embodying new technologies, or if new industry standards and practices emerge, our existing website and systems may become obsolete or unattractive. Developing our website and other systems entails significant technical and business risks. We may face material delays in introducing new services, products and enhancements. If this happens, our customers may forgo the use of our website and use those of our competitors. We may use new technologies ineffectively, or we may fail to adapt our website, our transaction processing systems and our computer network to meet customer requirements or emerging industry standards.

 

If we fail to successfully expand our merchandise categories and product offerings in a cost-effective and timely manner, our reputation and the value of our new and existing brands could be harmed, customer demand for our products could decline and our profit margins could decrease.

 

We have generated the substantial majority of our revenues during the past five years from the sale of computer hardware, software and accessories and consumer electronics products. In the past 18 months we launched several new product categories, including digital imaging, watches and jewelry, housewares, DVD movies, video games, travel, bed and bath, apparel and accessories, licensed sports gear and cellular/wireless. While our merchandising platform has been incorporated into and tested in the online computer and consumer electronics retail markets, we cannot predict with certainty whether it can be successfully applied to other product categories. In addition, expansion of our business strategy into new product categories may require us to incur significant marketing expenses, develop relationships with new vendors and comply with new regulations. We may lack the necessary expertise in a new product category to realize the expected benefits of that new category. These

 

16


Table of Contents

requirements could strain our managerial, financial and operational resources. Additional challenges that may affect our ability to expand into new product categories include our ability to:

 

    establish or increase awareness of our new brands and product categories;

 

    acquire, attract and retain customers at a reasonable cost;

 

    achieve and maintain a critical mass of customers and orders across all of our product categories;

 

    attract a sufficient number of new customers to whom our new product categories are targeted;

 

    successfully market our new product offerings to existing customers;

 

    maintain or improve our gross margins and fulfillment costs;

 

    attract and retain vendors to provide our expanded line of products to our customers on terms that are acceptable to us; and

 

    manage our inventory in new product categories.

 

We cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully address any or all of these challenges in a manner that will enable us to expand our business into new product categories in a cost-effective or timely manner. If our new categories of products or services are not received favorably, or if our suppliers fail to meet our customer’s expectations, our results of operations would suffer and our reputation and the value of the applicable new brand and our other brands could be damaged. The lack of market acceptance of our new product categories or our inability to generate satisfactory revenues from any expanded product categories to offset their cost could harm our business. An investor in our common stock must consider the risks, uncertainties and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving online markets such as those we have targeted.

 

The loss of key personnel or any inability to attract and retain additional personnel could affect our ability to successfully grow our business.

 

Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and the performance of our senior management, particularly our Chief Executive Officer, Adam Shaffer, our President, Gary Guy and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Elizabeth Murray. Our performance also depends on our ability to retain and motivate other officers and key employees. We do not have employment agreements with any of our key executives other than Mr. Shaffer and Ms. Murray. We do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies on any of our key employees. Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate other highly-skilled technical, managerial, editorial, merchandising, marketing and customer service personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may not be able to successfully grow our business if we are unable to successfully attract, assimilate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel.

 

Our senior management team has not worked together as a group for a significant period of time, and may not be able to effectively manage our business.

 

Our Chief Executive Officer joined our company in March 2004, and we appointed a new Chief Financial Officer in January 2005. As a result, our senior management team lacks a history of working together as a group. Our senior management team’s lack of shared experience could have an adverse effect on its ability to quickly and efficiently respond to problems and effectively manage our business.

 

Our ability to effectively manage our growth may prevent us from successfully expanding our business.

 

We have rapidly and significantly expanded our operations, and anticipate that further significant expansion will be required to address potential growth in our customer base and market opportunities. This expansion has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, operational and financial

 

17


Table of Contents

resources. Some of our officers have no prior senior management experience at public companies. We have added and expect to add additional key employees in the near future including managerial, technical, financial and operations personnel who will have to be integrated into our operations, particularly in connection with our transition to becoming an independent company as a result of the spin-off. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will be required to improve existing operational and financial systems, procedures and controls, and to expand, train and manage our employee base.

 

We are dependent on the success of our advertising and marketing efforts, which are costly and may not achieve desired results, and on our ability to attract customers on cost-effective terms.

 

Our revenues depend on our ability to advertise and market our products effectively through our website, our eCOST.com catalog sent to selected customers, and our other advertising and marketing efforts. We expect to increase spending on advertising and marketing in the future. Increases in the cost of advertising and marketing, including costs of online advertising, paper and postage costs, costs and fees of third-party service providers and the costs of complying with applicable regulations, may limit our ability to advertise and market our business without impacting our profitability. If our advertising and marketing efforts prove ineffective or do not produce a sufficient level of sales to cover their costs, or if we decrease our advertising or marketing activities due to increased costs, restrictions enacted by regulatory agencies or for any other reason, our revenues and profit margins may decrease.

 

Our success depends on our ability to attract customers on cost-effective terms. We have relationships with online services, search engines, shopping engines, directories and other websites and e-commerce businesses through which we provide advertising banners and other links that direct customers to our website. We expect to rely on these relationships as significant sources of traffic to our website and to generate new customers. If we are unable to develop or maintain these relationships on acceptable terms, our ability to attract new customers on a cost-effective basis could be harmed. In addition, certain of our existing online marketing agreements require us to pay fixed placement fees or fees for directing visits to our website, neither of which may convert into sales.

 

Increased product returns or a failure to accurately predict product returns could decrease our revenues and impact profitability.

 

We make allowances for product returns in our financial statements based on historical return rates. We are responsible for returns of certain products ordered through our website from our outsourced distribution center as well as products that are shipped to our customers directly from our vendors. After we have established our own inventory management and order fulfillment operations, we will bear return risks directly. If our actual product returns significantly exceed our allowances for returns, especially as we expand into new product categories, our revenues and profitability could decrease. In addition, because our allowances are based on historical return rates, the introduction of new merchandise categories, new products, changes in our product mix, or other factors may cause actual returns to exceed return allowances, perhaps significantly. In addition, any policies intended to reduce the number of product returns may result in customer dissatisfaction and fewer repeat customers.

 

Because we experience seasonal fluctuations in our revenues, our quarterly results may fluctuate.

 

Our business is moderately seasonal, reflecting the general pattern of peak sales for the retail industry during the holiday shopping season. Typically, a larger portion of our revenues occur during our first and fourth fiscal quarters. We believe that our historical revenue growth makes it difficult to predict the effect of seasonality on our future revenues and results of operations. In anticipation of increased sales activity during the first and fourth quarter, we incur additional expenses, including higher inventory and staffing costs. If sales for the first and fourth quarter do not meet anticipated levels, then increased expenses may not be offset, which could decrease our profitability. If we were to experience lower than expected sales during our first or fourth quarter, for any reason, it would decrease our profitability.

 

If we fail to offer a broad selection of products that customers find attractive, our revenues and profit margins could decrease.

 

In order to meet our strategic goals, we must successfully offer, on a continuous basis, a broad selection of appealing products that reflect our customers’ tastes and preferences. Consumer tastes are subject to frequent,

 

18


Table of Contents

significant and sometimes unpredictable changes. Our products must satisfy the diverse tastes of our customers and potential customers. To be successful, our product offerings must be broad and deep in scope, affordable, well-made, innovative and attractive to a wide range of consumers whose preferences may change regularly. We cannot predict with certainty that we will be successful in offering products that meet these requirements. If our product offerings fail to satisfy customers’ tastes or respond to changes in customer preferences, our revenues could decline and we could be required to mark down unsold inventory, which would decrease our profit margins. In addition, any failure to offer products in line with customers’ preferences could allow our competitors to gain market share.

 

If we are unable to provide satisfactory customer service, we could lose customers.

 

Our ability to provide satisfactory levels of customer service depends, to a large degree, on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our customer service operations. Any material disruption or slowdown in our order processing systems resulting from labor disputes, telephone or Internet failures, power or service outages, natural disasters or other events could make it difficult or impossible to provide adequate customer service and support. Further, we may be unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of competent customer service representatives and relationship managers for our business customers, each of which is essential in creating a favorable interactive customer experience. Due to increased customer service needs during the holiday shopping season, we hire temporary employees during our third and fourth fiscal quarters. As a result, we may have difficulty properly staffing our customer service operations during our peak sales season. Further, temporary employees may not have the same levels of training or professional responsibility as full-time employees and, as a result, may be more likely to provide unsatisfactory service to our customers and potential customers. If we are unable to continually provide adequate staffing and training for our customer service operations, our reputation could be seriously harmed and we could lose customers. In addition, if our e-mail and telephone call volumes exceed our present system capacities, we could experience delays in placing orders, responding to customer inquiries and addressing customer concerns. Our customer service facility currently accommodates customer service representatives at close to its capacity during our peak sales period, so we may be required to expand our customer service facility in the near future. We may not be able to find additional suitable office space on acceptable terms or at all, which could seriously hinder our ability to provide satisfactory levels of customer service. Because our success depends in large part on keeping our customers satisfied, any failure to provide high levels of customer service would likely impair our reputation and decrease our revenues.

 

Implementation of a membership fee for access to premium offers and services may cause some of our customers to reduce or quit buying products from us.

 

As part of our growth strategy, we recently began to offer memberships to our customers allowing them to access premium features of our website for an annual fee. Customers who pay such membership fee are eligible for certain exclusive offers, benefits and services which are not available to our other customers who are not members. We have not previously implemented or operated a membership program, and we cannot predict with certainty the rate or extent to which our existing customers will sign up for and renew premium memberships. We also cannot be certain that implementation of our membership program will not adversely affect the volume and frequency of purchases by customers who do not become members.

 

Our business may be harmed by fraudulent activities on our website.

 

We have received in the past, and anticipate that we will receive in the future, communications from customers due to purported fraudulent activities on our website. Negative publicity generated as a result of fraudulent conduct by third parties could damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand name. Fraudulent activities on our website could also subject us to losses. We expect to continue to receive requests from customers for reimbursement due to purportedly fraudulent activities or threats of legal action against us if no reimbursement is made.

 

Our facilities and systems are vulnerable to natural disasters or other catastrophic events.

 

Our headquarters, customer service center and the majority of our infrastructure, including computer servers, are located in California, an area that is susceptible to earthquakes and other natural disasters. Both our outsourced distribution facility and new distribution facility, each located in Memphis, Tennessee, house or will house

 

19


Table of Contents

substantially all of the product inventory from which a substantial majority of our orders are shipped. A natural disaster or other catastrophic event, such as an earthquake, fire, flood, severe storm, break-in, terrorist attack or other comparable problems could cause interruptions or delays in our business and loss of data or render us unable to accept and fulfill customer orders in a timely manner, or at all. Our systems are not fully redundant, and we do not have duplicate geographic locations or earthquake insurance. California has in the past experienced power outages as a result of limited electrical power supplies. These outages may recur in the future and could disrupt the operation of our business. Because our inventory and distribution facilities are located in an area that is susceptible to harsh weather, a major storm, heavy snowfall or other similar event could prevent us from delivering products in a timely manner. We currently have no formal disaster recovery plan and our business interruption insurance may not adequately compensate us for losses that may occur.

 

Delivery of our products could be delayed or disrupted by factors beyond our control, and we could lose customers as a result.

 

We rely upon third party carriers for timely delivery of our product shipments. As a result, we are subject to carrier disruptions and increased costs due to factors that are beyond our control, including employee strikes, inclement weather and increased fuel costs. Any failure to deliver products to our customers in a timely and accurate manner may damage our reputation and brand and could cause us to lose customers. We do not have a written long-term agreement with any of these third party carriers, and we cannot be sure that these relationships will continue on terms favorable to us, if at all. If our relationship with any of these third party carriers is terminated or impaired or if any of these third parties is unable to deliver products for us, we would be required to use alternative carriers for the shipment of products to our customers. We may be unable to engage alternative carriers on a timely basis or on terms favorable to us, if at all. Potential adverse consequences include:

 

    reduced visibility of order status and package tracking;

 

    delays in order processing and product delivery;

 

    increased cost of delivery, resulting in reduced margins; and

 

    reduced shipment quality, which may result in damaged products and customer dissatisfaction.

 

We may not be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors; PC Mall and some of our largest vendors currently compete with us.

 

The market for online sales of the products we offer is intensely competitive and rapidly evolving. We principally compete with a variety of online retailers, specialty retailers and other businesses that offer products similar to or the same as our products. Increased competition is likely to result in price reductions, reduced revenue and gross margins and loss of market share. We expect competition to intensify in the future because current and new competitors can enter our market with little difficulty and can launch new websites at a relatively low cost. In addition, some of our product vendors have sold, and continue to intensify their efforts to sell, their products directly to customers. We currently or potentially compete with a variety of businesses, including:

 

    other multi-category online retailers such as Amazon.com and Buy.com;

 

    online discount retailers of computer and consumer electronics merchandise such as Computers4Sure, NewEgg and TigerDirect;

 

    liquidation e-tailers such as Overstock.com and SmartBargains.com;

 

    consumer electronics and office supply superstores such as Best Buy, Circuit City, CompUSA, Office Depot, OfficeMax and Staples; and

 

    manufacturers such as Apple, Dell, Gateway, Hewlett-Packard and IBM, that sell directly to customers.

 

20


Table of Contents

Many of our current and potential competitors described above have longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. In addition, online retailers may be acquired by, receive investments from or enter into other commercial relationships with larger, well-established and well-financed companies. Some of our competitors may be able to secure products from manufacturers or vendors on more favorable terms, devote greater resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing or inventory availability policies and devote substantially more resources to website and systems development than we are able to. PC Mall currently offers many of the same products for sale as we offer, and PC Mall will not be restricted from competing with us in the future.

 

If the protection of our trademarks and proprietary rights is inadequate, our brand and reputation could be impaired and we could lose customers.

 

We have six trademarks that we consider to be material to the successful operation of business: eCOST ® , eCOST.com ® , eCOST.com Bargain Countdown , eCOST.com Your Online Discount Superstore! , Bargain Countdown and Bargain Countdown Platinum Club . We currently use all of these marks in connection with telephone, mail order, catalog and online retail services. We also have several additional pending trademark applications. We rely on trademark and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, suppliers and others to protect our proprietary rights. Our applications may not be granted, and we may not be able to secure significant protection for our service marks or trademarks. Our competitors or others could adopt trademarks or service marks similar to our marks, or try to prevent us from using our marks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. Any claim by another party against us for customer confusion caused by our use of our trademarks or service marks, or our failure to obtain registrations for our marks, could negatively affect our competitive position and could cause us to lose customers.

 

We have also filed an application with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office for patent protection for our proprietary Bargain Countdown technology. We may not be granted a patent for this technology, and may not be able to enforce our patent rights if our competitors or others use infringing technology. If this occurs, our competitive position, revenues and profitability could be negatively affected.

 

Effective trademark, service mark, patent, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which we will sell our products and offer our services. In addition, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights is unclear. Therefore, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. If we are unable to protect or preserve the value of our trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other proprietary rights for any reason, our competitive position could be negatively affected and we could lose customers.

 

We also rely on technologies that we license from related and third parties. These licenses may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, in the future. As a result, we may be required to develop or obtain substitute technology of lower quality or at greater cost, which could negatively affect our competitive position, cause us to lose customers and decrease our profitability.

 

If third parties claim we are infringing their intellectual property rights, we could incur significant litigation costs, be required to pay damages, or change our business or incur licensing expenses.

 

Third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, that our business or the technologies we use infringe on their intellectual property rights. As a result, we may be subject to intellectual property legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business. We cannot predict whether third parties will assert additional claims of infringement against us in the future or whether any future claims will prevent us from offering popular products or services or operating our business as planned.

 

On July 12, 2004, we received correspondence from MercExchange LLC alleging infringement of its U.S. patents relating to e-commerce and offering to license its patent portfolio to us. On July 15, 2004, we received a follow-up letter from MercExchange specifying which of our technologies it believes infringe certain of its patents, alone or in combination with technologies provided by third parties. Some of those patents are currently being

 

21


Table of Contents

litigated by third parties, and we are not involved in those proceedings. In addition, three of the four patents identified by MercExchange are under reexamination at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which may or may not result in the modification of the claims. In the July 15 th letter, MercExchange also advised us that it has a number of applications pending for additional patents. MercExchange has filed lawsuits alleging infringement of some or all of its patents against third parties, resulting in settlements or verdicts in favor of MercExchange. At least one such verdict was appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and was affirmed in part.

 

If we are forced to defend against these or any other third-party infringement claims, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor, we could face expensive and time-consuming litigation, which could result in the imposition of a preliminary injunction preventing us from continuing to operate our business as currently conducted throughout the duration of the litigation or distract our technical and management personnel. If we are found to infringe, we may be required to pay monetary damages, which could include treble damages and attorneys’ fees for any infringement that is found to be willful, and either be enjoined or required to pay ongoing royalties with respect to any technologies found to infringe. Further, as a result of infringement claims either against us or against those who license technology to us, we may be required, or deem it advisable, to develop non-infringing technology, which could be costly and time consuming, or enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. We expect that participants in our market will be increasingly subject to infringement claims as the number of competitors in our industry grows. If a third party successfully asserts an infringement claim against us and we are enjoined or required to pay monetary damages or royalties or we are unable to develop suitable non-infringing alternatives or license the infringed or similar technology on reasonable terms on a timely basis, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed.

 

We may be liable for misappropriation of our customers’ personal information.

 

Data security laws are becoming more stringent in the United States and abroad. Third parties are engaging in increased cyber attacks against companies doing business on the Internet and individuals are increasingly subjected to identity and credit card theft on the Internet. If third parties or unauthorized employees are able to penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our customers’ personal information or credit card information, or if we give third parties or our employees improper access to our customers’ personal information or credit card information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized purchases with credit card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims. This liability could also include claims for other misuses of personal information, including unauthorized marketing purposes. Liability for misappropriation of this information could decrease our profitability. In such circumstances, we also could be liable for failing to provide timely notice of a data security breach affecting certain types of personal information. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and state agencies have brought numerous enforcement actions against Internet companies for alleged deficiencies in those companies’ privacy and data security practices, and they may continue to bring such actions. We could incur additional expenses if new regulations regarding the collection, use or storage of personal information are introduced or if government agencies investigate our privacy or security practices.

 

We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of sensitive customer information such as customer credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms that we use to protect customer transaction data. If any such compromise of our security were to occur, it could subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand-name. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. Our security measures are designed to prevent security breaches, but our failure to prevent such security breaches could subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand-name.

 

Moreover, for the convenience of our customers, we provide non-secured channels for our customers to communicate with us. Despite the increased security risks, customers may use such channels to send personal information and other sensitive data to us. In addition, “phishing” incidents are on the rise. Phishing involves an

 

22


Table of Contents

online company’s customers being tricked into providing their credit card numbers or account information to someone pretending to be the online company’s representative. Such incidents have recently given rise to litigation against online companies for failing to take sufficient steps to police against such activities by third parties, and may discourage customers from using online services.

 

We may be subject to product liability claims that could be costly and time consuming.

 

We sell products manufactured and distributed by third parties, some of which may be defective. If any product that we sell were to cause physical injury or damage to property, the injured party or parties could bring claims against us as the retailer of the product. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover every claim that could be asserted. If a successful claim were brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage, it could expose us to significant liability. Even unsuccessful claims could result in the expenditure of funds and management time and could decrease our profitability.

 

If we fail to achieve and maintain adequate internal controls we may not be able to produce reliable financial reports in a timely manner or prevent financial fraud.

 

We will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. During the course of our testing we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Moreover, effective internal controls, particularly those related to revenue recognition, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important in helping prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports on a timely basis or prevent financial fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our stock could drop significantly.

 

Our stock price may be volatile and you may lose all or a part of your investment.

 

The market price of our common stock may be subject to significant fluctuations. It is possible that our future results of operations may be below the expectations of investors and, to the extent our company is followed by securities analysts, the expectations of these analysts. If this occurs, our stock price may decline. Factors that could affect our stock price include the following:

 

    changes in securities analysts’ recommendations or estimates of, if any, our financial performance;

 

    publication of research reports by analysts, if any;

 

    changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    litigation developments; or

 

    general market conditions or other economic factors unrelated to our performance.

 

In addition, the stock markets have experienced significant price and trading volume fluctuations and the market prices of retail companies generally and technology and e-commerce companies in particular have been extremely volatile and have recently experienced sharp share price and trading volume changes. These broad

 

23


Table of Contents

market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a public company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Such litigation could result in substantial costs to us and a likely diversion of our management’s attention.

 

Provisions of Delaware law and of our charter and by-laws may make a takeover more difficult.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws and in the Delaware corporation law may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that our management and board of directors oppose. Public stockholders that might desire to participate in one of these transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions:

 

    reserving to our board of directors the exclusive right to change the number of directors and fill vacancies on our board of directors, which could make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of our board of directors;

 

    authorizing the issuance of preferred stock which can be created and issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of our common stock, which could make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to obtain voting control;

 

    establishing advance notice requirements for director nominations or other proposals at stockholder meetings;

 

    prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, except that PC Mall may take action by written consent as long as it or its affiliates own a majority of our outstanding shares; and

 

    generally requiring the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock to amend any provision in our by-laws, and requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, which could make it more difficult for a third party to remove the provisions we have included to prevent or delay a change of control.

 

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control or to change our management and board of directors.

 

Risks Relating to our Industry

 

Our success is tied to the continued use of the Internet and the adequacy of the Internet infrastructure.

 

Our future revenues and profits, if any, substantially depend upon the continued widespread use of the Internet as an effective medium of business and communication. If use of the Internet declines or the Internet infrastructure becomes an ineffective medium for business transactions and communication, we may not be able to effectively implement our growth strategy and we could lose customers. Widespread use of the Internet could decline as a result of disruptions, computer viruses or other damage to Internet servers or users’ computers. Additionally, if the Internet’s infrastructure does not expand fast enough to meet increasing levels of use, it may become a less effective medium of business transactions and communications.

 

The security risks of e-commerce may discourage customers from purchasing goods from us.

 

In order for the e-commerce market to develop successfully, we and other market participants must be able to transmit confidential information securely over public networks. Third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of customer transaction data. Any breach could cause customers to lose confidence in the security of our website and choose not to purchase from our website. If someone is able to circumvent our security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Concerns about the

 

24


Table of Contents

security and privacy of transactions over the Internet could inhibit the growth of the Internet and e-commerce. Our security measures may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to our information. Any security breach could expose us to risks of loss, litigation and liability and could seriously disrupt our operations.

 

Credit card fraud could decrease our revenues and profitability.

 

We do not carry insurance against the risk of credit card fraud, so the failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions could reduce our revenues and our gross margin. We may in the future suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even though the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions because we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, or if credit card companies require more burdensome terms or refuse to accept credit card charges from us, our revenues and profitability could decrease.

 

If one or more states successfully assert that we should collect sales or other taxes on the sale of our products or the products of third parties that we offer for sale on our website, our revenues and profitability could decrease.

 

In accordance with current industry practice, we do not currently collect sales or other similar taxes for physical shipments of goods into states other than California and Tennessee. One or more local, state or foreign jurisdictions may seek to impose sales tax collection obligations on us and other out-of-state companies that engage in online commerce. If sales tax obligations are successfully imposed upon us by a state or other jurisdiction, we could be exposed to substantial tax liabilities for past sales and penalties and fines for failure to collect sales taxes and we could suffer decreased sales in that state or jurisdiction as the effective cost of purchasing goods from us increases for those residing in that state or jurisdiction. Currently, decisions of the U.S. Supreme Court appear to restrict the imposition of obligations to collect state and local sales and use taxes with respect to sales made over the Internet. However, a number of states, as well as the U.S. Congress, have been considering various initiatives that could limit or supersede the Supreme Court’s apparent position regarding sales and use taxes on Internet sales. If any of these initiatives are enacted, we could be required to collect sales and use taxes in states other than California and Tennessee. The imposition by state and local governments of various taxes upon Internet commerce could create administrative burdens for us and our revenues and profitability could decrease.

 

Existing or future government regulation could expose us to liabilities and costly changes in our business operations, and could reduce customer demand for our products.

 

We are subject to general business regulations and laws, as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Such existing and future laws and regulations may impede the growth of the Internet or other online services. These regulations and laws may cover taxation, user privacy, marketing and promotional practices, database protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts, email and other communications, consumer protection, product safety, the provision of online payment services, intellectual property rights, unauthorized access (including the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act), and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It is unclear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel, trespass, data mining and collection, and personal privacy apply to the Internet and e-commerce. Unfavorable resolution of these issues may expose us to liabilities and costly changes in our business operations, and could reduce customer demand for our products. The growth and demand for online commerce has and may continue to result in more stringent consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens on online companies. For example, California law requires us to notify our California customers if certain personal information about them is obtained by an unauthorized person, such as a computer hacker. These consumer protection laws could result in substantial compliance costs and could decrease our profitability.

 

Laws or regulations relating to privacy and data protection may adversely affect the growth of our Internet business or our marketing efforts.

 

We are subject to increasing regulation relating to privacy and the use of personal user information. For example, we are subject to various telemarketing and anti-spam laws that regulate the manner in which we may solicit future suppliers and customers. Such regulations, along with increased governmental or private enforcement,

 

25


Table of Contents

may increase the cost of growing our business. In addition, several jurisdictions, including California, have adopted legislation limiting the uses of personal user information gathered online or require online services to establish privacy policies. Pursuant to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, the Federal Trade Commission has adopted regulations regarding the collection and use of personal identifying information obtained from children under 13 years of age. Increasingly, federal, state and foreign laws and regulations extend online privacy protection to adults. Moreover, in jurisdictions where we do business, there is a trend toward requiring companies to establish procedures to notify users of privacy and security policies, to obtain prior consent from users for the collection, use and disclosure of personal information (even disclosure to affiliates), and to provide users with the ability to access, correct and delete personal information stored by companies. These data protection regulations and enforcement efforts may restrict our ability to collect, use or transfer demographic and personal information from users, which could be costly or harm our marketing efforts. Further, any violation of privacy or data protection laws and regulations may subject us to fines, penalties and damages, as well as harm to our reputation, which could decrease our revenues and profitability.

 

Risks Relating to our Relationship with PC Mall

 

We will be controlled by PC Mall as long as it owns a majority of our common stock, which may lead to conflicts of interest.

 

PC Mall owns approximately 80.2% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. PC Mall is able to affect the outcome of any stockholder vote at least for as long as PC Mall owns a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, until the completion of our spin-off from PC Mall, PC Mall will effectively be able to control all matters affecting us, including:

 

    the composition of our entire board of directors and, through it, any determination with respect to our business direction and policies, including the appointment and removal of officers;

 

    any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations;

 

    our acquisition or disposition of assets;

 

    our financings;

 

    changes to the agreements providing for our separation from PC Mall;

 

    the payment of dividends on our common stock; and

 

    determinations with respect to our tax returns.

 

Conflicts of interest may arise between PC Mall and us in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships as a result of our separation from PC Mall and PC Mall’s continued controlling interest in us. These may include:

 

    the nature and quality of transitional services rendered by PC Mall to us;

 

    how various tax and employee benefit matters are resolved or how responsibilities are allocated;

 

    disputes over our and PC Mall’s respective indemnification obligations;

 

    the allocation of any insurance proceeds;

 

    the structure and timing of transfers or distributions by PC Mall of all or any portion of its ownership interest in us; and

 

    PC Mall’s ability to control our management and affairs.

 

26


Table of Contents

We may not be able to resolve any potential conflicts, and even if we do, the resolution may be less favorable than if we were dealing with an unaffiliated party.

 

We currently rely on PC Mall’s operational and administrative infrastructure, and our ability to operate our business will suffer if we do not develop our own infrastructure quickly and cost-effectively.

 

We currently use the systems, processes and personnel of PC Mall to support our operations, including inventory management, order fulfillment , human resources, credit card processing, shipping, accounting, payroll and internal computing and telecommunication operations. As a subsidiary of PC Mall, we compete with other subsidiaries of PC Mall for the allocation of products and resources. As part of our transition to becoming a stand-alone company, we are in the process of creating our own operational and administrative infrastructure to replace most of the services PC Mall currently provides to us. We may not be successful in quickly and cost effectively implementing these systems or processes and transitioning data from PC Mall’s systems to our own. In addition to the costs associated with system upgrades, the transition to and implementation of new or upgraded hardware or software systems may result in system delays or failures. The management information systems we utilize are run on a HP3000 Enterprise System, and Hewlett-Packard has indicated that it will support this system until 2006, by which time we expect that we will need to seek third party support for such systems or upgrade our management information systems hardware and software. Any failure or significant downtime in the systems or processes provided to us by PC Mall could prevent us from taking customer orders, shipping products or billing customers. In addition, PC Mall’s and our systems and processes require the services of employees with extensive knowledge of these information systems and processes and the business environment in which we operate. In order to successfully implement and operate our systems and processes, we must be able to attract and retain a significant number of skilled employees. We may not be able to attract and retain the skilled personnel required to implement, maintain, and operate our information systems and processes.

 

The sale or potential sale by PC Mall of our stock could adversely affect the market price of our stock.

 

PC Mall owns approximately 80.2% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. PC Mall is not contractually prohibited from transferring our common stock to an unaffiliated third party. If PC Mall were to propose a transfer or transfer a controlling interest in us to a third party, the third party would not have any obligation to dispose of its controlling interest in us, which may have an adverse affect on the market price of our stock. The significant increase in the volume of our freely-tradeable shares upon PC Mall’s distribution of its controlling interest in us could also have an adverse effect on the market price of our stock. Our registration rights agreement grants PC Mall the right to require us to register the shares of our common stock it holds in specified circumstances. In addition, we could issue and sell additional shares of our common stock, subject to PC Mall’s consent. Any sale by PC Mall or us of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that sales could occur (for example, as a result of the distribution), could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

 

We may be prevented from raising capital and issuing stock incentives to members of our management and board of directors until PC Mall completes a distribution of our stock.

 

PC Mall must own 80% or more of our outstanding capital stock to continue to consolidate our business with its other businesses for tax purposes and to preserve the tax-free status of any distribution of its remaining shares of our stock. Therefore, prior to the distribution, we will be limited in our ability to issue voting securities, non-voting stock or convertible debt without PC Mall’s prior consent, and PC Mall may be unwilling to give that consent so long as it still intends to complete the distribution. Under the terms of our Master Separation and Distribution Agreement with PC Mall, PC Mall may prevent us from issuing additional equity securities for purposes such as providing management or director incentives or raising capital through equity issuances if the issuance would result in PC Mall owning less than 80% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Your investment in our common stock may be adversely affected if PC Mall does not complete the distribution.

 

PC Mall has announced that it plans to distribute all of our common stock it owns on April 11, 2005. The distribution is subject to several conditions and, as a result, the distribution may not occur by that time or may not

 

27


Table of Contents

occur at all. Unless and until the distribution occurs, we will face the risks discussed in this report relating to PC Mall’s control of us and potential conflicts of interest between PC Mall and us. If the distribution is delayed or not completed at all, the liquidity of shares of our common stock in the market may be constrained for as long as PC Mall continues to hold a significant position in our stock. A lack of liquidity in our common stock may adversely affect our stock price.

 

Our separation agreements with PC Mall may be less favorable to us than if they had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.

 

We have entered into agreements with PC Mall related to the separation of our business operations from PC Mall. These agreements provide for, among other things, administrative services, office space, inventory management and order fulfillment, information systems operation and administration, employee benefits, intellectual property matters, and other ongoing relationships. We entered into these agreements while a wholly-owned subsidiary of PC Mall. While we believe the agreements are fair to us, had these agreements been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties, they might have been more favorable to us.

 

Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for liabilities of PC Mall that we did not assume in our agreements.

 

In connection with our separation from PC Mall, PC Mall agreed to retain all of its liabilities that we did not expressly assume under our agreements with PC Mall. Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for PC Mall’s retained liabilities. Under our agreements with PC Mall, PC Mall has agreed to indemnify us for claims and losses relating to these retained liabilities. However, if those liabilities are significant and we are ultimately held liable for them, we cannot assure you that we will be able to recover the full amount of our losses from PC Mall.

 

Our directors and executive officers who own PC Mall common stock or options to acquire PC Mall common stock or who hold positions with PC Mall may have potential conflicts of interest.

 

Ownership of PC Mall common stock, options to acquire PC Mall common stock and other equity securities by our directors and officers after this offering and the presence of PC Mall directors on our board of directors could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when our directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for PC Mall than they do for us. One of the members of our board of directors is also a director of PC Mall. PC Mall’s Chief Financial Officer acted as our Chief Financial Officer until January 2005. Any overlapping directors or officers will have fiduciary duties to both companies and may have conflicts of interest on matters affecting both us and PC Mall and in some circumstances may have interests adverse to ours.

 

We may be required to indemnify PC Mall for taxes arising in connection with the spin-off, and the tax characteristics of the spin-off may interfere with our ability to engage in desirable strategic transactions and issue our equity securities.

 

Unless Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code, discussed below, applies to the distribution of our stock in the spin-off, the distribution will be tax-free to PC Mall if the contribution and the distribution, taken together, qualify under section 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. PC Mall has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that the contribution and the distribution, taken together, will qualify under Sections 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. However, the opinion is based on certain representations by us and PC Mall. We are not aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause any of those representations to be untrue. Nonetheless, if the contribution and the distribution are taxable to PC Mall as a result of representations being untrue that relate to an action or omission by us that occurs after the distribution, we must indemnify PC Mall for any resulting tax-related liabilities.

 

Even if the contribution and the distribution, taken together, qualify as a reorganization under Sections 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, it will be taxable to PC Mall if Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code applies to the distribution. Section 355(e) will apply if 50% or more of PC Mall stock or our stock, by vote or value, is acquired by one or more persons, other than PC Mall’s historic stockholders who receive our common stock in the distribution, acting pursuant to a plan or a series of related transactions that includes the distribution. Any shares of our stock acquired directly or indirectly within two years before or after the

 

28


Table of Contents

distribution generally are presumed to be part of such a plan unless we can rebut that presumption. If Section 355(e) applies to the distribution because of some action or omission by us after the distribution, then we must indemnify PC Mall for any resulting tax-related liabilities. To prevent applicability of Section 355(e) or to otherwise prevent the contribution and the distribution from failing to qualify as a reorganization under Sections 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, we have also agreed that, until three years after the distribution, we will not take any of the following actions unless prior to taking such action we have obtained (and provided to PC Mall) a written opinion of tax counsel reasonably acceptable to PC Mall or a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that such action will not cause the distribution to be taxable to PC Mall:

 

    engage in certain stock issuance transactions that, when combined with the shares issued in our public offering, comprise 40% of our stock;

 

    merge or consolidate with another corporation;

 

    liquidate or partially liquidate;

 

    sell or transfer 60% or more of the gross assets of our business (other than ordinary course sales of inventory) or substantially all of the assets transferred to us as part of the contribution;

 

    redeem or repurchase our stock (except in certain limited circumstances); or

 

    take any other action which could reasonably be expected to cause Section 355(e) to apply to the distribution.

 

We will have to indemnify PC Mall if the contribution and the distribution, taken together, become taxable to PC Mall by failing to qualify under Sections 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or from the application of Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code as a result of these or any other transactions that we undertake after the distribution. This obligation may also discourage, delay or prevent a merger, change of control, or other strategic or capital raising transactions involving our outstanding equity or our issuance of equity securities. If we cannot engage in equity financing transactions because of these constraints, we may not be able to fund our working capital, capital expenditure and research and development requirements, as well as to make other investments.

 

Many of our competitors are not subject to similar restrictions and may issue their stock to complete acquisitions, expand their product offerings and speed the development of new technology. Therefore, these competitors may have a competitive advantage over us. In addition, substantial uncertainty exists on the scope of Section 355(e).

 

Item 2. Properties.

 

As of December 31, 2004, we subleased approximately 10,000 square feet of office space from PC Mall for our corporate headquarters and customer service operations in Torrance, California. We recently entered into a 70 month lease for approximately 164,000 square feet to use for our own distribution center in Memphis, Tennessee. We expect this facility to be operational by early April 2005. We believe that our current space, including our new distribution facility, will be adequate for our anticipated needs over the next twelve months.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

 

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we receive claims of and become subject to consumer protection, employment, intellectual property and other commercial litigation related to the conduct of our business. Such litigation could be costly and time consuming and could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations. The uncertainty of litigation increases the risks. In connection with such litigation, we may be subject to significant damages or equitable remedies relating to the operation of our business and the sale of products on our website. Any such litigation may materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

29


Table of Contents
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

30


Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Our common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “ECST” since August 27, 2004. The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low daily sales prices for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market:

 

     High

   Low

2004 Fiscal Year

             

Third Quarter (commencing August 27, 2004)

   $ 8.19    $ 5.71

Fourth Quarter

     22.25      6.58

 

On March 29, 2005, the last reported sale price for our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market was $ 6.65 per share. On March 29, 2005, there were approximately 3 holders of record of our common stock.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Prior to the completion of our initial public offering, we declared a dividend of approximately $2.5 million to our sole stockholder PC Mall, which amount was paid by the settlement of the capital contribution due from PC Mall.

 

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, terms of financing arrangements, capital requirements and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities, Use of Proceeds of Securities Offering

 

On August 27, 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared effective our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-115199) which covered the sale of 3,465,000 shares of our common stock at an initial public offering price of $5.80 per share. On September 1, 2004, we completed the sale of 3,465,000 shares of our common stock for net proceeds of approximately $16.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and other offering expenses. In connection with our initial public offering, we paid a dividend of approximately $2.5 million to PC Mall through a settlement of the capital contribution due from PC Mall outstanding at the completion of our initial public offering. Through December 31, 2004, we invested approximately $16 million of our proceeds in investment grade, interest-bearing marketable securities.

 

During the period covered by this report, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 560,000 shares of our common stock, which consisted of an employee stock option to purchase 560,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.43 per share that we granted on March 19, 2004 to Adam Shaffer, our Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement. An aggregate of 25% of the shares of common stock subject to Mr. Shaffer’s option vested upon the completion of our initial public offering. The remainder of the shares of common stock subject to Mr. Shaffer’s option will vest in equal quarterly installments over the three-year period following the completion of our initial public offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mr. Shaffer’s option agreement provides that the vesting of his options may, subject to certain exceptions specified in the agreement, partially accelerate if we are a party to certain corporate transactions, including certain mergers and acquisitions. We issued these options in reliance upon exemptions from registration pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions not involving any public offering and/or Regulation D under the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in connection with the offer or sale of these securities.

 

We did not repurchase any securities during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

31


Table of Contents

Item 12 of Part III contains information concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.

 

32


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

 

The following table summarizes certain historical financial information at the dates and for the periods indicated prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere herein. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 have been derived from audited financial statements not included elsewhere herein. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and notes thereto, which are included elsewhere herein.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

    2004

 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

                                        

Net sales

   $ 109,513     $ 83,996     $ 89,009     $ 109,709     $ 178,464  

Cost of goods sold

     104,170       75,057       79,429       99,409       162,139  
    


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     5,343       8,939       9,580       10,300       16,325  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     14,956       8,578       8,945       9,885       18,384  
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from operations

     (9,613 )     361       635       415       (2,059 )

Interest (income) expense (1)

     430       675       461       76       (67 )

Interest expense PC Mall commercial line of credit(2)

     1,070       709       1,097       1,476       1,329  

Interest income PC Mall commercial line of credit(2)

     (1,070 )     (709 )     (1,097 )     (1,476 )     (1,329 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before income taxes

     (10,043 )     (314 )     174       339       (1,992 )

Income tax provision (benefit)(3)

     —         —         27       (5,872 )     (784 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (10,043 )     (314 )     147       6,211       (1,208 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(4)

     (10 )     —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ (10,053 )   $ (314 )   $ 147     $ 6,211     $ (1,208 )
    


 


 


 


 


Earnings (loss) per share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle and net income (loss) per share:

                                        

Basic

   $ (0.72 )   $ (0.02 )   $ 0.01     $ 0.44     $ (0.08 )

Diluted

   $ (0.72 )   $ (0.02 )   $ 0.01     $ 0.43     $ (0.08 )

Weighted average number of shares(5):

                                        

Basic

     14,000       14,000       14,000       14,000       15,155  

Diluted

     14,000       14,000       14,422       14,279       15,155  

 

33


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Selected Operating Data (unaudited):

                    

Total customers (6)

     517,196      720,422      1,087,575

Active customers (7)

     156,361      261,493      461,576

New customers (8)

     118,248      203,226      367,153

Number of orders (9)

     171,979      330,983      576,706

Average order value (10)

   $ 538    $ 345    $ 321

Advertising expense (11)

   $ 3,072,000    $ 3,609,000    $ 5,945,000

 

     December 31,

     2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

    2004

     (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

                                      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 8,790

Working capital (deficiency)

     (16,622 )     (16,649 )     (16,276 )     (1,312 )     16,348

Total assets

     26,827       13,589       24,765       39,476       26,514

Long-term obligations

     —         —         —         —         —  

Total liabilities (12)

     42,776       29,852       40,866       35,437       5,234

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (15,949 )     (16,263 )     (16,101 )     4,039       21,280

(1) Interest expense related to net advances from PC Mall. See note 7 of the notes to financial statements.

 

(2) Interest expense and interest income related to borrowings by PC Mall under its commercial line of credit and the related receivable from PC Mall. See note 3 of the notes to financial statements.

 

(3) Results primarily from the reversal of a valuation allowance for the net deferred tax asset in 2003. See note 4 of the notes to financial statements for an explanation of the deferred tax asset.

 

(4) Represents the cumulative effect of the adoption of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 resulting from the change in timing of revenue recognition for goods delivered. The change in accounting did not have a material effect on basic or diluted net loss per share.

 

(5) See note 1 of the notes to financial statements for an explanation of the determination of the number of shares used to compute the basic and diluted per share amounts.

 

(6) Total customers has been calculated as the cumulative number of customers for which orders have been taken from our inception to the end of the reported period.

 

(7) Active customers consist of the number of customers who placed orders during the 12 months prior to the end of the reported period.

 

(8) New customers represent the number of persons that established a new account and placed an order during the reported period.

 

(9) Number of orders represents the total number of orders shipped during the reported period (not reflecting returns).

 

(10) Average order value has been calculated as gross sales divided by the total number of orders during the period presented. The impact of returns is not reflected in average order value.

 

(11) Advertising expense includes the total dollars spent on advertising during the reported period, including Internet, direct mail, print and e-mail advertising, as well as customer list enhancement services.

 

(12) Includes a liability related to borrowings by PC Mall under its commercial line of credit and the related receivable from PC Mall for 2000 through 2003. See note 3 of the notes to financial statements.

 

34


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

You should read the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations together with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading multi-category online discount retailer of high quality new, close-out and refurbished brand-name merchandise. We currently offer over 100,000 products in twelve merchandise categories, including computer hardware and software, home electronics, digital imaging, watches and jewelry, housewares, DVD movies, video games travel, bed and bath, apparel and accessories, licensed sports gear and cellular/wireless. We appeal to a broad range of consumer and small business customers through what we believe is a unique and convenient buying experience offering two shopping formats: every day low price and our proprietary Bargain Countdown . This combination of shopping formats helps attract value-conscious customers to our eCOST.com website who are looking for high quality products at low prices. We also offer a fee-based membership program to develop customer loyalty by providing subscribers exclusive access to preferential offers. We provide rapid response customer service utilizing a strategically located distribution center and third-party fulfillment providers, as well as customer support from online and on-call sales representatives. We offer suppliers an efficient sales channel for merchandise in all stages of the product life cycle.

 

We were originally formed in February 1999 as a subsidiary of PC Mall, which is a rapid response supplier of technology solutions for businesses, government and educational institutions, as well as consumers. Our initial strategy was to establish a retail website focused primarily on new and current release computer hardware, software, peripherals and networking products priced aggressively to achieve higher sales volumes. We were also focused on building brand awareness and growing our customer base. In mid 2000, we changed our focus to emphasize profitability over growth by reducing our advertising expenditures, reducing customer acquisition costs, improving product margins, expanding our product categories and introducing a greater level of close-out and refurbished products to our merchandise mix. From November 2002 until April 2004, we also offered our products through an auction format, from which we derived net sales of $226,450 from the beginning of 2003 through April 2004 when we discontinued our auction format.

 

We have operated as a reporting segment of PC Mall’s business since April 1999. In September 2004, we completed an initial public offering of 3,465,000 shares our common stock, leaving PC Mall with ownership of approximately 80.2% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. PC Mall has announced that on April 11, 2005, it plans to distribute its remaining ownership interest in our company to its common stockholders which will take the form of a spin-off by means of a special dividend to its common stockholders of all of our common stock owned by PC Mall. Completion of the distribution is subject to certain conditions as described in the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement previously entered into between us and PC Mall. The distribution may not occur by the contemplated time or may not occur at all.

 

Our financial results are influenced by factors in the marketplace in which we operate and our successful execution of our business strategy. Marketplace factors include competition for customers, product pricing, online advertising costs, growth in online shopping, and promotional offers such as coupons and free shipping. We expect that the online marketplace environment will remain a price competitive and promotion-driven environment where companies that run efficient, high volume operations thrive. Our ability to execute our business strategy successfully will require us to meet a number of challenges, particularly our ability to:

 

    remain price competitive while maintaining or increasing our gross margins;

 

    establish separate operations, vendor relationships, and inventory management and fulfillment functions;

 

    continue to find efficient ways to invest in advertising as we grow our customer base;

 

35


Table of Contents
    maintain or increase our levels of vendor marketing and co-op advertising funds; and

 

    develop and grow new merchandise categories.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Our financial statements have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of PC Mall, in which we have been reported as a separate segment, using the historical results of operations, and historical basis of assets and liabilities of our business. The statements of operations include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided to us by PC Mall, including administrative services (accounting, human resources, tax services, legal and treasury), inventory management and order fulfillment, credit card processing, information systems operation and administration, advertising services, and use of office space. These allocations were made on a specifically identifiable basis or using the relative percentages, as compared to PC Mall’s other businesses, of net sales, payroll, net cost of goods sold, square footage, headcount or other. We have not made a determination of whether these expenses are comparable to those we could have obtained from an unrelated third party. Our expenses as a separate, stand-alone company may be higher or lower than the amounts reflected in the statements of operations.

 

We believe the assumptions underlying the financial statements are reasonable. However, the financial statements may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone company during the periods presented. The historical financial information presented in this Report does not reflect the many significant changes that will occur in our funding and operations as a result of our becoming a public company or our spin-off from PC Mall.

 

Financial Operations Overview

 

Our management monitors a variety of financial and non-financial metrics on a daily, weekly and monthly basis in order to track the progress of our business and make adjustments as necessary. We believe that the most important of these measures include sales, orders shipped, website traffic, active customers, new customers, number of orders, average order value, gross margin, co-op advertising revenues, customer acquisition costs, advertising expense, personnel costs, fulfillment costs, relationship manager productivity, and accounts receivable aging for our business customers. Management compares the various metrics against goals and budgets, and takes appropriate action to enhance our performance. Our management also monitors additional measures such as liquidity and cash resources. As we transition to becoming an independent company, we anticipate that management will focus on further measures such as inventory turnover.

 

We derive our revenue from sales of products and services to consumers and businesses. Consumer sales consist of orders placed through our eCOST.com website or by inbound telephone orders. Business sales consist of sales made to customers assigned a customer relationship manager. In addition, business sales include orders placed through customized corporate websites. Sales to unassigned business customers are included in consumer sales. We also recently launched our travel and cellular/wireless categories in which we have arrangements with third party service providers and receive commissions for products and services purchased by linking through our eCOST.com website. We further generate revenue from handling fees and shipping fees we charge our customers, as well as other services. We record our revenue net of returns, coupons, credit card fraud and chargebacks, and other discounts. Our revenues may fluctuate from period to period as a result of special offers we provide such as free shipping, coupons and other special promotions.

 

Consumer sales represented 83%, 72% and 66% of our total net sales for the 2002, 2003 and 2004 fiscal years, respectively. Business sales represented 17%, 28% and 34% of our total net sales for the 2002, 2003 and 2004 fiscal years, respectively. No single customer accounted for more than 2% of our total net sales for 2003 or 2004.

 

Our revenue is dependant in part on sales of HP and HP-related products which represent 20%, 21% and 27% of our net sales in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. In connection with the distribution, we will have to obtain authorization from HP to buy directly from HP. To the extent we are unable to buy directly from HP, we may have

 

36


Table of Contents

to seek alternative sources of HP and HP-related products which could have a material adverse impact on our revenues and operating results.

 

We believe that the principal drivers of our revenue consist of the average order value placed by our customers, the number of orders placed by both existing and new customers, special offers we make available that result in incremental orders, our ability to attract new customers and advertising that impacts the aforementioned drivers of our revenue.

 

Our net sales are derived primarily from the sale of computer hardware, software, peripherals, electronics, and other consumer products to individual consumers and businesses through the internet, dedicated telemarketing sales executives, relationship-based telemarketing techniques, direct response catalogs and advertisements. We also generate commission-based revenue for certain products and other marketing and promotional services generated through our eCOST.com website. During the fourth quarter of 2004, we added the travel and cellular/wireless categories to our website. We use third party fulfillment partners to supply the travel services (such as flights, hotels and rental cars) and cellular phones and service. For these products and services, we do not have inventory risk or pricing control, and do not provide customer service. Therefore, for these sales we are not considered to be the primary obligor, and record only our commission as revenue. We believe there is a moderate level of seasonality in our business, reflecting fluctuations in online commerce and the general pattern of peak sales for the retail industry during the holiday shopping season. Sales in the traditional retail industry are generally higher in the first and fourth calendar quarters of the year. We believe that our historical revenue growth makes it difficult to predict the effect of seasonality on our future revenues and results of operations.

 

Cost of goods sold primarily consists of the cost of the product, inbound and outbound shipping, fixed and variable fulfillment costs charged to us by PC Mall and restocking fees on returned products charged to us by PC Mall. Cost of goods sold is reduced by certain vendor consideration, such as market development funds and co-operative (co-op) advertising funds, which has been sold by our vendor marketing team and allocated and credited to us by PC Mall. For our 2002, 2003 and 2004 fiscal years, we derived approximately 82%, 84% and 89%, respectively, of our net sales from products sold out of inventory purchased from PC Mall, and we purchased the remaining inventory from independent suppliers. We expect to begin purchasing substantially all of our inventory from independent suppliers other than PC Mall prior to the completion of the distribution.

 

Gross profit consists of net sales less product costs, inbound and outbound shipping costs and offset by certain marketing development funds. Such funds are received from manufacturers of products included in our catalogs and web sites, as well as co-operative advertising funds (“co-op”) on products purchased from manufacturers and vendors. Our gross profit margins are impacted by a number of factors. Gross profit margin may vary depending on various factors, including the category of merchandise, the introduction of new product categories, the mix of sales among our product categories, pricing of products by our vendors, fluctuations in key vendor support programs and price protection, pricing strategies, promotional programs, market conditions, packaging, excess and obsolete inventory charges, and other factors. Prior to the completion of our spin-off from PC Mall, we expect to transition to performing inventory management and order fulfillment functions on our own. The fulfillment costs included in cost of goods sold for our 2002, 2003 and 2004 fiscal years were $1.0 million, $1.7 million and $2.4 million respectively.

 

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist primarily of advertising expenses, including online marketing activities and the costs of catalog production, other costs, such as personnel, rent, common area maintenance, depreciation, credit card processing charges bad debt expenditures, legal and accounting fees and administrative service charges from affiliates of PC Mall. As a result of our recent initial public offering, we have incurred and expect that we will incur additional general and administrative expenses related to operating as a public company, such as increased legal and accounting expenses, increased executive compensation, personnel and employee benefit costs; investor relations costs; non-employee director costs and higher insurance premiums.

 

Until completion of our initial public offering, we were a co-borrower under PC Mall’s $75 million commercial line of credit, which included a $5 million flooring facility. The lenders for these lines released us from all obligations under these credit facilities upon completion of our initial public offering. PC Mall directly received all proceeds under this line of credit, and directly paid all principal and interest with respect thereto. Although we did not directly utilize proceeds from this line of credit and separately account for amounts we borrowed from PC

 

37


Table of Contents

Mall, because we were a co-borrower, along with all of the other PC Mall subsidiaries, with joint and several liability under such line of credit, the outstanding balance under the PC Mall commercial line of credit included in PC Mall’s consolidated financial statements was included for financial reporting purposes in our stand-alone financial statements. As described below and in note 3 to our financial statements, our financial statements reflect offsetting interest expense and interest income with respect to such line of credit for periods prior to completion of our initial public offering.

 

“Interest (income) expense” represents a charge by PC Mall for advances to us for working capital through 2003. We calculated the amount of this interest expense monthly using the prime rate in effect at such time multiplied by the cumulative balance due to PC Mall, net of an amount equal to the amount of approximately one month’s inventory purchases (to approximate standard vendor terms). Interest income in 2004 is a result of our investment of the net proceeds of our initial public offering proceeds in investment grade, interest-bearing marketable securities.

 

“Interest expense—PC Mall commercial line of credit” represents PC Mall’s consolidated interest expense for advances under its commercial line of credit made to PC Mall to fund the operations of its consolidated group.

 

“Interest income—PC Mall commercial line of credit” represents our recognition of interest income from PC Mall to reimburse us for the consolidated debt obligation that we record in our financial statements and that reflects PC Mall’s cost to fund the operations of its consolidated group. All costs associated with PC Mall’s borrowings to fund our operations have been recorded under “Interest expense—PC Mall.”

 

Income taxes were calculated as if we had filed separate tax returns for the periods presented. However, PC Mall has managed its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that we would have followed or will follow as a stand-alone company. As described below, the release of a $6.0 million valuation allowance on deferred tax assets had a significant favorable impact on our 2003 results of operations.

 

In 1999 and 2000, we granted non-qualified stock options to certain of our and PC Mall’s employees. These options were exercisable only upon the earlier to occur of an initial public offering or sale of our company or a period of five to seven years following the grant date of the options. Certain awards contain repurchase rights at the original exercise price in the event of employee termination, which right would terminate in the event of an initial public offering or sale of our company. As a result of the contingent nature of these options, a new measurement date for options granted to our employees occurred upon the consummation of our initial public offering, and we recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense equal to the difference between the exercise prices of these options and the initial public offering price for these options. Based on the initial public offering price of $5.80 per share, we recorded a non-cash stock-based compensation charge of $0.8 million in connection with these options upon completion of our initial public offering.

 

In March 2004, we granted an option to purchase 560,000 shares of common stock to our Chief Executive Officer at an exercise price of $6.43 per share. This grant resulted in the recognition of deferred non-cash stock-based compensation based on the estimated deemed fair value of the common stock on the date of grant of $10.00. An aggregate of 25% of the shares of common stock subject to this option vested upon the completion of our initial public offering. The remainder of the shares of common stock subject to this option will vest in equal quarterly installments over a three year period following the offering. We recorded a non-cash stock-based compensation charge of $0.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 to reflect compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of shares under this option as a result of our initial public offering. We will amortize the additional $1.3 million of compensation expense relating to the March 2004 option over the remainder of the three-year vesting period. We recognized total compensation expense of $1.5 million in connection with all of our outstanding options in the year ended December 31, 2004

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales and expenses, as well as the disclosure of

 

38


Table of Contents

contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of our assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and we include any revisions to our estimates in our results for the period in which the actual amounts become known.

 

Our management considers an accounting estimate to be critical if:

 

    it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and

 

    changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been selected could have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

We believe the critical accounting policies described below affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:

 

Revenue Recognition . We adhere to the revised guidelines and principles of sales recognition described in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition, issued as a revision to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, Revenue Recognition. While the wording of SAB 104 has revised the original SAB 101, the revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. Under SAB 104, sales are recognized when the title and risk of loss are passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Under these guidelines, we recognize a majority of our sales, including revenue from product sales and gross outbound shipping and handling charges, upon receipt of the product by the customer. For all product sales shipped directly from suppliers to customers, we are the primary obligor in the transaction, and we take title to the products sold upon shipment, bear credit risk, and bear inventory risk for returned products that are not successfully returned to suppliers; therefore, we recognize these revenues at gross sales amounts.

 

Sales are reported net of estimated returns and allowances, coupon redemptions and credit card fraud and chargebacks, all of which are estimated based upon recent historical information such as return and redemption rates, and fraud and chargeback experience. Management also considers any other current information and trends in making estimates. Our coupon redemptions are based upon the quantity of eligible orders transacted during the period and the estimated redemption rate, using historical experience rates for similar products or coupon amounts. Estimated redemption rates and the related coupon expense and liability are regularly adjusted as actual coupon redemptions for the program are processed. If actual sales returns, allowances, discounts, coupon redemptions and credit card fraud and chargebacks are greater than estimated by management, additional expense may be incurred.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable . We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon estimates of future collection. We extend credit to our business customers based upon an evaluation of each business customer’s financial condition and credit history, and generally do not require collateral. Our business customers’ financial conditions and credit and payment histories are evaluated in determining the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowance may be required.

 

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence . PC Mall maintains allowances for the valuation of inventory by estimating the obsolete or unmarketable inventory based on the difference between inventory cost and market value determined by general market conditions, nature, age and type of each product. At such time as we establish our own inventory management and order fulfillment facilities, we plan to use a similar methodology for determining our inventory reserves. PC Mall allocates and charges a portion of such allowance to us in the form of a restocking fee, and regularly evaluates the adequacy of its inventory reserve and determines the amount of such reserve to allocate and charge to us. If the inventory reserve subsequently proves insufficient, additional inventory write-downs may be required, which is recorded as an increase in cost of goods sold. This additional write-down amounted to less than $0.1 million in 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

Income Taxes . Our income tax provision is computed as if a separate company tax return were being filed. However, PC Mall files a consolidated federal income tax return and a combined state income tax return that include

 

39


Table of Contents

our operating results. We account for income taxes under the liability method, under which we recognize deferred income taxes by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the tax bases and financial reporting amounts of our existing assets and liabilities. We have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. In making this assessment, we are required to consider all available positive and negative evidence to determine whether, based on such evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of our net deferred assets will be realized in future periods. Based on our current forecasts and projections supporting the future utilization of deferred tax benefits, our recent earnings history, and the fact that net operating losses of $12.7 million are not limited with respect to their utilization and are available over a remaining carryover period of approximately 15 to 18 years to offset future taxable income, we have not recorded a valuation allowance at December 31, 2003 or December 31, 2004. In the event that actual results differ from those estimates or we adjust those estimates in future periods, we may need to record a valuation allowance, which may impact deferred tax assets and the results of operations in the period the change is made.

 

Our Relationship with and Separation from PC Mall

 

As a subsidiary of PC Mall, we have received services provided by PC Mall, including administrative services (accounting, human resources, tax services, legal and treasury), inventory management and order fulfillment, credit card processing, information systems operation and administration, advertising services, and use of office space. In consideration for these services, PC Mall has historically allocated and charged to us a portion of its related overhead costs. Management believes that the amounts charged to us by PC Mall generally have been no less favorable to us than costs we would have incurred to obtain such services on our own or from unaffiliated third parties. As a result of our initial public offering, we expect to incur certain costs in connection with operating as a stand-alone company that will exceed the costs that we historically incurred or were charged to us by PC Mall. We anticipate that we will incur incremental operating expenses as a result of becoming a stand-alone public company. These costs include certain administrative costs for services historically performed for us by PC Mall, as well as other incremental costs we will incur, including increased legal and accounting expenses; increased executive compensation; personnel and employee benefit costs; investor relations costs; non-employee director costs and higher insurance premiums. After our spin-off from PC Mall, we expect that we will have additional costs for software and systems to the extent they are not available on terms as favorable as those we receive as a subsidiary of PC Mall. We currently outsource our inventory management and order fulfillment operations to PC Mall who will continue to provide such services until the spin-off. In January 2005, we signed a lease for our own distribution facility located near the FedEx main hub in Memphis, Tennessee and are currently building out the facility. We expect this new facility to be operational by early April 2005. We estimate that we will need to spend approximately $2.5 million in capital expenditures through 2005 to establish ourselves as an independent company. These expenditures will include warehouse and distribution equipment, additional hardware and software for our computer systems, and furniture and fixtures. We expect to fund the purchase of such capital equipment with existing working capital.

 

In connection with our initial public offering, we entered into agreements with PC Mall and/or its affiliates related to the separation of our business operations from PC Mall and certain ongoing relationships between us and PC Mall following the initial public offering. These agreements cover administrative services, office space, inventory management and order fulfillment, information systems operation and administration, employee benefits, intellectual property matters, and other ongoing relationships. These agreements provide for specified charges generally intended to allow the providing company to fully recover the allocated direct costs of providing the services, plus all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, plus an additional 5% on administrative and other services. Under our arrangement with PC Mall, we purchase products from PC Mall at its cost, net of the value of any special discounts or incentives obtained by PC Mall, and we pay a per shipment fulfillment fee, a monthly inventory management fee and restocking fees. We believe that these costs are generally consistent with the historical costs we were charged by PC Mall for these services. Under our transition agreements with PC Mall, we receive credit for any vendor consideration obtained by PC Mall in amounts determined consistent with past practices. We expect to establish our own inventory management and order fulfillment capabilities prior to the completion of our spin-off from PC Mall. After we have completed this transition, we will obtain any vendor consideration directly from our vendors instead of through PC Mall. A description of these arrangements is contained under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our registration statement on Form S-1 filed in connection with our initial public offering. We amended our Administrative Services Agreement with an affiliate of PC Mall on March 17, 2005 whereby the scope of the services was reduced and monthly service charges were correspondingly reduced

 

40


Table of Contents

from approximately $100,000 to $19,000, effective as of the date of the spin-off. Under the amended agreement, services will consist of payroll administration, tax return preparation, human resources administration, product information management, catalog advertising production services and accounting and finance services necessary for the preparation of our financial statements for periods through the date of our spin-off from PC Mall.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of total net sales for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Net sales

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of goods sold

   89.2     90.6     90.9  
    

 

 

Gross profit

   10.8     9.4     9.1  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   10.1     9.0     10.3  
    

 

 

Income from operations

   0.7     0.4     (1.2 )

Interest (income) expense

   0.5     0.1     (0.1 )

Interest expense-PC Mall commercial line of credit

   1.2     1.3     0.7  

Interest income-PC Mall commercial line of credit

   (1.2 )   (1.3 )   (0.7 )
    

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   0.2     0.3     (1.1 )

Income tax benefit

   —       (5.4 )   (0.4 )
    

 

 

Net income (loss)

   0.2 %   5.7 %   (0.7 )%
    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

 

Net Sales . Net sales in the year ended December 31, 2004 were $178.5 million, an increase of $68.8 million, or 63%, over 2003. The increase in sales was primarily due to a related increase of 77% in active customers from the prior year. New customers for the year ended December 31, 2004 increased by 81% compared to the prior year due to increased awareness of our website derived from additional advertising spending during the year. We also added the following merchandising categories to our website during the year: video games, travel, bed and bath, apparel and accessories, licensed sports gear and cellular/wireless. The main products which contributed to the growth in net sales were notebook computers, home electronics and digital imaging products.

 

Gross Profit . Gross profit in the year ended December 31, 2004 was $16.3 million, an increase of $6.0 million over the prior year. Gross profit as a percentage of sales decreased to 9.1% from 9.4% in the prior year, primarily due to additional promotional offers to accelerate customer acquisitions. Gross profit may be influenced from year to year due to changes in vendor support programs (including price protection, rebates and return policies), product mix, pricing strategies, competition and other factors.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . SG&A expenses in the year ended December 31, 2004 were $18.4 million, an increase of $8.5 million, or 86%, over 2003. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to $2.2 million of non-recurring charges and increased personnel costs of $1.7 million, increased advertising expenses of $2.3 million, increased credit card processing charges of $1.3 million and increased consulting expenses of $0.9 million due to the increase in net sales over the prior year. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were 10.3% compared to 9.0% in the prior year. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses increased 1.3% from the prior year primarily due to the non-recurring charges, as described above, equal to 1.2% and increased consulting expense of 0.5%. These increases were offset by a decline in PC Mall administrative service charges of 0.4% as a percentage of net sales. The administrative service charges have been generally allocated and charged using several factors, including net sales, cost of goods sold, square footage, systems utilization, headcount and other factors. Since our initial public offering, these charges have been based

 

41


Table of Contents

upon monthly fees pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement and Information Technology Systems Usage and Services Agreement with PC Mall.

 

Interest (Income) Expense . Interest expense decreased to zero from $0.1 million in the prior year due to PC Mall’s additional investment of $18.0 million in eCOST.com in early 2003, which reduced the amount of advances to us from PC Mall to a net receivable. We recognized interest income in the amount of $0.1 million in 2004 from our investment of the net proceeds of our initial public offering in investment grade, interest-bearing marketable securities. “Interest expense—PC Mall commercial line of credit” is offset in each reported period by “Interest income—PC Mall commercial line of credit.” These amounts decreased in the year ended December 31, 2004 by $0.1 million from the prior year primarily due to our release from all obligations under the PC Mall commercial line of credit and related term note effective upon the closing of our initial public offering on September 1, 2004.

 

Income Taxes. We recorded an income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2004 of $0.8 million due to the loss incurred during the year. In 2003 we recorded a benefit of $5.9 million for income taxes primarily as a result of the release of the full amount of our $6.0 million valuation allowance based upon our reassessment of our deferred tax assets as being more likely than not recoverable. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on our generating sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards of $12.7 million at December 31, 2004 which have a 15 to 18 year life before expiration. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the future if estimates of future taxable income are reduced. PC Mall may utilize a portion of these net operating losses for any year in which our financial statements can be consolidated with PC Mall. To the extent PC Mall does so, that will reduce the amount of net operating loss carryforwards available to us in the future.

 

Net loss was $1.2 million, or ($0.08) per share, for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to net income of $6.2 million, or $0.43 per share, for the same period last year.

 

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

 

Net Sales . Net sales in 2003 were $109.7 million, an increase of $20.7 million, or 23%, over 2002. The increase in sales was driven primarily by an increase in daily visits to our website, an increase in sales and shipping promotions, and our increased focus on business customers by expanding our team of sales account representatives. Sales of business-related products, including notebook computers, networking and storage products, increased by $11.2 million from 2002, and sales of consumer-related products, including home electronics and digital imaging products, increased by $8.6 million from 2002.

 

Gross Profit . Gross profit in 2003 was $10.3 million, an increase of $0.7 million, or 8%, over 2002. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales decreased to 9.4% in 2003 from 10.8% in the prior year, primarily due to increased promotional activities such as the issuance of mail-in rebates and reduced shipping rates totaling 1.8% of sales, increased warehouse and fulfillment costs of 0.4% of net sales due to a decline in average order values, partially offset by improvement in product margin totaling 0.8% of net sales. Our gross profit percentage may vary from period to period, depending on the continuation of key vendor support programs, (including price protection, rebates and return policies), product mix, pricing strategies, competition and other factors.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . SG&A expenses in 2003 were $9.9 million, an increase of $0.9 million, or 11%, over 2002. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to increases in advertising expenditures of $0.5 million, and increased credit card processing charges of $0.4 million on the higher level of sales. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses in 2003 were 9.0% versus 10.1% in 2002. The decline in SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales is primarily due to a 0.35% decline in personnel costs and a 0.36% decline in administrative service charges from PC Mall. The dollar amount of these expense items in 2003 are substantially the same as the prior year and, thus, declined as a percentage of net sales due to sales growth. The administrative service charges have been generally allocated and charged to us using several factors, including net sales, cost of goods sold, square footage, systems utilization, headcount and other factors. Since the initial public offering, these charges have been based on a monthly fee pursuant to our Administrative Services Agreement with PC Mall.

 

Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased from $0.5 million in 2002 to $0.1 million in 2003, primarily due to PC Mall’s additional investment of $18.0 million in our company, which reduced the amount of advances to

 

42


Table of Contents

us from PC Mall to a net receivable and thereby reduced our interest expense for 2003. “Interest expense—PC Mall commercial line of credit” is offset in each reported period by “Interest income—PC Mall commercial line of credit.” These amounts increased in 2003 by $0.4 million from 2002 due to increased borrowings by PC Mall and its subsidiaries under the PC Mall commercial line of credit.

 

Income Taxes . In 2003 we recorded a benefit of $5.9 million for income taxes primarily as a result of our reassessment of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets as being more likely than not, resulting in the release of the full amount of our $6.0 million valuation allowance. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on our generating sufficient taxable income in the future. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the future if estimates of future taxable income are reduced. This compares with a tax provision in 2002 of $27,000 for state franchise taxes. At December 31, 2003, we had net operating loss carryforwards of $12.2 million.

 

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly results of operations data for the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2004, as well as such data expressed as a percentage of our total net sales for the periods presented. The information in the table below should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere herein. We have prepared this information on the same basis as our financial statements and the information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. Our quarterly operating results have varied substantially in the past and may vary substantially in the future. You should not draw any conclusions about our future results from the results of operations for any particular quarter.

 

     Three Months Ended

 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  
     Mar. 31,
2003


    Jun. 30,
2003


    Sept. 30,
2003


    Dec. 31,
2003


    Mar. 31,
2004


    Jun. 30,
2004


    Sept. 30,
2004


    Dec. 31,
2004


 

Statements of Operations Data:

                                                                

Net sales

   $ 23,891     $ 23,913     $ 25,519     $ 36,386     $ 38,190     $ 38,802     $ 43,397     $ 58,075  

Cost of goods sold

     21,477       21,449       22,940       33,543       34,732       35,029       39,294       53,084  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     2,414       2,464       2,579       2,843       3,458       3,773       4,103       4,991  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2,106       2,224       2,327       3,228       3,491       3,765       5,527       5,601  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from operations

     308       240       252       (385 )     (33 )     8       (1,424 )     (610 )

Interest (income) expense

     76       —         —         —         —         —         (7 )     (60 )

Interest expense—PC Mall commercial line of credit

     224       364       363       525       401       559       369       —    

Interest income—PC Mall commercial line of credit

     (224 )     (364 )     (363 )     (525 )     (401 )     (559 )     (369 )     —    
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before income taxes

     232       240       252       (385 )     (33 )     8       (1,417 )     (550 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

     —         —         —         (5,872 )     (13 )     3       (525 )     (249 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ 232     $ 240     $ 252     $ 5,487     $ (20 )   $ 5     $ (892 )   $ (301 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Earnings (loss) per share:

                                                                

Basic

   $ 0.02     $ 0.02     $ 0.02     $ 0.39     $ (0.00 )   $ 0.00     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.02 )

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ 0.02     $ 0.02     $ 0.38     $ (0.00 )   $ 0.00     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.02 )

Weighted average number of shares:

                                                                

Basic

     14,000       14,000       14,000       14,000       14,000       14,000       15,155       17,465  

Diluted

     14,426       14,435       14,465       14,291       14,000       14,329       15,155       17,465  

 

43


Table of Contents
    

Three Months Ended


 
     (percentage of total net sales)  
     Mar. 31,
2003


    Jun. 30,
2003


    Sept. 30,
2003


    Dec. 31,
2003


    Mar. 31
2004


    Jun. 30
2004


    Sept. 30
2004


    Dec. 31,
2004


 

Statements of Operations Data:

                                                

Net sales

   100.0 %   100.0  %   100.0  %   100.0  %   100.0  %   100.0  %   100  %   100  %

Cost of goods sold

   89.9     89.7     89.9     92.2     90.9     90.3     90.5     91.4  
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

   10.1     10.3     10.1     7.8     9.1     9.7     9.5     8.6  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   8.8     9.3     9.1     8.9     9.2     9.7     12.7     9.6  
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

   1.3     1.0     1.0     (1.1 )   (0.1 )   0.0     (3.2 )   (1.0 )

Interest (income) expense

   0.3     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     (0.1 )

Interest expense—PC Mall commercial line of credit

   0.9     1.5     1.4     1.4     1.1     1.4     0.8     —    

Interest income—PC Mall commercial line of credit

   (0.9 )   (1.5 )   (1.4 )   (1.4 )   (1.1 )   (1.4 )   (0.8 )   —    
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   1.0     1.0     1.0     (1.1 )   (0.1 )   0.0     (3.2 )   (0.9 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

   0.0     0.0     0.0     (16.1 )   0.0     0.0     (1.2 )   (0.4 )
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   1.0 %   1.0 %   1.0 %   15.0  %   (0.1 )%   0.0 %   (2.0 )%   (0.5 )%
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended

     Mar. 31,
2003


   Jun. 30,
2003


   Sept. 30,
2003


   Dec. 31,
2003


   Mar. 31
2004


   Jun. 30
2004


   Sept. 30
2004


   Dec. 31,
2004


Selected Operating Data (unaudited):

                                                       

Total customers(1)

     557,954      594,721      640,630      720,422      793,407      860,909      949,056      1,087,575

Active customers(2)

     174,182      187,685      211,465      261,493      300,670      337,516      389,133      461,576

New customers(3)

     40,758      36,767      45,909      79,792      72,985      67,502      88,147      138,519

Number of orders(4)

     63,051      63,574      77,294      127,064      119,192      117,168      140,468      199,878

Average order value(5)

   $ 395    $ 391    $ 341    $ 299    $ 333    $ 341    $ 320    $ 302

Advertising expense(6)

   $ 635,000    $ 810,000    $ 815,000    $ 1,349,000    $ 1,306,000    $ 1,194,000    $ 1,377,000    $ 2,068,000

(1) Total customers has been calculated as the cumulative number of customers for which orders have been taken from our inception to the end of the reported period.

 

(2) Active customers consist of the number of customers who placed orders during the 12 months prior to the end of the reported period.

 

(3) New customers represent the number of persons that established a new account and placed an order during the reported period.

 

(4) Number of orders represents the total number of orders shipped during the reported period (not reflecting returns).

 

(5) Average order value has been calculated as gross sales divided by the total number of orders during the period presented. The impact of returns is not reflected in average order value.

 

(6) Advertising expense includes the total dollars spent on advertising during the reported period, including Internet, direct mail, print and e-mail advertising, as well as customer list enhancement services.

 

44


Table of Contents

During the first half of 2003, we focused our attention on completing the implementation of our alternative buying formats and, to a lesser extent, promotion of our website. During the third and fourth quarters of 2003, we began focusing on introducing new product categories and actively promoting our website. These promotional efforts in the fourth quarter of 2003 included the issuance of mail-in rebates and reduced shipping rates charged to customers, as well as increased advertising spending. We continued the reduced shipping rate promotion and the increased advertising spending in 2004. Our efforts resulted in an acceleration of our quarterly sequential sales growth rate as we increased our customer base, but contributed to a decline in our reported operating income. Also contributing to this growth in sales was an increase in the number of relationship managers for business customers and purchases by business customers. Our business customer relationship manager headcount increased from 12 in the second quarter of 2002 to 26 in 2004, and our business sales to accounts with assigned relationship managers increased during this period. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2002, we experienced significant growth in digital media, home electronics, wireless networking and storage products, which generally had lower average selling prices than our historical levels and resulted in a reduction of our average order value.

 

We believe there is a moderate level of seasonality in our business, reflecting a combination of fluctuations in online commerce and traditional retail seasonality patterns. Further, sales in the traditional retail industry are generally higher in the fourth calendar quarter of each year. However, we believe our historical revenue growth makes it difficult to predict the effect of seasonality on our future quarterly revenues and results of operations.

 

Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales experienced moderate fluctuations for the eight quarters presented due to changes in product mix and vendor support. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of sales increased in the fourth quarter of 2003 and 2004 primarily as a result of increased promotions designed to attract new customers and encourage repeat purchases from existing customers.

 

In the third quarter of 2004, SG&A expenses increased substantially as a percentage of sales due to non-cash stock-based compensation expense and certain non-recurring charges. We expect to incur an increase in SG&A expenses in future periods as a result of becoming a stand-alone publicly traded company. These expenses as a percentage of net sales will vary depending on the level of revenue obtained.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Historically, our primary sources of financing have come from cash flow from operations and loans from PC Mall. In September 2004, we completed an initial public offering of 3,465,000 shares of our common stock, which yielded net proceeds of $16.7 million after underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. In April 2004, PC Mall agreed to extend a line of credit to us of up to $10.0 million for necessary working capital requirements, which obligation terminated upon completion of our initial public offering. Prior to the initial public offering, we participated in PC Mall’s cash management program, whereby our trade cash receipts were handled by PC Mall and swept daily from our account. Such cash was readvanced by PC Mall for our working capital needs. Accordingly, we have reported no cash or cash equivalents at December 31, 2002 and 2003. As of December 31, 2004, we maintain our own cash accounts and receive substantially all trade receivables into such accounts.

 

In 2003, PC Mall made a capital contribution of $18.0 million to us, which we used to repay the cumulative advances to us from PC Mall of $15.5 million outstanding at that time. In accordance with PC Mall’s cash management program, the balance of $2.5 million was returned to PC Mall, and we have recorded a capital contribution due from PC Mall reflecting this amount. In connection with our initial public offering, we paid a dividend of $2.5 million to PC Mall through a settlement of the capital contribution due from PC Mall outstanding at the completion of our initial public offering.

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth elements of our cash flows for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (159 )   $ 1,626     $ (139 )

Net cash used in investing activities

     (9 )     (19 )     (7,272 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     168       (1,607 )     16,201  

 

Accounts receivable, which included trade receivables in 2004 and trade and credit card receivables in 2003, were $2.0 million, respectively. Although sales on open account with credit terms increased over these years, accounts receivable from 2003 to 2004 remained flat. This was primarily due to credit cards billed but not yet received balances being included in accounts receivable in 2003 but included in cash in 2004, since we now maintain our own cash accounts, as described above. Inventories which represent inventory already shipped from our suppliers, but not yet received by customers, increased to $1.8 million at December 31, 2004 from $1.2 million in December 31, 2003 caused by the increase in net sales around the December month-end period. As of December 31, 2004, we had $16.3 million of working capital, primarily as a result of our receipt of net proceeds in the amount of $16.7 million from our initial public offering.

 

At December 31, 2004, we had net operating loss carryforwards of $12.7 million which may be available to offset future taxable income and will expire in approximately 15 to 18 years. During tax years in which we are a member of PC Mall’s consolidated group for the entire tax year, net operating loss carryforwards may be utilized on PC Mall’s consolidated return. If we cease to be a member of PC Mall’s consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes, available net operating loss carryforwards will first be utilized on PC Mall’s consolidated return for that year, and only the amount of net operating loss carryforwards not used by PC Mall’s consolidated group in that year will be available for us in subsequent taxable years. Our ability to use these net operating loss carryforwards to offset any future taxable income depends on a variety of factors.

 

Prior to September 1, 2004, we, along with other subsidiaries of PC Mall, were a co-borrower under PC Mall’s $75 million asset-based commercial line of credit. The PC Mall commercial line of credit is secured by substantially all of the assets of PC Mall and its subsidiaries. Effective upon the completion of our initial public offering we were released from all obligations under the PC Mall commercial line of credit and our assets and our outstanding common stock were released as collateral.

 

We have an asset-based line of credit of up to $l5 million with a financial institution, which is secured by substantially all of our assets. The credit facility functions as a working capital line of credit with our borrowing under the facility limited to a percentage of our inventory and accounts receivable. Outstanding amounts under the facility bear interest initially at the prime rate plus 0.25%. Beginning in 2006, outstanding amounts under the facility will bear interest at rates ranging from the prime rate to the prime rate plus 0.5%, depending on our financial results. At December 31, 2004, the prime rate was 5.25%. In connection with the line of credit, we entered into a cash management arrangement whereby our operating accounts are swept and used to repay outstanding amounts under the line of credit. The credit facility contains standard terms and conditions customarily found in similar facilities offered to similarly situated borrowers. The credit facility limits our ability to make acquisitions above pre-defined dollar thresholds, requires us to use the proceeds from any future stock issuances to repay outstanding amounts under the facility, and has as its sole financial covenant a minimum tangible net worth requirement. Borrowing availability is subject to satisfaction of certain standard conditions. Fees under the credit facility include an upfront cash fee, an annual unused line fee of 0.375% of the unused portion of the line and a termination fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.75% depending on the timing of any termination of the facility. The credit facility will mature in March 2007. As of December 31, 2004, we had no borrowings under our asset-based line of credit.

 

We currently estimate that we will incur incremental additional operating expenses as a result of becoming a stand-alone public company. These costs include certain administrative costs for services currently performed for us by PC Mall, as well as other incremental costs we will incur, including increased legal and accounting expenses, increased personnel and employee benefit costs, investor relations costs, non-employee director costs and higher insurance premiums. After our spin-off from PC Mall, we expect that we will have additional costs for software and systems to the extent they are not available on terms as favorable as those we receive as a subsidiary of PC Mall. PC Mall currently provides us with our inventory management and order fulfillment capabilities and will continue to provide these services until the spin-off. In January 2005, we signed a lease for our own distribution facility located

 

46


Table of Contents

near the FedEx main hub in Memphis, Tennessee and are currently building out the facility. We expect this new facility to be operational by early April 2005. We also estimate that we will need to spend approximately $2.5 million in capital expenditures through 2005 to establish ourselves as an independent company. These expenditures will include warehouse and distribution equipment, additional hardware and software for our computer systems and furniture and fixtures.

 

We believe that current working capital, together with cash flows from operations, borrowings available under our credit facility, current cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments will be adequate to support our current operating plans for at least the next 12 months.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth our future contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of December 3l, 2004 (in thousands):

 

     Payment Due By Period

     Total

   Less than
1 year


   1-3
Years


   4-5
years


   After
5 Years


Operating leases

   $ 359    $ 110    $ 249    $ —      $ —  
    

  

  

  

  

 

Amounts shown under “operating leases” in the above table consist of base rent under our current sublease with PC Mall. Under the sublease with PC Mall, we also pay PC Mall additional rent for our proportionate share of common area maintenance, including amortization of leasehold improvements, real estate taxes, telecommunications and networking expenses and other operating expenses. In 2003 and 2004, we paid PC Mall approximately $328,000 and $413,000 for these expenses. After our initial public offering, our use of telecommunications systems and hardware and software systems, which were previously included in this additional rent charge, are provided under a separate agreement with PC Mall.

 

We entered into agreements with PC Mall, which provide for, among other things, administrative services, office space, inventory management and order fulfillment, information systems operation and administration, employee benefits, intellectual property matters, and other ongoing relationships. PC Mall provides us with information systems usage of telecommunications systems and hardware and software systems and information technology services, and related support services under an agreement with a term of two years, which we may terminate with six months prior notice. The administrative services agreement has a term of one year and is terminable by us upon 90 days notice. In March 2005, the administrative services agreement was amended to reduce the scope of services covered by the agreement and reduce the monthly charge for such services, effective as of the date of the spin-off. Our inventory management and order fulfillment agreement has a term ending upon the earlier to occur of the date of the spin-off or the first anniversary of the agreement and may be terminated by either party upon 90 days prior notice. Our aggregate fixed payment obligations to PC Mall under these agreements for the 12 months (assuming no earlier termination by either party) following the execution of these agreements is $1.2 million. This amount does not include charges for our proportionate share of common area maintenance under our sublease with PC Mall or our use of telecommunications and systems and hardware and software systems. The agreements also provide for certain transaction-based fees for fulfillment and shipping which is currently outsourced to PC Mall.

 

On January 14, 2005, we entered into a lease with Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America for approximately 164,000 of rentable square feet in a facility located in Memphis, Tennessee, in order to provide our own inventory management and order fulfillment operations which are currently provided by PC Mall. The initial term of the lease is 70 months. Upon the expiration of the initial term, we have an option to renew the lease for a period of 5 years. The renewal option will be subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in the lease, except that the rent during the renewal term will be determined on the basis of the market rent, as such term is defined in the lease. The equipment installation and office space configuration are currently under construction. The landlord has provided us with a construction allowance of $369,400. Under the terms of the lease agreement, our initial monthly base rent is $21,500 per month, which will increase periodically over the term of the lease to $38,700. If we satisfy all of the initial terms and conditions of the lease, we are not required to pay the monthly base rent for the first two months of the lease. The total minimum rental amount under the lease is approximately $2.5

 

47


Table of Contents

million for the initial term. In addition to the monthly base rent, we are required to pay for all of our utilities and operating costs based on our proportionate share of all of the operating costs for the premises, but in no event will such costs increase by more than 7% per year in the aggregate over the lease term. Upon execution of the lease in January 2005, we provided the landlord with a letter of credit in the amount of $200,000 to secure our payment obligations under the lease. We are required to keep the letter of credit in effect or replace it with a letter of credit with the same terms until 30 days after the expiration of the term of the lease. The amount of the letter of credit will be reduced periodically over the term of the lease.

 

Inflation

 

Inflation has not had a material impact upon operating results, and we do not expect it to have such an impact in the near future. There can be no assurances, however, that our business will not be so affected by inflation.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Share-Based Payments

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (FAS 123R), that addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. The statement eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and generally requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method and recognized as expenses in our statements of operations. The statement requires companies to assess the most appropriate model to calculate the value of the options. We currently use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value options and we are currently assessing which model we may use in the future under the new statement and may deem an alternative model to be the most appropriate. The use of a different model to value options may result in a different fair value than the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In addition, there are a number of other requirements under the new standard that will result in different accounting treatment than currently required. These differences include, but are not limited to, the accounting for the tax benefit on employee stock options issued. In addition to the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, we will also be required to determine the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The allowed transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption options. Under the retroactive options, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of FAS 123R, while the retroactive methods would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock beginning with the first period restated. The effective date of the new standard for our financial statements is the third fiscal quarter in 2005.

 

Upon adoption, this statement will have a significant impact on our financial statements as we will be required to expense the fair value of our stock option grants rather than disclose the impact on our net income within its footnotes (see above), as is our current practice. The amounts disclosed within our footnotes are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that will be expensed upon adoption of FAS 123R. Compensation expense calculated under FAS 123R may differ from amounts currently disclosed within our footnotes based on changes in the fair value of our common stock, changes in the number of options granted or the terms of such options, the treatment of tax benefits and changes in interest rates or other factors. In addition, upon adoption of FAS 123R we may choose to use a different valuation model to value the compensation expense associated with employee stock options.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

We have exposure to the risks of fluctuating interest rates on our line of credit. If the variable rate on the line of credit changes, we may be required to pay more interest. We believe that the effect of any change in interest rates

 

48


Table of Contents

will not be material to our financial position. As of December 31, 2004, we had no borrowings under our line of credit.

 

It is our policy not to enter into derivative financial instruments. We do not have any significant foreign currency exposure since we do not transact business in foreign currencies. Therefore, we do not have significant overall currency exposure at December 31, 2004.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

The information required by this item is contained in the financial statements listed in Item 15(a) of this annual report under the caption “Financial Statements” and appear beginning on page F-1 of this annual report.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information required to be included in this report.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

 

None.

 

49


Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

 

Information regarding our board of directors, audit committee, audit committee financial expert and code of ethics is set forth under the caption “Election of Directors,” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership compliance is set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation—Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

A list of our executive officers is included in Part I, Item 1 of this annual report under the caption “Executive Officers.”

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Our code of ethics is posted on our website at www.ecost.com. Any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of our code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal financial officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions will be posted in the “investor relations” section of our website.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

 

The information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Information” and “Election of Directors—Compensation of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

The information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

 

The information required by this item is set forth under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

The information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Ratification and Approval of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

50


Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

 

  (1) Financial Statements. See Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.

 

  (2) Financial Statement Schedules. See Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts which follow the Financial Statements.

 

All other schedules are omitted because the information is not applicable or is not material, or because the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

  (3) Exhibits.

 

The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report:

 

Exhibit
Number


 

Description


2.1   Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (included as Exhibit 10.1 hereto)
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (3)
3.2   Amended and Restated By-laws (3)
10.1     Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.2     Tax Allocation and Indemnification Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.3     Employee Benefit Matters Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
  10.4(a)   Administrative Services Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
  10.4(b)   Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement, dated March 17, 2005
10.5     Product Sales, Inventory Management and Order Fulfillment Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.6     Information Technology Systems Usage and Services Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.7     AF Services Software License Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.8     Amended and Restated Sublease Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.9     Registration Rights Agreement with PC Mall, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.10   Registration Rights Agreement with Frank Khulusi, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
  10.11*   eCOST.com, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (1)
  10.12*   eCOST.com, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and 2004 Non-Employee Director Option Program (2)
10.13   Loan and Security Agreement with Congress Financial Corporation (Western), dated August 3, 2004 (4)
10.14   Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and executive officers (5)

* The referenced exhibit is a compensatory contract, plan or arrangement.

 

51


Table of Contents
  10.15*    Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement under 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (5)
  10.16*    Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (5)
10.17    PC Mall Software License Agreement (2)
  10.18*    Employment Agreement with Adam W. Shaffer (1)
  10.19*    Employment Agreement dated December 22, 2004, between us and Elizabeth S.C.S. Murray (7)
10.20    Lease dated January 14, 2005, by and between us and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America for the benefit of its separate real estate account (8)
  10.21*    Summary of Director Compensation
21.1      Subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
31.1      Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
31.2      Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
32.1      Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Registrant pursuant to 184 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115199), filed with the SEC on May 5, 2004.

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115199), filed with the SEC on July 2, 2004.

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115199), filed with the SEC on July 26, 2004.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115199), filed with the SEC on August 3, 2004.

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2004.

 

(6) Incorporated by reference to our Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed with the SEC on November 17, 2004.

 

(7) Incorporated by reference to our report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2004.

 

(8) Incorporated by reference to our report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 18, 2005.

 

* The referenced exhibit is a compensatory contract, plan or arrangement.

 

52


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Balance Sheets

   F-3

Statements of Operations

   F-4

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   F-5

Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-7

Financial Statement Schedule

    

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   F-22

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of eCOST.com, Inc.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements listed in the accompanying index on page F-1 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of eCOST.com, Inc. (the “Company”), a subsidiary of PC Mall, Inc., at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index on page F-1 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

The Company has been historically consolidated as a subsidiary of PC Mall, Inc., and consequently, as indicated in Note 1, the financial statements of the Company have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of PC Mall, Inc. and reflect significant assumptions and allocations. Accordingly, the financial statements do not necessarily reflect the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows had it been a stand-alone company.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

March 31, 2005

 

F-2


Table of Contents

eCOST.com, Inc.

(A SUBSIDIARY OF PC MALL, INC.)

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 

Assets

                

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —       $ 8,790  

Short-term investments

     —         7,000  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $50 and $199 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively

     2,044       2,039  

Inventories

     1,199       1,794  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     51       263  

Due from Affiliate, net

     —         813  

Deferred income taxes

     155       883  

Receivable from the Parent (Note 3)

     30,676       —    
    


 


Total current assets

     34,125       21,582  

Property and equipment, net

     125       342  

Due from Affiliate, net

     991       —    

Deferred income taxes

     4,206       4,467  

Other assets

     29       123  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 39,476     $ 26,514  
    


 


Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ 1,678     $ 585  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,738       2,635  

Deferred revenue

     1,345       2,014  

Lines of credit (Note 3)

     30,676       —    
    


 


Total current liabilities

     35,437       5,234  
    


 


Total liabilities

     35,437       5,234  
    


 


Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

                

Stockholders’ equity:

                

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 20,000,000 and 100,000,000 shares authorized, 14,000,000 and 17,465,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively

     14       17  

Additional paid-in capital

     16,598       33,834  

Deferred stock-based compensation

     —         (1,333 )

Capital contribution due from Affiliate

     (2,543 )     —    

Accumulated deficit

     (10,030 )     (11,238 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     4,039       21,280  
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity and liabilities

   $ 39,476     $ 26,514  
    


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

eCOST.com, Inc.

(A SUBSIDIARY OF PC MALL, INC.)

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Net sales

   $ 89,009     $ 109,709     $ 178,464  

Cost of goods sold (Note 7)

     79,429       99,409       162,139  
    


 


 


Gross profit

     9,580       10,300       16,325  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (Note 7)

     8,945       9,885       18,384  
    


 


 


Income (loss) from operations

     635       415       (2,059 )

Interest (income) expense, net

     461       76       (67 )

Interest expense—PC Mall commercial line of credit (Note 3)

     1,097       1,476       1,329  

Interest income—PC Mall commercial line of credit (Note 3)

     (1,097 )     (1,476 )     (1,329 )
    


 


 


Income (loss) before income taxes

     174       339       (1,992 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     27       (5,872 )     (784 )
    


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ 147     $ 6,211     $ (1,208 )
    


 


 


Earnings (loss) per share:

                        

Basic

   $ 0.01     $ 0.44     $ (0.08 )
    


 


 


Diluted

   $ 0.01     $ 0.43     $ (0.08 )
    


 


 


Weighted average number of shares:

                        

Basic

     14,000       14,000       15,155  
    


 


 


Diluted

     14,422       14,279       15,155  
    


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

eCOST.com, Inc.

(A SUBSIDIARY OF PC MALL, INC.)

 

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

(in thousands)

 

     Common Stock

   Additional
Paid-in
Capital


    Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation


    Capital
Contribution
Due from
Affiliate


    Accumulated
Deficit


    Total

 
     Shares

   Amount

          

Balance at December 31, 2001

   14,000    $ 14    $ 111     $ —       $ —       $ (16,388 )   $ (16,263 )
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


Capital contribution—income taxes

   —        —        15       —         —         —         15  

Net income

   —        —        —         —         —         147       147  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2002

   14,000      14      126       —         —         (16,241 )     (16,101 )
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


Capital contribution from Affiliate

   —        —        18,000       —         —         —         18,000  

Capital contribution due from Affiliate

   —        —        —         —         (2,543 )     —         (2,543 )

Affiliate utilization of deferred tax benefits, net

   —        —        (1,528 )     —         —         —         (1,528 )

Net income

   —        —        —         —         —         6,211       6,211  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

   14,000      14      16,598       —         (2,543 )     (10,030 )     4,039  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


Issuance of common stock in connection with the initial public offering, net of offering costs

   3,465      3      16,736       —         —         —         16,739  

Compensatory stock option grant

   —        —        2,000       (2,000 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

   —        —        —         667       —         —         667  

Non-cash stock-based compensation

   —        —        839       —         —         —         839  

Dividend to Affiliate

   —        —        (2,543 )     —         2,543       —         —    

Capital contribution – income taxes

   —        —        204       —         —         —         204  

Net loss

   —        —        —         —         —         (1,208 )     (1,208 )
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

   17,465    $ 17    $ 33,834     $ (1,333 )   $ —       $ (11,238 )   $ 21,280  
    
  

  


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

eCOST.com, Inc.

(A SUBSIDIARY OF PC MALL, INC.)

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 147     $ 6,211     $ (1,208 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     227       63       58  

Bad debt expense

     51       32       170  

Deferred income taxes

     —         (4,361 )     (989 )

Stock-based compensation expense

     —         —         1,506  

Affiliate utilization of deferred tax benefits, net

     —         (1,528 )     —    

Capital contribution—income taxes

     15       —         204  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                        

Accounts receivable

     (882 )     (584 )     (165 )

Inventories

     292       (583 )     (596 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     99       15       (212 )

Other assets

     (7 )     (23 )     (97 )

Accounts payable

     —         952       (367 )

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     208       779       888  

Deferred revenue

     (309 )     653       669  
    


 


 


Total adjustments

     (306 )     (4,585 )     1,069  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (159 )     1,626       (139 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Purchases of short-term investments

     —         —         (14,000 )

Sale of short-term investments

     —         —         7,000  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (9 )     (19 )     (272 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (9 )     (19 )     (7,272 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Capital contribution from Affiliate

     —         18,000       —    

Net proceeds from initial public offering

     —         —         18,690  

Change in book overdraft

     —         726       (726 )

Payments for deferred offering costs

     —         —         (1,941 )

Net (repayments to)/advances from Affiliate

     168       (17,790 )     178  

Capital contribution due from Affiliate

     —         (2,543 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     168       (1,607 )     16,201  
    


 


 


Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         8,790  

Cash and cash equivalents:

                        

Beginning of period

     —         —         —    
    


 


 


End of period

   $ —       $ —       $ 8,790  
    


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

eCOST.com, Inc.

(A SUBSIDIARY OF PC MALL, INC.)

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Company

 

eCOST.com, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed on February 25, 1999 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of PC Mall, Inc. (formerly Creative Computers, Inc.) (the “Parent”). For purposes of these financial statements and related notes, the Parent and its wholly-owned subsidiaries excluding the Company will collectively be referred to as an “Affiliate.” The Company operates in a single business segment and sells its products principally to customers in the United States. The Company is a multi-category online discount retailer of new, “close-out” and refurbished brand-name merchandise. The Company offers products in twelve merchandise categories, including computer hardware and software, home electronics, digital imaging, watches and jewelry, housewares, DVD movies, video games, travel, bed and bath, apparel and accessories, licensed sports gear and cellular/wireless. The Company appeals to a broad range of consumer and small business customers through two shopping formats: every day low price and the Company’s proprietary Bargain Countdown . This combination of shopping formats helps attract value-conscious customers looking for high quality products at low prices to its eCOST.com website. The Company also provides rapid response customer service utilizing a strategically located distribution center operated by an Affiliate and third party fulfillment providers, as well as customer support from online and on-call sales representatives.

 

The Company has operated as a reporting segment of the Parent’s business since April 1999. In September 2004, the Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 3,465,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, leaving the Parent with ownership of approximately 80.2% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock. The Parent has advised the Company that the Parent plans to distribute its remaining ownership interest in the Company to its common stockholders. The Company refers to this as the “distribution” or the “spin-off.” The Parent has announced that the distribution will take the form of a spin-off by means of a special dividend to its common stockholders of all of the Company’s common stock owned by the Parent on April 11, 2005. Completion of the distribution is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions as set forth in the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement previously entered into between the Company and PC Mall. The distribution may not occur by the contemplated time or may not occur at all.

 

These financial statements have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of the Parent, in which the Company has been reported as a separate segment, using the historical results of operations, and historical basis of assets and liabilities of its business. The statements of operations include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided to the Company by an Affiliate, including administrative services (accounting, human resources, tax services, legal and treasury), inventory management and order fulfillment, credit card processing, information systems operation and administration, advertising services, and use of office space. These allocations were made on a specifically identifiable basis or using the relative percentages, as compared to the Parent’s other businesses, of net sales, payroll, net cost of goods sold, square footage, headcount or other methods. The Company has not made a determination of whether these expenses are comparable to those it could have obtained from an unrelated third party. The Company’s expenses as a separate, stand-alone company may be higher or lower than the amounts reflected in the statements of operations. All related activity between the Affiliate and the Company is reflected as related party payables and receivables on the Company’s balance sheet.

 

On September 1, 2004, the Company completed the sale of 3,465,000 shares of its common stock for aggregate consideration of $20,097, less underwriting discounts and commissions of $1,407. The Company incurred approximately $1,951 of offering expenses in connection with the offering. No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities or to any other affiliates. The Company’s net proceeds from the offering after deducting offering expenses were $16,739. In connection with the IPO, the Company paid a dividend of $2,543 to the Parent through a settlement of the capital contribution due from the Parent outstanding at the completion of the IPO.

 

The Company believes the assumptions underlying the financial statements are reasonable. However, the financial statements may not necessarily reflect its results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the Company been a separate, stand-alone company during the periods presented. The historical financial information presented herein does not reflect the many significant changes that will occur in the Company’s funding and operations as a result of becoming a public company or its spin-off from PC Mall.

 

In July 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a 1.4-for-1 stock split, which was effective upon completion of the Company’s IPO. The stock split has been given retroactive effect in the accompanying financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Management believes that current working capital, together with cash flows from operations, and borrowing available under its credit facility, will be adequate to support the Company’s current operating plans for at least the next twelve months.

 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the respective reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash Equivalents

 

As a subsidiary of the Parent, the Company participated in the Parent’s cash management program, whereby trade cash receipts and disbursements were handled by the Affiliate. Accordingly, most trade cash receipts historically were received directly by the Affiliate and were credited to the Company on a daily basis through the Due from/Advances from Affiliate accounts. Further, any cash received directly by the Company historically was swept daily by the Affiliate from the Company’s account and applied to the Due from/Advances from Affiliate account. As of December 31, 2004, the Company maintains its own cash accounts and received predominantly all trade receipts into such accounts The Company had a cash or cash equivalents balance of $8,790 at December 31, 2004.

 

Short-term Investments

 

The Company had a balance of $7,000 in short-term investments which the company classified as available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2004, with original maturities exceeding ninety days. Consistent with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities , the Company has classified these securities as short-term because they all have readily determinable fair values, are highly liquid and the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement management’s strategies. The Company had available-for-sale securities in Municipal Bonds of $5,000 and Government Securities of $2,000 with credit ratings of AAA at December 31, 2004, each with 28 day rollover intervals, maturing in 2024 and 2028, respectively. The Company’s investments are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit). There was no unrealized gain or loss on these securities during the year ended December 31, 2004. Realized gains or losses and permanent declines in value, if any, on these securities are reported in other income and expense. The Company had no material realized gains or losses during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Concentration of Credit and Business Risk

 

The Company sells the majority of its products to customers that make payment via credit card. Accounts receivable potentially subject the Company to credit risk. The Company extends credit to business customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and credit history and generally does not require collateral. The Company has historically incurred minimal credit losses that have been within management’s expectations. At December 31, 2003 no individual customer represented more than 10% of trade accounts receivable. At December 31, 2004, one customer represented approximately 16% of trade accounts receivable. The Company uses third-party credit card payment processors for its credit card transactions. Balances owed by the processors for credit cards billed but unpaid to the Company, net of fees, at December 31, 2003 and 2004 were $1,119 and $1,371, respectively. No individual customer represented more than 10% of net sales for any of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004.

 

The Company currently purchases a substantial majority of its products from the Affiliate. The Company expects to transition to its own distribution facility by early April 2005, and begin purchasing product directly. The Company does not have long-term contracts or arrangements with any of its vendors. Loss of any of these vendors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, the Company relies upon the Affiliate for various operational and administrative services (see Note 7).

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable consist of amounts primarily from customers with whom the Company has extended credit in 2003 and 2004. In 2003, accounts receivable also included credit cards billed but not yet received at period end due to the arrangement of credit card collections with the Parent at that time. The Company recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $50 and $199 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, against its trade accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based upon a review of receivable balances aged more than 90 days with specific provision made based upon management’s assessment of the collectability of each receivable balance including those deemed not collectible aged less than 90 days.

 

Inventories

 

The Company currently purchases its products from an Affiliate and other suppliers that ship directly to its customers. The majority of product shipments are fulfilled from an outsourced distribution center operated by the Affiliate. In January 2005, the Company signed a lease for its own distribution facility which the Company expects to be operational by early April 2005. This new facility will fulfill all product shipments currently being handled by the outsourced distribution center operated by the Affiliate. As discussed under Revenue Recognition below, the Company does not record revenue and related cost of goods sold until received by the customer. As such, inventories consist solely of goods in transit to customers at December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 

Advertising Costs

 

The Company produces and circulates catalogs at various dates throughout the year and receives market development funds and co-op advertising funds from vendors included in each catalog. Pursuant to Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-7, Reporting on Advertising Costs , the costs of developing, producing and circulating each catalog are deferred and charged to advertising expense ratably over the life of the catalog based on the revenue generated from each catalog, approximately eight weeks. In 2002, 2003 and 2004, advertising expenses, including those for catalog,

 

F-8


Table of Contents

internet and other methods, were $3,072, $3,609, and $5,945, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Deferred advertising costs of $51 and $115 are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Market development and co-op advertising funds pursuant to Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor , are recognized as an offset to cost of goods sold. Market development and co-op advertising funds include an allocation credited from the Affiliate and also funds directly attributable to the Company. Market development and co-op advertising funds allocated to the Company in 2002, 2003 and 2004 were $2,821, $3,656 and $4,959, respectively. Direct market development and co-op funds in 2002, 2003 and 2004 were $0, $249, and $1,866, respectively.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as noted below. The Company also capitalizes computer software costs that meet both the definition of internal-use software and defined criteria for capitalization in accordance with Statement of Position No. 98-1, Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use .

 

Computers, software and equipment

  3 years

Furniture and fixtures

  7 years

Leasehold improvements

  Life of lease—not to exceed 15 years

 

Depreciation and amortization expense in 2002, 2003 and 2004 totaled $206, $42 and $55, respectively.

 

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

Net Advances from Affiliate/Due from Affiliate

 

Net Advances from affiliate or Due from affiliate primarily represent the application of customer receipts received by the Affiliate on the Company’s behalf, offset by the Company purchases of inventory as well as charges for services as described in Note 7 below. In addition, in March 2003, the Parent made a capital contribution of $18,000 to the Company, which was used to repay the cumulative advances from the affiliate owed by the Company at that time of $15,457. As a result of the contribution, the Company no longer had a liability balance to the Parent. At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company had a net receivable balance from affiliates.

 

Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived and Intangible Assets

 

In 2002, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets (“SFAS 144”). In accordance with SFAS 144, the Company reviews long-lived assets and certain intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events and circumstances that may indicate that asset is impaired include: significant decreases in the market value of assets, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, a change in the manner in which an asset is used, changes in technology, loss of key management or personnel, changes in our operating model or strategy and competitive forces.

 

If events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved, quoted market prices or appraised values, depending on the nature of the assets. To date, no impairment charges have been recorded.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Parent files a consolidated federal income tax return and a combined state income tax return that include the operating results of the Company. The income tax provision for the Company is computed as if a separate company tax return were being filed. The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the tax bases and financial reporting amounts of existing assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities comprise costs incurred but not paid primarily for payroll, advertising and certain other accrued expenses and current liabilities at the balance sheet date.

 

These liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

Accrued payroll and related expenses

   $ 161    $ 291

Accrued advertising

     228      1,140

Other accrued expenses

     1,349      1,204
    

  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 1,738    $ 2,635
    

  

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company applies the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation and disclosure of revenue in financial statements filed with the SEC. SAB No. 104 outlines the basic criteria that must be met to recognize revenue and provides guidance for disclosure related to revenue recognition policies. In general, the Company recognizes revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price charged is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.

 

Net sales include product sales, gross outbound shipping charges, and related handling fees, and to a lesser extent, third-party extended warranties and other services. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales, net of estimated returns, promotional discounts, credit card fraud and chargebacks, and coupon redemptions, when both title and risk of loss to the products has transferred to the customer, which the Company has determined to occur upon receipt of products by the customer. The Company generally requires payment by credit card upon placing an order, and to a lesser extent, grants credit to business customers on normal credit terms.

 

The allowance for sales returns is determined based on historical experience using management’s best estimates. The Company periodically provides incentive offers to customers including percentage discounts off current purchases and offers for future discounts subject to a minimum current purchase. Such discounts are recorded as a reduction of the related purchase price at the time of sale based on actual and estimated redemption rates. Future redemption rates are estimated using the Company’s historical experience for similar sales inducement offers.

 

For product sales shipped directly from the Company’s vendors to end customers, the Company records revenue and related costs at the gross amounts charged to the customer and paid to the vendor based on an evaluation of the criteria outlined in EITF No. 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent . The Company’s evaluation is performed based on a number factors, including whether the Company is the primary obligor in the transaction, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, takes title to the products sold upon shipment, bears credit risk, and bears inventory risk for returned products that are not successfully returned to third-party suppliers. The Company recognizes revenue on extended warranties and other services for which it is not the primary obligor on a net basis.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for employee stock-based compensation arrangements in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations and complies with the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . Under APB 25, employee compensation expense is recognized based on the difference, if any, on the date of grant between the fair value of the Company’s common stock and the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. The expense associated with stock-based compensation is amortized over the periods the employee performs the related services, generally the vesting period.

 

The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and EITF No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services . Under SFAS No. 123 and EITF 96-18, equity awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of each non-employee stock award is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date. For non-employee awards, deferred stock-based compensation is not reflected in stockholders’ equity until a commitment date is reached.

 

In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 . This statement provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation and amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosure about the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The transition provisions are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The Company has not adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation of SFAS No. 123, and accordingly, SFAS No. 148 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” below for information regarding the required adoption of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment in 2005.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

If the Company had recorded stock-based compensation to employees using the fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income (loss) would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts below:

 

     Twelve months ended
December 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Net income (loss)—as reported

   $ 147     $ 6,211     $ (1,208 )

Add: Non-cash stock-based compensation expense included in reported income, net of related taxes

     —         —         913  

Less: Stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123, net of related taxes

     (162 )     (90 )     (1,101 )
    


 


 


Net income (loss)—pro forma

   $ (15 )   $ 6,121     $ (1,396 )
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share—as reported

   $ 0.01     $ 0.44     $ (0.08 )
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share—pro forma

   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.44     $ (0.09 )
    


 


 


Diluted net income (loss) per share—as reported

   $ 0.01     $ 0.43     $ (0.08 )
    


 


 


Diluted net income (loss) per share—pro forma

   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.43     $ (0.09 )
    


 


 


 

The fair value of each stock option grant has been estimated pursuant to SFAS 123 on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Twelve months ended
December 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Risk free interest rates

   3.90 %   3.68 %   3.64 %

Expected dividend yield

   None     None     None  

Expected lives

   7yrs.     7yrs.     6yrs.  

Expected volatility

   129 %   119 %   100 %

 

Weighted average grant date fair values in 2002 and 2004 were $3.73 and $7.89. There were no stock option grants to employees in 2003.

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reported periods. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options and other commitments to issue common stock were exercised using the treasury stock method.

 

The computation of Basic and Diluted EPS is as follows:

 

     Twelve months ended December 31,

 
     2002

   2003

   2004

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 147    $ 6,211    $ (1,208 )

Weighted average shares—Basic

     14,000,000      14,000,000      15,155,000  

Effect of dilutive stock options (a)

     421,859      279,387      —    
    

  

  


Weighted average shares—Diluted

     14,421,859      14,279,387      15,155,000  
    

  

  


Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.01    $ 0.44    $ (0.08 )
    

  

  


Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.01    $ 0.43    $ (0.08 )
    

  

  


 

(a) Potential common shares of 1,349,900 for the year ended 2004 have been excluded from the loss per share computations because the effect of their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Share-Based Payments

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“FAS 123R”), that addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. The statement eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, and generally requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method and recognized as expenses in the Company’s statements of operations. The statement requires companies to assess the most appropriate model to calculate the value of stock options and other share-based awards. The Company currently uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value options and is currently assessing which model the Company may use in the future under the new statement and may deem an alternative model to be the most appropriate. The use of a different model to value options may result in a different fair value than the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In addition, there are a number of other requirements under the new standard that will result in different accounting treatment than currently required. These differences include, but are not limited to, the accounting for the tax benefit on employee stock options. In addition to the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the Company will also be required to determine the transition method to be used at the date of adoption. The allowed transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption options. Under the retroactive options, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of FAS 123R, while the retroactive methods would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock beginning with the first period restated. The effective date of the new standard for the Company’s financial statements is the Company’s third fiscal quarter in 2005.

 

Upon adoption, this statement will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements as the Company will be required to expense the fair value of the Company’s stock option grants rather than disclose the impact on the Company’s net income within its footnotes (see above), as is the Company’s current practice. The amounts disclosed within the Company’s footnotes are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that will be expensed upon adoption of FAS 123R. Compensation expense calculated under FAS 123R may differ from amounts currently disclosed within the Company’s footnotes based on changes in the fair value of the Company’s common stock, changes in the number of options granted or the terms of such options, the treatment of tax benefits and changes in interest rates or other factors. In addition, upon adoption of FAS 123R the Company may choose to use a different valuation model to value the compensation expense associated with employee stock options.

 

2. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, net consist of the following:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 

Computers, software and equipment

   $ 560     $ 435  

Furniture and fixtures

     42       94  

Leasehold improvements

     175       177  
    


 


       777       706  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (652 )     (364 )
    


 


     $ 125     $ 342  
    


 


 

3. Commercial Lines of Credit

 

The Company along with other subsidiaries of the Parent, was a co-borrower under the Parent’s $75,000 asset-based commercial line of credit and a $3,500 term note. The Parent commercial line of credit is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Parent and its subsidiaries. Effective upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, the Company was released from all obligations under the Parent’s commercial line of credit and the Company’s assets and outstanding common stock were released as collateral. There was $30,676 of gross working capital advances under the Commercial Line of Credit outstanding at December 31, 2003.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Although the Company had not directly utilized proceeds from the Parent Commercial Line of Credit or the Term Note, because it was legally a borrower under the Parent Commercial Line of Credit and the Term Note, and had joint and several legal liability under their terms, the entire obligation included in the Parent’s consolidated financial statements is also reflected in the accompanying stand-alone financial statements for financial reporting purposes for all periods prior to the IPO. In addition, the Company accrued related interest expense on the obligation and unused commitment fees payable under the arrangement through the closing date of the IPO. However, on a stand-alone basis, prior to the IPO, the Company did not have the financial wherewithal, resources or collateral to enter into an asset-based credit facility of this size or nature, nor did the Company comply on a stand-alone basis with the financial covenants as provided for under the agreement. As such, the Company would not have been able to make the required principal and interest payments due on the obligation on a stand-alone basis without reliance upon the Parent to fund such principal and interest payments in an amount and at such times as they become due. Accordingly, for financial reporting purposes, in the Company’s stand-alone financial statements for periods presented prior to the IPO, the Company has recognized a corresponding receivable from the Parent equal to the amount of principal and interest and unused commitment fees payable under the obligation which is reflective of the operative borrowing arrangement with the bank within the Borrowing Group. As debt is repaid by the Parent, the receivable from the Parent and the debt outstanding in the Company’s financial statements are correspondingly reduced. As a result, the outstanding principal and interest due under the Parent Commercial Line of Credit and the Term Note, at any point in time is offset by a corresponding receivable from the Parent on the accompanying Balance Sheet, with equal amounts of interest expense recognized under the obligation and interest income recognized on the receivable from the Parent which are presented separately as interest income and expense in the accompanying Statements of Operations. The amounts recognized as interest expense and interest income were $1,097, $1,476 and $1,329 for 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. This financial presentation results in net interest expense of $0 under the Parent Commercial Line of Credit and the Term Note in each of the periods reported which is representative of the repayments of principal and interest being funded by a loan receivable from the Parent for which principal and interest payments match the timing and amount of principal and interest payments due on the Parent Commercial Line of Credit and the Term Note. In the accompanying Statements of Cash Flows, the receivable and the Commercial Line of Credit and the Term Note have been presented as supplemental information in that there was no cash flow activity between the Parent and the Company or between the Company and the Bank since the Parent has borrowed from and repaid the Bank directly (see Note 8).

 

In December, 2004, the Company entered into an asset-based line of credit of up to $15,000 with a financial institution, which is secured by substantially all of its assets. The credit facility functions as a working capital line of credit with the Company’s borrowings under the facility limited to a percentage of its inventory and accounts receivable. Outstanding amounts under the facility bear interest initially at the prime rate plus 0.25%. Beginning in 2006, outstanding amounts under the facility will bear interest at rates ranging from the prime rate to the prime rate plus 0.5%, depending on the Company’s financial results. At December 31, 2004, the prime rate was 5.25%. In connection with the line of credit, the Company entered into a cash management arrangement whereby the Company’s operating accounts are swept and used to repay outstanding amounts under the line of credit. The credit facility contains standard terms and conditions customarily found in similar facilities offered to similarly situated borrowers. The credit facility limits the Company’s ability to make acquisitions above pre-defined dollar thresholds, requires the Company to use the proceeds from any future stock issuances to repay outstanding amounts under the facility, and has as its sole financial covenant a minimum tangible net worth requirement. As of December 31, 2004, the Company is in compliance with its sole financial covenant. Borrowing availability is subject to satisfaction of certain standard conditions. Fees under the credit facility include an upfront cash fee, an annual unused line fee of 0.375% of the unused portion of the line and a termination fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.75% depending on the timing of any termination of the facility. The credit facility will mature in March 2007. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had no borrowings under its asset-based line of credit.

 

4. Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

     2002

   2003

    2004

 

Current

                       

Federal

   $  —      $ 6     $ —    

State

     27      21       1  
    

  


 


       27      27       1  

Deferred

                       

Federal

     —        (5,376 )     (669 )

State

     —        (523 )     (116 )
    

  


 


       —        (5,899 )     (785 )
    

  


 


Net provision (benefit)

   $ 27    $ (5,872 )   $ (784 )
    

  


 


 

F-13


Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to income (loss) before income taxes due to the effects of the following:

 

     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Expected taxes at federal statutory tax rate

   34.0 %   34.0 %   34.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

   6.6     4.6     5.8  

Change in valuation allowance

   (29.7 )   (1,774.8 )   —    

Other

   4.5     2.5     (0.4 )
    

 

 

     15.4 %   (1,733.7 )%   39.4 %
    

 

 

 

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31:

 

     2003

   2004

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 4,143    $ 4,468

Deferred stock-based compensation

     —        600

Other temporary differences

     218      282
    

  

       4,361      5,350

Valuation allowance

     —        —  
    

  

     $ 4,361    $ 5,350
    

  

 

At December 31, 2004, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carry forwards of $12,459 and $252, respectively, which begin to expire in 2019 and 2006, respectively.

 

The Company assesses the recoverability of deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance on an ongoing basis. In making this assessment management is required to consider all available positive and negative evidence to determine whether, based on such evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred assets will be realized in future periods. This assessment requires significant judgment and estimates involving current and deferred income taxes, tax attributes relating to the interpretation of various tax laws, historical bases of tax attributes associated with certain tangible and intangible assets and limitations surrounding the realization of deferred tax assets. Primarily as a result of cumulative operating losses and the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the deferred tax assets in future years, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance at December 31, 2002 against its otherwise recognizable deferred tax assets.

 

During 2003, the valuation allowance of $6,012 was released as a result of the Company’s assessment of both positive and negative evidence with respect to the ability to realize deferred tax benefits. Specifically, management considered current forecasts and projections supporting the future utilization of deferred tax benefits, the Company’s recent earnings history, and the fact that net operating losses of $12,165 at the time were not limited with respect to their utilization and are available over a remaining carryover period of approximately 15-18 years to offset future taxable income. As a result of the above factors, management believes that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset balance at December 31, 2004 will be realized.

 

The Company is a member of the Parent’s consolidated group for income tax purposes and files as part of a consolidated federal tax return. The allocation method the Company uses in calculating the tax provision is the separate return method. The differences between tax expense or benefit calculated on a separate return basis and cash paid or received under the legal tax sharing arrangement are treated as equity transactions. During 2003, the Company recorded a dividend of $1,538 to the Parent for the Parent’s utilization of the Company’s net operating losses. During 2003, the Company recorded a capital contribution from the Parent of $10 for state income taxes paid by the Parent on the Company’s behalf. During 2004, the Company recorded a capital contribution from the Parent of $204 to reflect additional net operating losses available to the Company based on the Parent’s actual utilization of net operating losses in its consolidated tax return.

 

As discussed in Note 1, the Parent intends to distribute to the Parent’s stockholders the Parent’s remaining equity interest in the Company. If the Company ceases to be a member of the Parent’s consolidated group, net operating loss carryforwards are first utilized on the Parent’s consolidated return and only the amount that is not absorbed by the group in that year is carried forward to the Company’s first separate return year. Accordingly, all or some portion of the Company’s net operating losses may continue to be utilized by the Parent and its subsidiaries, reducing the amount of deferred tax assets available to offset future taxable income with a corresponding reduction of additional paid-in capital.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
5. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases

 

The Company subleases office space from its Parent as more fully described in Note 7. Minimum annual rentals under such lease at December 31, 2004 were as follows:

 

     Operating
Leases


2005

   $ 110

2006

     142

2007

     107

2008

     —  

Thereafter

     —  
    

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 359
    

 

Additional contractual arrangements entered into with Affiliates are described in Note 7.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the amount, and ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such claims and actions will not have any material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. There can be no assurance, however, that such actions will not be material or adversely affect the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Other Contingencies

 

On July 12, 2004, the Company received correspondence from MercExchange LLC alleging infringement of MercExchange’s U.S. patents relating to e-commerce and offering to license its patent portfolio to the Company. On July 15, 2004, the Company received a follow-up letter from MercExchange specifying which of the Company’s technologies MercExchange believes infringe certain of its patents, alone or in combination with technologies provided by third parties. Some of those patents are currently being litigated by third parties, and the Company is not involved in those proceedings. In addition, three of the four patents identified by MercExchange are under reexamination at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which makes the scope of the claims of those patents uncertain. In the July 15th letter, MercExchange also advised the Company that it has a number of applications pending for additional patents. MercExchange has filed lawsuits alleging infringement of some or all of its patents against third parties, resulting in settlements or verdicts in favor of MercExchange. One such verdict was appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and affirmed in part. Based on the Company’s investigation of this matter to date, management believes that the Company’s current operations do not infringe any valid claims of the patents identified by MercExchange in these letters. There can be no assurance, however, that such claims will not be material or adversely affect the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

6. Employee Benefits

 

401(k) Savings Plan

 

The Company’s employees participate in the Parent’s 401(k) Savings Plan which covers substantially all full-time employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Participants may make tax-deferred contributions of up to 15% of annual compensation (subject to other limitations specified by the Internal Revenue Code). During 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company incurred $2, $4 and $1 respectively, of expenses related to the 401(k) matching component of this plan. The matching component was eliminated effective April 1, 2004.

 

Stock Option Plans

 

1999 Plan

 

In 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”), which provides for the grant of various equity awards, including stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. To date, only stock option awards have been issued under the 1999 Plan. The 1999 Plan is administered by the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the 1999 Plan, the Committee has the authority to select the employees, directors and consultants to whom options are granted and determine the terms of each option, including (i) the number of shares of common stock covered by the award, (ii) when the award becomes exercisable, (iii) the award’s exercise price, which must be at least 100%, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and at least 85%, with respect to Non-statutory Stock Options, of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of grant, and (iv) the term of the award (which may not exceed ten years). At December 31, 2003 and 2004, 506,800 and 918,400 options were outstanding, respectively. The Company’s Board of Directors suspended the plan effective September 1, 2004, and accordingly no further shares are available for future grant under the 1999 Plan.

 

All non-employee awards have been granted to employees of the Parent. In accordance with the provisions of EITF No. 00-23, Issues Related to the Accounting for Stock Compensation under APB Opinion No. 25 and FASB Interpretation No. 44, stock option awards to employees of the Parent were measured at their fair value at the date of grant and recognized as a dividend to the Parent. The impact of applying EITF 00-23 to

 

F-15


Table of Contents

non-employee awards was not material. Of the total options outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2004, 211,400 and 203,000 options were outstanding to employees of the Parent.

 

Options to purchase an aggregate of 358,400 shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding under the 1999 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.34 per share, which have terms that (i) restrict exerciseability based on the earlier of a corporate transaction involving the Company (e.g. a merger or consolidation or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets) as defined, the Company’s initial public offering or the lapse of a five or seven year period from date of grant, and (ii) for certain awards, provide repurchase rights to the Company at the original exercise price in the event of employee termination, which rights terminate in the event of a corporate transaction or IPO. No options were exercisable prior to the Company’s IPO which was completed on September 1, 2004, and the time-based vesting terms were not deemed substantive as the awards were effectively contingent upon a corporate transaction or the Company’s IPO. Due to such contingency, the Company had deemed the awards to be variable awards under APB 25 as the probability of these contingent events could not be reasonably determined. As a result of the closing of the Company’s IPO on September 1, 2004, at an offering price of $5.80 per share, the Company recognized a compensation charge of $839 based on the intrinsic value of these awards.

 

In March 2004, the Company granted an option under its 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”) to purchase 560,000 shares of common stock to its Chief Executive Officer at an exercise price of $6.43 per share. This grant resulted in the recognition of deferred non-cash stock-based compensation of $2,000 based on the estimated deemed fair value of the common stock on the date of grant of $10.00. An aggregate of 25% of the shares of common stock subject to this option vested upon the completion of the Company’s IPO. The remainder of the shares of common stock subject to this option will vest in equal quarterly installments over a three-year period following the Company’s IPO. The Company has recorded a non-cash stock-based compensation charge of $667 for the year ended December 31, 2004 to reflect compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of shares under this option as a result of its IPO. The Company will amortize the additional non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $1,333 relating to the March 2004 option over the remainder of the three-year vesting period. The Company recognized total compensation expense of $1,506 in connection with all its outstanding options in the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

2004 Plan

 

In 2004, the Company adopted its 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. A total of 6,300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment for a stock split, or any future stock dividend or other similar change in the Company’s common stock or its capital structure. Commencing on the first business day of each calendar year beginning in 2005, the number of shares of stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan will be increased annually by a number equal to 3% of the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or such lesser number of shares as may be determined by the plan administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, of the number of shares specified above, the maximum aggregate number of shares available for grant of incentive stock options shall be 6,300,000 shares, subject to adjustment for a stock split, or any future stock dividend or other similar change in the Company’s common stock or capital structure. As of December 31, 2004, under the 2004 stock incentive plan, 433,750 shares were granted, 2,250 shares were cancelled and 5,868,500 shares of common stock remained available for grant, subject to increase in the future as described above.

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plans:

 

     1999 PLAN

   2004 PLAN

   TOTAL

    

Number

Outstanding


   

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price


  

Number

Outstanding


    Weighted
Average Exercise
Price


   Number
Outstanding


   

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price


Outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003

   506,800     $ 0.29    —       $ —      506,800     $ 0.29

Granted

   560,000       6.43    433,750       8.99    993,750       7.55

Canceled

   (148,400 )     0.14    (2,250 )     8.93    (150,650 )     0.27
    

 

  

 

  

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   918,400     $ 4.05    431,500     $ 8.99    1,349,900     $ 5.63
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Of the options outstanding at December 31, 2004, a total of 232,400 options have an exercise price of $0.14 per share and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.2 years. A total of 126,000 options have an exercise price of $0.71 per share and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 5.4 years. A total of 650,000 options have an exercise price between $6.40 and $6.43 per share and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 9.3 years. A total of 341,500 options have an exercise price between $8.93 and $17.36 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 9.8 years.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PC Mall Plan

 

In addition to the Company’s 1999 and 2004 Plan, certain employees hold options to purchase shares of PC Mall common stock granted under the PC Mall Stock Option Plan. Under the PC Mall Stock Option Plan, options are generally granted at not less than the fair market value at date of grant, typically vest over a three-to five-year period and expire ten years after the date of grant.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the Company’s employees under the PC Mall Plan:

 

     Number

    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


Outstanding at December 31, 2001

   56,772     $ 3.56

Granted

   2,275       4.02

Canceled

   (1,750 )     4.11

Exercised

   (130 )     1.59
    

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2002

   57,167       3.57

Granted

   —         —  

Canceled

   (350 )     4.96

Exercised

   (26,850 )     3.79
    

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2003

   29,967       3.36

Canceled

   (6,350 )     2.55

Exercised

   (4,408 )     6.27

Transfers (a)

   942       7.48
    

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   20,151     $ 3.17
    

 

 

(a) Represents shares held by employees who transferred to the Company from PC Mall during the period.

 

Of the PC Mall options outstanding at December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 held by the Company’s employees, options to purchase 29,642, 15,384 and 16,937 shares were exercisable at weighted average prices of $3.56, $3.32 and $3.12 per share, respectively. The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable stock options:

 

     Options Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   Options Exercisable at
December 31, 2004


Range of Exercise Prices


   Number
Outstanding


   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life


   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


   Number
Exercisable


   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


$1.00 - $1.89

   3,209    3.56    $ 1.62    3,037    $ 1.65

$2.16 - $2.16

   10,000    6.72      2.16    7,500      2.16

$2.39 - $4.10

   3,292    3.34      2.51    3,125      2.42

$6.31 - $12.65

   3,650    5.11      7.92    3,275      7.37
    
  
  

  
  

     20,151    5.37    $ 3.17    16,937    $ 3.12
    
  
  

  
  

 

Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) has been discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, as required by SFAS 123 and SFAS 148.

 

7. Transactions with Affiliate

 

Since inception, the Affiliate has provided various services such as administration, warehousing and distribution, and use of its facilities to the Company. In consideration for those services, the Affiliate has historically allocated and charged a portion of its overhead costs related to such services to the Company. As such, the historical costs and expenses reflected in the Company’s financial statements include an allocation and charge for certain corporate functions historically provided by the Affiliate, including general corporate expenses, administrative costs, employee benefits and incentives, and interest expense. The allocations and charges are based upon several factors including net sales, net cost of goods sold, square footage, systems utilization, headcount, and other factors. These allocations and charges are based on what the Company and the Affiliate consider to be reasonable reflections of the historical utilization levels of these services required in support of the business. In addition, the Company purchased a majority of its products from the Affiliate.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Direct and allocated costs charged from the Affiliate included in the accompanying statements of operations are as follows:

 

     Twelve months ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Cost of goods sold (including cost of products, shipping and fulfillment)

   $ 67,040    $ 87,753    $ 151,873

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2,123      2,040      2,421

Interest expense

     461      76      12

 

In January 2003, the Company formalized certain agreements with the Affiliate, which provide for substantially the same services and charges (computed on a comparable basis prior to January 2003) that were historically charged to the Company. A summary of the agreements is as follows:

 

Administrative Services Agreement and Information Technology Systems Usage and Services Agreement

 

The Administrative Services Agreement and Information Technology Systems Usage and Services Agreement entered into with the Affiliate provide the Company with certain general and administrative services, including but not limited to, the following:

 

    general accounting and finance services;

 

    tax services;

 

    telecommunications systems and hardware and software systems usage;

 

    information technology services and related support services, including maintaining management information and reporting systems and website hosting;

 

    human resources administration;

 

    record maintenance;

 

    credit card processing; and

 

    customer database management.

 

As consideration for the services provided, the Company paid approximately $1,430, $1,535 and $1,717 in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. These charges, which are generally allocated and charged using a percentage of the Company’s total sales in relation to the Affiliate’s consolidated sales, reflect what the Company and the Affiliate consider to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services required in support of the Company’s business. These costs were included in Selling, General and Administrative expenses in the Statement of Operations. In addition to the above services, the Company was also allocated and charged a total of $283, $177 and $291 in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, for other general and administrative services in the normal course of business, primarily consisting of employee benefit costs charged to the Affiliate for health, dental and other insurance plans provided to the Company as a subsidiary of the Parent.

 

Product Sales, Inventory Management and Order Fulfillment Agreement

 

The Product Sales, Inventory Management and Order Fulfillment Agreement with the Affiliate provides the Company with product sales, inventory management and order fulfillment services at the same levels as has historically been provided to the Company. Under the agreement, the Affiliate provides the following services to the Company:

 

    purchasing services, including purchasing for the Affiliate’s own account and inventory to meet the projected sales requirements;

 

    inventory management, including maintaining sufficient facilities, equipment, employees, vendor relationships and technology to meet the Company’s requirements; and

 

    order fulfillment, including picking, packing, shipping, tracking and processing returns.

 

As consideration for these services, the Company paid approximately $3,633, $5,726 and $9,251 in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The charges include a fulfillment charge per shipment, shipping expenses at cost, restocking fees for returned products, inventory management fees and other costs. These costs were included in the Company’s Cost of Goods Sold on the Statements of Operations.

 

The Company purchased the majority of its products sold in all periods presented from the Affiliate. Title and risk of loss pass to the Company at the time of shipment. In 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Affiliate charged the Company $63,407, $82,027 and $142,622 for products shipped by the Affiliate, net of discounts, market development funds and co-op advertising dollars allocated and credited to the Company for such purchases.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Sublease Agreement

 

In January 2003, the Company entered into a Sublease Agreement with the Parent for approximately 7,800 square feet of office space located at the Parent’s corporate headquarters in Torrance, California. As a result of the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement between PC Mall and the Company, effective September 1, 2004, the Sublease Agreement was amended. The Company subleases approximately 10,000 square feet of office space at December 31, 2004. The Company currently pays monthly rent and is responsible for its proportionate share of all common area maintenance, including but not limited to amortization of leasehold improvements, real estate taxes, utilities and other operating expenses. In 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company paid $410, $328 and $413 respectively, related to the use of office space. Such costs were included in the Company’s Selling, General and Administrative expenses on the Statements of Operations. The agreement provides for rent changes commensurate with the amount of space the Company may occupy from time to time, and terminates in September 2007.

 

Other Related Party Matters

 

In 2003, the Company’s Parent made a capital contribution of $18,000 to the Company, which was recorded as Additional Paid-in Capital. The capital contribution was used to repay the cumulative advances to the Company from the Parent at that time of $15,457, and the difference of $2,543 was returned back to the Parent, resulting in a Capital contribution due from Parent, a contra-equity account on the Company’s Balance Sheet. At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company had a balance due from Affiliates of $991 and $813, which represents amounts received by the Affiliate on the Company’s behalf, in excess of purchases made and overhead costs the Company incurred from the Affiliate.

 

Interest expense was charged to the Company by the Affiliate during periods when the Company owed balances due to the Affiliate. However, no interest income was recorded during periods when the Company had net balances due from the Affiliate. Interest expense was calculated using the prime rate in effect at that time multiplied by the cumulative balance due to the Affiliate, net of an amount equal to approximately one month’s inventory purchases (to approximate standard vendor terms).

 

In 2002, the Company did not maintain separate accounts payable, and all activities were performed and paid by the Affiliate. As such, balances the Company owed for trade payables are included in Advances from Affiliate. In 2003, the Company established a disbursement account and maintained separate accounts payable balances with third-party vendors.

 

8. Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Financing Activities

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Net borrowings (repayments) under line of credit

   $ 10,947     $ 8,260     $ (30,676 )

Decrease (increase) in Receivable from the Parent

     (10,947 )     (8,260 )     30,676  

 

In connection with the Company’s initial public offering, the Company paid a dividend of $2,543 to the Affiliate through a settlement of the capital contribution due from the Affiliate outstanding at completion of the initial public offering.

 

9. Subsequent Events

 

On January 14, 2005, the Company entered into a lease with Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America for approximately 163,632 of rentable square feet in a facility located in Memphis, Tennessee, in order to provide the Company’s own inventory management and order fulfillment operations which are currently provided by PC Mall. The initial term of the lease is 70 months. Upon the expiration of the initial term, the Company has an option to renew the lease for a period of 5 years. The renewal option will be subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in the lease, except that the rent during the renewal term will be determined on the basis of the market rent, as such term is defined in the lease.

 

The equipment installation and office space configuration are currently under construction. The landlord has provided the Company with a construction allowance of $369.

 

Under the terms of the agreement, the Company’s initial monthly base rent is approximately $22 per month, which will increase periodically over the term of the lease to approximately $39. If the Company satisfies all of the initial terms and conditions of the lease, the Company is not required to pay the monthly base rent for the first two months of the lease. The total minimum rental amount under the lease is approximately $2,484 for the initial term. In addition to the monthly base rent, the Company is required to pay for all of the Company’s utilities and operating costs based on the Company’s proportionate share of all of the operating costs for the premises, but in no event will such costs increase by more than 7% per year in the aggregate over the lease term.

 

Upon execution of the lease in January 2005, the Company provided the landlord with a letter of credit in the amount of $200 to secure the payment obligations under the lease. The Company is required to keep the letter of credit in effect or replace it with a letter of credit with the same terms until 30 days after the expiration of the term of the lease. The amount of the letter of credit will be reduced periodically over the term of the lease.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

In January 2005, the Company granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock to its Chief Financial Officer at fair value on the date of grant of $12.15.

 

On March 17, 2005, the Company and PC Mall amended the Administrative and Services Agreement to reduce the scope of services and corresponding monthly fees for such services from approximately $100 to $19, to be effective at the date of spin-off.

 

On March 18, 2005, the Parent announced its plan to distribute all of its 14,000 shares of common stock in the Company, equivalent to 80.2% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, by way of a special dividend to its stockholders. This is expected to be effective on April 11, 2005.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE II

 

eCOST.com, Inc.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Year


   Additions
Charged to
Operations


   Deductions
from Reserves


    Balance at
End of Year


Allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended:

                            

December 31, 2002

   $ —      $ 51    $ (19 )   $ 32

December 31, 2003

     32      32      (14 )     50

December 31, 2004

     50      170      (21 )     199

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance for the year ended:

                            

December 31, 2002

     6,063      —        (51 )     6,012

December 31, 2003 (a)

     6,012      —        (6,012 )     —  

December 31, 2004

     —        —        —         —  

Sales returns reserve:

                            

December 31, 2002

     213      2,961      (2,845 )     329

December 31, 2003

     329      3,464      (3,404 )     389

December 31, 2004

     389      5,265      (5,142 )     512

 

(a) Reversal of valuation allowance for net deferred tax asset in 2003.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Torrance, State of California, on March 31, 2005.

 

eCOST.com, Inc.
By:   /s/    Adam W. Shaffer        
    Adam W. Shaffer
    Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    Adam W. Shaffer        


Adam W. Shaffer

  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  March 31, 2005

/s/    Elizabeth S.C.S. Murray        


Elizabeth S.C.S. Murray

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 31, 2005

/s/    Gary W. Guy        


Gary W. Guy

  

President and Director

  March 31, 2005

/s/    Thomas A. Maloof        


Thomas A. Maloof

  

Director

  March 31, 2005

/s/    S. Keating Rhoads        


S. Keating Rhoads

  

Director

  March 31, 2005

/s/    Mark A. Timmerman        


Mark A. Timmerman

  

Director

  March 31, 2005

/s/    Mike Weller        


Mike Weller

  

Director

  March 31, 2005

 


Table of Contents

eCOST.com, Inc.

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


 

Description


2.1   Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (included as Exhibit 10.1 hereto)
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (3)
3.2   Amended and Restated By-laws (3)
10.1     Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.2     Tax Allocation and Indemnification Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.3     Employee Benefit Matters Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
  10.4(a)   Administrative Services Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
  10.4(b)   Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement, dated March 17, 2005
10.5     Product Sales, Inventory Management and Order Fulfillment Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.6     Information Technology Systems Usage and Services Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.7     AF Services Software License Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.8     Amended and Restated Sublease Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.9     Registration Rights Agreement with PC Mall, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
10.10   Registration Rights Agreement with Frank Khulusi, dated September 1, 2004 (6)
  10.11*   eCOST.com, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (1)
  10.12*   eCOST.com, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and 2004 Non-Employee Director Option Program (2)
10.13   Loan and Security Agreement with Congress Financial Corporation (Western), dated August 3, 2004 (4)
10.14   Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and executive officers (5)
  10.15*   Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement under 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (5)
  10.16*   Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (5)
10.17   PC Mall Software License Agreement (2)
  10.18*   Employment Agreement with Adam W. Shaffer (1)
  10.19*   Employment Agreement dated December 22, 2004, between us and Elizabeth S.C.S. Murray (7)
10.20   Lease dated January 14, 2005, by and between us and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America for the benefit of its separate real estate account (8)

* The referenced exhibit is a compensatory contract, plan or arrangement.

 


Table of Contents
10.21 *    Summary of Director Compensation
21.1        Subsidiaries
23.1        Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
31.1        Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
31.2        Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
32.1        Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Registrant pursuant to 184 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2        Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115199), filed with the SEC on May 5, 2004.

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115199), filed with the SEC on July 2, 2004.

 

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115199), filed with the SEC on July 26, 2004.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115199), filed with the SEC on August 3, 2004.

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2004.

 

(6) Incorporated by reference to our Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed with the SEC on November 17, 2004.

 

(7) Incorporated by reference to our report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2004.

 

(8) Incorporated by reference to our report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 18, 2005.